Blog Archives
small investments pay off
Nov 8
As Ryan tells it, Mary was interested in making a health improvement. She was engaged in the education sessions he provided at her workplace and she always had good questions, truly an inquisitive mind. Mary wanted to lose some weight and was organizing and strategizing how best to do so. In the world of health change, she was "contemplating", commonly referred to as the step before taking action. She felt there were more pros than cons, but it still had to fit within the many other priorities in her life. Understanding how easily we get off course in this stage, Ryan was careful to give something proven effective but not drastic. He suggested having a "calorie cutoff time", which effectively shifts the last meal of the day to a slightly earlier hour and consistently "closes the kitchen" to allow a slightly longer burn-only period, which is known to improve how well we can process FUEL (especially sugar and fat) and may even lead to weight loss since eating late can be detrimental to health. A few months later Mary was down 10 lbs and feeling good about making a positive health change...and rightfully so, since most studies show even a small weight loss can improve several health markers.
Of course, weight loss isn't the only outcome that matters, and shutting off calorie intake isn't the only viable strategy. Perhaps strength and fitness are on your mind - according to the Mayo Clinic if you can't do 10 perfect push-ups (all ages and more if you're younger) it probably should be.
Could even 1 minute of daily exercise between now and New Year's Day make a difference? This study from 2021 says, for some folks, the answer is yes.
Could small dietary changes known to increase our body's Omega 3 and 6 availability (such as eating fish twice weekly and adding walnuts and almonds daily) lower cancer risk? This study out last month says, that for 19 different cancer types, the answer is yes.
Could adding in 5 minutes of exercise-like activity into our day lower blood pressure to a healthy range? This study, out last Wednesday says, especially in cases when we trade sedentary time for exercise, the answer is yes.
Many people feel the urge to take their foot off the gas and maybe even coast into the end of the year when it comes to health. Given the known risks of the season, this is not a great strategy for most. On the other hand, since small investments add up to meaningful outcomes, we believe now is a fantastic time of year to start building a habit. You might be surprised with how quickly that investment compounds into real results.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
together we bounce back
Nov 1
I've spent most of my career in and around pain and injury. Sometimes a cranky body part just couldn't be ignored any longer, but more commonly as the first professional contact after an incident where something went wrong. Both experience and research have clearly shown that those first few moments (and even days) are critically important to the outcome. The balance between assessing the facts of the situation and managing the emotions that tend to go with any incident can be a tightrope. More often than not when calm and logic prevail over panic and fear, things turn out much better.
Last Saturday was shaping up to be a big game. Ranked 3rd, my daughter's team was up against the team sitting 4th. As every rugby fan hopes, it was a battle from the opening kick and things were tense. About 10 minutes into the second half my daughter was tackled in a dangerous (and unfortunately illegal) way which, although didn't seem intentional, was no less risky. It was clear by her body posture and the determination by the trainer, that this was more than a bump or bruise. Of course, the blood was also a solid clue. In one way or another, most parents have been there before. Whether a simple scrape or a high likelihood of a broken nose such as in this case, those close to the situation can easily add to or calm the fear. I tried to show calm as I made my way to the sideline ready to provide logic to a clearly emotional situation. Two new studies out this month have provided greater insight into why this is so important.
First - a team in England tracked children who had experienced a traumatic event (e.g. motor vehicle accident, injury, etc). It showed that the child's perception of the event's severity mattered more than the actual measurable facts. Said more simply, the story we remember (whether it is accurate or not) has significant power over our future health. Pain combined with panic and fear was also a potent predictor. On the positive side, only social support (i.e. CONNECT) had a protective effect...which brings us to the second study.
On the other side of the world, a team in Australia showed that the type of support we have through stress has big implications. In a study of couples where 1 member was navigating a chronic and progressive disease (one of the most challenging known stressors), those who worked closely together to learn and problem-solve the situation (dyadic coping), did far better than those who didn't have the same level of teamwork and support. As it turns out, having someone we can trust there to help us sift through the information was a major benefit. When things go wrong, the people around us matter.
Over the next three days as the emotions settled, my wife and I continued the conversation with our daughter. The two black-eyes were getting some strange looks on campus but we were all happy the signs were pointing in the right direction. It wasn't easy at first to keep the worry of the "the hardest hit she'd ever taken" from lingering but the fact that she was strong, didn't have any major injuries, and was on the mend was assurance. We were happy to see the emotions of the moment be replaced by renewed excitement of getting back out there with her team....maybe even a bit more resilient than before.
Life doesn't always go according to plan. The people around us in those moments are critical voices in how we process them. It is always an honor to play that role. Call us if we can help.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
training the brain to endure
Oct 25
Fatigue is a complex phenomenon. It is both physical and mental (body and mind) and can be impacted by the places we are in and people we are with - some that energize us and others that, well, don't. Most importantly, however, fatigue has significant power over our performance. When we are ready and fresh we are capable of amazing things but when we are tired or drained, we tend to be clumsy and struggle. It might show up as fumbling over our words or having difficulty staying relaxed in stressful situations, or as we've seen in every type of athlete we serve (traditional, industrial, lifestyle, etc), it might show itself in the momentary lapse in coordination or reaction time that so often precedes an injury. With that in mind, fatigue is a big target when it comes to prevention efforts. Understanding it better opens the door for approaches that can improve our resistance to it and put the odds more firmly in our favor.
One of the most important insights over the last 10+ years has been that in addition to training our body and its tissues to handle greater loads in order to become more fatigue-resistant, training our brain to handle greater loads during times of fatigue can also improve our ability to ENDURE. Brain Endurance Training (BET) as it is sometimes called, is an approach that not only challenges an athlete physically, such as cycling, but cognitively as well using tasks that load working memory for example, in order to improve physical performance. Some studies have shown it works well.
For example, in 2015 a team from Denmark reported significant improvements in endurance using a "time to exhaustion" test in healthy subjects who were randomly assigned to either perform endurance exercise only or endurance exercise accompanied with cognitively loaded tasks like a "2 backtest" where a person is shown a sequence of items and asked to quickly recall which appeared 2 ago (try it here). Another study in 2021 had similar findings showing a 32% increase in muscular endurance in a group that had both types of training concurrently and a 2023 study showed significant improvements for those who performed the mentally fatiguing tasks prior to the physical exercise.
But what about average/everyday folks - could there be benefits for individuals who aren't super concerned about their cycling endurance and really just want to think more clearly and minimize health risks? The answer seems to be yes. Last week, findings from a team from the University of Birmingham showed that along with physical performance, both attention and cognition (executive function) could be improved to a greater extent when physical exercise was combined with cognitive loading tasks even when the subjects were fatigued. Although the best protocols are still likely a way off, finding ways to challenge body and mind seems to promote a better ability to ENDURE in each.
Not sure if we will see puzzles in the gym anytime soon, but for those who might benefit from being a bit more fatigue-resistant, throwing in some MOVE in the midst of a mentally tiring day might go a long way.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
tricked by treats
Oct 18
Are you a Halloween or a Thanksgiving person? That is, if you were only able to celebrate with the foods associated with one of these two popular holidays this year which are right around the corner, which would you choose? Would it be the (often) big and complete meal of "turkey day" or the rush and nostalgia of the sweet treats on Halloween? It turns out this general idea, what types of foods we gravitate toward, may tell us more about our future health risks than we ever thought. Although the headlines aren't super surprising - health-conscious eaters, by and large, did better than those who gravitated toward unhealthy foods - this new study got us closer to knowing exactly how much.
At the risk of oversimplifying, a research team in England looked at the health survey data of 180,000 individuals which included food preferences. They then grouped into one of three categories - "health conscious" (people with a low preference for animal-based or sweet foods, and a high preference for vegetables and fruits), "omnivores" (high preference for all foods), and "sweet tooths" (high preference for sweet foods and sugary beverages) and compared each group in a variety of ways ranging from detailed blood analysis to disease risk. While some of the results weren't a big surprise - those who preferred sweets struggled more with their weight and inflammation than those who preferred healthy foods - others stood out. The difference in depression risk was particularly powerful.
Members of the health-conscious group appeared to get a protective benefit of as much as 31% as compared to the sweet-tooth group. They were also less likely to have heart disease, diabetes as well as a variety of other conditions which ranged from rheumatoid arthritis to kidney disease. The omnivores fared somewhat better than the sweet-tooth group in most categories, but not nearly as much as those who preferred healthy foods.
Of course, there's a lot more to be done here. Exactly how cravings take root and to what extent they can be changed is not clear. It has been shown that cravings are related to our gut biome and how the microbes that live there communicate with the brain, so it's reasonable to think they can be influenced, but how much and how lasting are still open questions.
Until then, it may be best to have some strategies to bolster our resilience to the seasonal stress we're about to face. It's a perfect time to feed the healthy microbes - grab some plants and get ready for the holiday rush...it's only 2 weeks away.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
untangling back pain risk
Oct 11
Lower back pain is a complex beast. Decades of trying to make it simple have mostly failed and, even after nearly 80 years (since World War Two when it burst onto the scene) and hundreds of billions of dollars spent annually since, making "spinal pain" (lower back and neck) the most costly condition of 154 when ranked in 2020, we haven't fully decoded it yet. What we can say with some level of confidence is that if your back is hurting it is almost definitely a whole picture thing and not just a single or even a few simple factors.
Here's what we know: Occupational exposures like heavy physical work are often pointed to as the culprit. While they certainly add risk, they have not proven to be the sole "cause". In one recent review, and beyond the usual number 1 predictor (a history of lower back pain), the strongest predictors included both work-related risks (carrying heavy loads, heavy work, and awkward postures) as well as personal health risks (higher body weight, anxiety/depression) as well as unhealthy behaviors (smoking and maladaptive behaviors). Said another way, the movement risk (biomechanical) is real...but so is the psychological and psychosocial risk. Other studies have shown that metabolic disease (small vessel disease like diabetes) may add risk, while others have focused on dietary risk (especially high inflammation), poor sleep, and the benefits of social support.
Finally, sedentary time alone is a strong possible driver. If this all sounds like a tangled mess, well, we agree.
With that in mind, a team in Finland set out with the hope of unraveling some of it. They decided to take on the metabolic component by looking at energy utilization (glucose uptake and percentage of fat) in the muscles of the lower back by reducing sedentary time by 1 hour per day in a sample of overweight but otherwise healthy individuals with back pain. They recruited +/- 60 subjects and randomly assigned them to either the control group or the movement group. The headline findings were interesting but certainly not earth-shattering: those who reduced sedentary time slowed (or stopped) the progression of pain but didn't reverse it and standing alone wasn't enough to improve the metabolic efficiency of the back muscles. The fine print however was far more intriguing.
As it turned out, step count, that is, actual movement and not "just" posture change WAS associated with metabolic improvements in muscle and, when compared to previous studies, standing, like many interventions might have a minimally effective dose. An average 42-minute per day increase for six months in this study wasn't enough, but double that and throw in some professional support on managing discomfort as was the case in this study, and things improved. Of course, this is not the end of the line, there is still more to unravel. Until then, we continue to suggest a strategy that stands on the evidence:
MOVE enough - even if the best you can do right now is get out of your chair more frequently, posture change is good. FUEL clean - lower your dietary inflammatory load by increasing the healthy stuff and decreasing the metabolic stressors like low-quality, sugary/fatty & processed foods. RECOVER fully - keep your system relaxed with enough sleep. Build ENDURE - managing stress plays a bigger role in pain than most realize and last but certainly not least CONNECT - find a few people who have similar goals and band together; social support can help with all of the above.
Lower back pain continues to be common and frustratingly complex for too many Americans. Until we've got the whole mess untangled, go with what you know - a healthier body is a stronger, happier, and more resilient one.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Win the Weekend
Oct 4
It wasn't that long ago that one of my kids explained to me that the little blue shadow extending from the "you are here" blue dot on my phone's mapping app was actually showing my orientation. "Whoa!" was about all I could say, as I turned around in circles to see it change direction. I had no idea this feature existed, something that definitely could've come in handy during more than a few previous uses. If only such a thing existed for our health. One of the trickiest parts about using healthy actions (aka lifestyle) to their fullest potential in an effort to thrive is finding our personal blue dot & directional shadow, our starting point and heading, wherever we are on the journey. Without this understanding it is very hard to know which routes will get us there in the first place and which might be the most desirable because there is no traffic, is free from tolls, or has great scenery along the way.
For example, if after years of commitment and consistency your blue dot is in the lofty elevations of a strong fitness foundation (training regularly, aspiring toward an athletic goal perhaps) your suggested routes would look very different than someone just getting started. For those who are just getting started or are having a hard time sticking with it once going, the message that "consistency beats intensity" and the advice to "try to develop a habit" is usually a feature. This can be tricky for those who feel too busy to log the 30 minutes per day required to achieve the critical dose of 150 or more moderate minutes per week. If this is you, we have good news.
While there is ALWAYS more to learn and probably not for everyone, especially those who use physical activity for immediate effects such as stress relief, mind fog relief or tight blood sugar control, etc, or are working toward very specific athletic goals, for those who want to improve or maintain health but are pressed for time, most of the benefit of regular physical activity can be gained by winning the weekend.
A data analysis of nearly 90,000 middle-aged individuals which looked for associations between physical activity patterns and the incidence of almost 700 different conditions across 16 different types of disease (including mental health, digestive health, neurological health, and others) found that Weekend Warriors did nearly as well as steady exercisers, lowering their risk for almost 200 different diseases compared to those who were inactive. Published by the American Heart Association late last month, this study showed that those who exhibited the "weekend warrior" physical activity pattern, that is fitting an entire week's worth of exercise into the weekend, got almost the same risk-lowering benefit for a variety of diseases as those who exercised more regularly to achieve the critical dose. The greatest impact was on high blood pressure and diabetes, a 23% and 43% lower risk respectively which was only slightly better in the regular exercisers (28% and 46%).
When health is the destination, consistency does appear to beat intensity...however when it comes to MOVE, "something" is so much better than "nothing" that taking the alternate route to avoid the weekday time tolls can still get us there.
Make it a great weekend...add some MOVE,
Mike E.
2024 coffee update - still generally healthy?
Sept 27
With the Summer season officially in the rearview as of Sunday, it shouldn't have come as a surprise that Tuesday morning "already" felt a bit like Fall, but it still did. The air was brisk, the sky had some grey and, as it tends to when the air is cooler (at least for me), the first sip of coffee was especially satisfying. Now, while I try to be conscious of the line between actual coffee (with nothing, often considered a healthy habit) and coffee-flavored drinks with enough sugar to have a nutritional profile closer to a dessert (not quite as wonderful), I admit to having mixed feelings when I answered "yes" last Spring to a highschooler doing a science project that asked me if I thought I drink coffee regularly enough for it to be considered a caffeine addiction. And so, like I often do, I've tried to keep an eye on the related research to make an informed decision as to whether this is a habit I should work to change. For those who might also wonder, today's blog is for you.
Let's start with the last time we covered the topic (January 6, 2023). Then, the general consensus was that consumption of up to 4 cups per day in healthy, well-rested individuals, did not appear to have a negative impact and might even have a small positive benefit on health. However, in groups who were up against either a health condition, such as a higher risk of fracture (osteopenia or osteoporosis), high blood pressure (160/100 mmHg or higher), or musculoskeletal pain or were chronically under-rested (less than 6 hours of sleep per night) there was a higher risk, the effect was negative. More than 1.5 years later, we have more information, but the punchline is similar.
Broadly, for otherwise healthy people, the news on coffee consumption (and by proxy caffeine) is mostly, but not all, good. In moderate doses (generally considered 2-4 cups per day) and when taken early enough to not interrupt sleep, there are positives including lower markers of inflammation (CRP), lower risk of Parkinson's Disease, a lower risk of a cardiometabolic disease cluster (called "multimorbidity") and a neutral effect on blood pressure. On the other side of the spectrum, one review this year reported an increased risk of lung cancer in habitual coffee drinkers, a risk that has been hard to pin down in previous years, something the authors acknowledged in the last line of their conclusion when they stated: "Further studies, especially with a prospective design, are required to expand our knowledge on the association between coffee consumption and risk of lung cancer.".
For individuals already struggling with a disease, condition, or at high risk of one, the take-away is a bit more nuanced. The news for those with a history of colorectal cancer appears positive - the likelihood of recurrence in habitual coffee drinkers was significantly lower (-32%) than in non-drinkers, while the news for those with chronic pain was more complex; coffee consumption was associated with the known relationship between chronic pain and mental health concerns like depression and anxiety.
And so, like so much in health and human physiology - it seems the answer is "it depends". If you are otherwise taking care of yourself, generally healthy, are a non-smoker, and consume up to a few cups of coffee and/or tea per day (200-300 mg of estimated caffeine) preferably without added sugar, should you look to trim back your consumption? Probably not, you're likely not harmed and may even be lowering your health risk. On the flip side, if you have one or more health conditions (especially those that may be impacted by stimulants such as high blood pressure and/or anxiety), aren't getting enough sleep, or are already at the high end of consumption (more than 4 cups per day), a more thorough dive into your risk picture is probably a good idea.
We wish it were as simple as "hold the cream and sugar", but until then, we'll keep an eye on it and report back.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
mind your fuel score
Sept 20
I never quite understood the "reductionist" approach to nutrition. Although it has been the dominant approach in the research for, well, ever, it gets less applicable as the years go by. The idea that a single "part" somehow holds more importance than the "whole" struggles when the idea is tested against the known harms being done by diets heavily loaded in manufactured foods which may contain those important parts but are leading to disease nonetheless.
For example, this new study which looked at the consumption patterns of more than 300,000 individuals for more than 10 years, found a clear link between the food types people consumed (on a spectrum from minimally processed to ultra processed) and metabolic disease risk, specifically Type 2 diabetes. For every 10% increase in consumption of ultra-processed foods (i.e. the assembly of "food-like" substances which often contain healthy nutrients made to be hyperpalatable), the risk of diabetes went up by 17%. On the other end of the spectrum for every 10% decrease in these same food types, there was a 14% decrease in risk. Said more simply, those who ate real food had less risk. Yet the question for many is "how can we make this more practical to know where we stand for our day-to-day habits?". A second study out this week may have shed some more light.
This new study, published only a few days ago, looked at whether a simple dietary score where higher scores indicated an eating pattern closer to a well known "brain health" diet (the MIND diet) could predict future brain health as we age. The short answer was yes. When researchers looked at dietary patterns of nearly 15,000 individuals for around 10 years, they found that those in the top 1/3rd of scorers (who had an average score of 9) had a significantly lower risk of cognitive decline compared to peers in lower groups. Try scoring your typical diet to see where you stand.
From the American Academy of Neurology press release:
“One point was given for each of the following: three or more daily servings of whole grains; six or more weekly servings of green leafy vegetables; one or more daily servings of other vegetables; two or more weekly servings of berries; one or more weekly servings of fish; two or more weekly servings of poultry; three weekly servings of beans; five daily servings of nuts; four or fewer weekly servings of red meat; one or fewer weekly servings of fast or fried foods; one or more weekly servings of olive oil; and one or fewer tablespoons of butter or margarine daily; five or fewer weekly servings of pastries and sweets; and one glass per day of wine. The total points possible was 12.”
How we FUEL is critical to our future health. It often feels complicated but it doesn't have to be. It seems the following general rule of thumb continues to have strong evidence backing it up: Eat less of the sugary/processed food-like stuff and more of the fresh "actual food", we can survive on the first for a while but we thrive on the second.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
a lasting imprint
Sept 13
I was standing on the sideline chatting with a friend recently and he was telling me about his most recent physical. Now, this wasn't any ordinary physical where the doctor might review some blood work and vital signs, this was a comprehensive physical mandated by his employer because his is a key strategic role there. He described a battery of tests and a long review with the specialist which took somewhere in the realm of 6 hours (and a lot of dollars) to complete. The bad news was, at/near "middle age" he wasn't perfect and sadly there was no fountain of youth, but the good news was he was doing pretty well all things considered, and on the right track. After a pause in the conversation, I asked "So, what did he tell you to do from here?", having a sneaking suspicion I might not be surprised. "Eat well and exercise mostly," he said...and I smiled thinking how clear things can be at the 30,000-foot view.
Way down here in the weeds where most of us spend our days, it doesn't always seem so simple. Super easy access to cheap and tasty (but harmful) food on every shelf combined with fewer and fewer requirements to MOVE during the day has resulted for many, in poorer metabolism earlier in life, less muscle and bone mass ("working tissues") during our peak years, a shorter distance to the risk threshold and ultimately a dwindling number of fully healthy years. And while there is a strong argument for "earlier is better" when it comes to building preventative habits and the reserves they create, "now" with a goal of "consistently" is almost always next best if there's been a gap. In fact, new research out this week showed that our working tissues aren't the only ones that build reserves from healthy habits.
As described in a press release from the University of Michigan, even our fat cells get stronger and more efficient. Habitual movers, which were generally defined as individuals who performed physical activity at least 4 times weekly for 2 years, had differences in both structure and function when researchers compared their fat cells to counterparts who were not exercisers but were otherwise similar. Just like exercisers tend to retain "cellular muscle memory" which allows their muscles to respond faster and better to training, especially if they've been away from resistance exercise for a while, it turns out that the fat cells of those who performed endurance exercise regularly had better blood flow, more cellular powerplants (mitochondria) and were better able to store fat in a healthy way; under the skin and away from higher risk areas like organs in times of weight gain. This kind of adaptation may even cross generations, which, if this animal study holds true in humans, is especially important for future fathers and daughters.
When we do the right things consistently and give our bodies time to adapt, they do, even if the changes in the mirror aren't obvious or fast. Before there are results, there are actions, and the faster we turn them into habits, the better off we'll be.
If you didn't get started 2 years ago, now is a great time.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
the pause pill
Sept 6
Think of the last time you felt really stressed. Was it a good thing or a bad thing? Did you grow from the experience or feel knocked backward by it? Did you have a strategy to overcome the sensation or did your natural fight/flight/freeze tendencies take over? If you could go back and do something differently, would you? These are really tough questions, the kind very few people enjoy thinking about, but almost 2 years ago, sitting in a small group hosted by a few heroes I had previously only seen play on TV, they were central to the topic of conversation.
Walking into the session it seemed safe to assume that being a member of the New Zealand All Blacks, the winningest national rugby team on earth, has to be stressful. While winning more than 3 of every 4 games played for the last 100 years carries a well-earned pride, it also carries heavy expectations and therefore stress as was made perfectly clear by the two players at the front of the room. This stress had the power to harm their performance and in some cases had, but as the conversation went on, and they recounted tactics they were taught by their mental skills coach, it didn't always. When they fully developed the skills needed to return to (cool) "blue" when things were getting too hot (and they were "seeing red"), the lingo their team used for getting overstressed, they could perform at the level required to win.
Although hard to fully grasp exactly how stressful it must have been as the last few moments of a 1-point World Cup victory ticked down (number 8 and 20 in the video here), the utility of such a skill, a tactic that could kickstart the emotional recalibration needed in stressful circumstances, seemed obvious. Some research suggests that whether through changes in breathing patterns, such as slowing our breathing or other means not related to breath, distracting ourselves from the situation long enough to reset can actually make a difference. As it turns out and published a few weeks ago, a research team at Michigan State found that this approach could even work in pill form.
Amid the COVID-19 pandemic when stress levels were running particularly high, a small group of individuals were randomly assigned to either act as members of a control group or to receive a non-deceptive placebo pill - meaning they were told that the pills they were going to receive had no active ingredients but might still have a beneficial effect and were encouraged to take them anyway. Participants were then asked to watch 2 videos (here and here) that explained "the placebo effect" in greater detail. 2 weeks later, the group who took the non-active pill had greater reductions in stress, anxiety, and depression than the control group. Having some way of intervening, even in the form of a knowingly inactive ingredient, was enough to help reset faster and see cool blue in a red-hot situation...another great learning from a very hard period of time.
The stress of the season (Halloween to New Year's Day) will be here before we know it. Whether a breath counter or a double-exhale(r) or, like one of the two all-blacks, a "push your toes into the ground to remind yourself to get grounded" kind of person, having something that interrupts the moment and allows us to reset, is a great strategy to help us ENDURE...and now is a great time of year to hone the skill. Let us know if you need a few other ideas.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
engage the brain
Aug 30
Around the country, school is back in session, or close to it. First-day school pictures are starting to pop up on social media feeds - some with smiling faces and some with that "ugh!" look. And then there are those like my son (old enough to drive and much to the chagrin of my wife), who have been in "the game" long enough to "forget" about this time-honored tradition. Now, while it's entirely possible that he's become something of a grand master at this game of awkward photo chess played in households around the globe, it is equally possible that, like so many of us every day, his brain wasn't fully engaged and he was just trying to get out the door on time. This may be a bigger deal than it seems and one that might set us up for something less than our best, risky on a variety of fronts. For those of us who are driving first thing in the morning or in safety-sensitive roles at work, not feeling fully awake could be disastrous. For those who are working hard to focus and learn (like our kids), the same physiology could be keeping them from achieving their best...and if so, perhaps a few minutes of priming and "activation" using one of the most effective tactics known, would be worth the investment.
At its very root, this was the theory a team from Japan set out to test with a group of middle-school children. They provided a protocol of 7 light movements (stretching and low-intensity dynamic body-weight movements) each lasting between 10-20 seconds and then measured oxygen levels in the part of the brain known to handle higher-order tasks (prefrontal cortex) which sits directly behind our forehead. In essence, they were testing the idea that movement, even at very light intensities for less than 3 minutes total, could prime the brain for better performance. The answer, as published early this week, was "yes"; however some movements were better than others.
Dynamic movements that involved multiple muscle groups and a postural challenge (such as movement from a stretched position or one requiring stabilization) showed a more significant effect than static stretching alone. Or said another way, although it doesn't have to be strenuous to get the effect if you feel a movement is so easy or ingrained that you could "do it in your sleep" it is unlikely to do much to activate the brain...so maybe you could.
We are entering the transition zone - that period where the lazy days of Summer give way to the routine (and maybe racing) of the Fall. On the one hand, and with any luck, cooler temps will be here soon. On the other hand, there are more people on the roads, more demands for our attention, and therefore quite possibly more tired bodies and brains. If you haven't done the inventory in a while it's an easy way to prime the physiological pump...and the pulleys, levers, vessels, and synapses too.
Whether you join us the next time we cross paths or you take the idea home with you and share it with your family, it's never a bad thing to start the day well.
Happy Labor Day, have a great weekend,
Mike E.
the pause pill
Sept 6
Think of the last time you felt really stressed. Was it a good thing or a bad thing? Did you grow from the experience or feel knocked backward by it? Did you have a strategy to overcome the sensation or did your natural fight/flight/freeze tendencies take over? If you could go back and do something differently, would you? These are really tough questions, the kind very few people enjoy thinking about, but almost 2 years ago, sitting in a small group hosted by a few heroes I had previously only seen play on TV, they were central to the topic of conversation.
Walking into the session it seemed safe to assume that being a member of the New Zealand All Blacks, the winningest national rugby team on earth, has to be stressful. While winning more than 3 of every 4 games played for the last 100 years carries a well-earned pride, it also carries heavy expectations and therefore stress as was made perfectly clear by the two players at the front of the room. This stress had the power to harm their performance and in some cases had, but as the conversation went on, and they recounted tactics they were taught by their mental skills coach, it didn't always. When they fully developed the skills needed to return to (cool) "blue" when things were getting too hot (and they were "seeing red"), the lingo their team used for getting overstressed, they could perform at the level required to win.
Although hard to fully grasp exactly how stressful it must have been as the last few moments of a 1-point World Cup victory ticked down (number 8 and 20 in the video here), the utility of such a skill, a tactic that could kickstart the emotional recalibration needed in stressful circumstances, seemed obvious. Some research suggests that whether through changes in breathing patterns, such as slowing our breathing or other means not related to breath, distracting ourselves from the situation long enough to reset can actually make a difference. As it turns out and published a few weeks ago, a research team at Michigan State found that this approach could even work in pill form.
Amid the COVID-19 pandemic when stress levels were running particularly high, a small group of individuals were randomly assigned to either act as members of a control group or to receive a non-deceptive placebo pill - meaning they were told that the pills they were going to receive had no active ingredients but might still have a beneficial effect and were encouraged to take them anyway. Participants were then asked to watch 2 videos (here and here) that explained "the placebo effect" in greater detail. 2 weeks later, the group who took the non-active pill had greater reductions in stress, anxiety, and depression than the control group. Having some way of intervening, even in the form of a knowingly inactive ingredient, was enough to help reset faster and see cool blue in a red-hot situation...another great learning from a very hard period of time.
The stress of the season (Halloween to New Year's Day) will be here before we know it. Whether a breath counter or a double-exhale(r) or, like one of the two all-blacks, a "push your toes into the ground to remind yourself to get grounded" kind of person, having something that interrupts the moment and allows us to reset, is a great strategy to help us ENDURE...and now is a great time of year to hone the skill. Let us know if you need a few other ideas.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
more (and less) of the same
Aug 23
Suppose you like business, economics, investing, the idea of having financial stability (or wealth someday), or even the idea that simple and consistent over the long term often outperforms other strategies. In that case, you've probably heard a few Warren Buffet quotes. Some of the most famous are simple & logical and tend not to evoke a lot of emotion...maybe even boring, which, in a way seems to underpin his success; a long lifetime of "slow and steady wins the race".
I think one of the reasons why quotes of his like "don't bet on miracles" tend to resonate with me is because they seem to be applicable not only finance but other "assets" we could all probably use more of. They work for time, maybe the most valuable asset and even health, the asset we so often talk about here. This week, 2 new studies reiterated the power in applying a simple and consistent approach like this, once again adding evidence to the statement that "more and less" is, well, more when it comes to investing in personal health.
The first study explored getting a little more MOVE in the day and whether a focus on short bouts of activity, using a mobile app designed to make it engaging and fun could get people doing a little more (at least 15 minutes) over the course of a 6 week period. The short answer was "yes". In nearly 12,000 participants in Australia, New Zealand and the UK, physical activity substantially improved and several self-reported health measures also improved. The stat that stands out most to me however is that participants tended not to stop at the goal (15 minutes of physical activity) and instead stretched it out to nearly 45 minutes on average and nearly 75% of participants hitting physical activity guidelines which are known to sharply drive down injury/illness/disease risk.
The second study was a much much bigger study - like 164X bigger - in terms of participants and it showed, again, less is more. In this case, it was a study of several large datasets (across several countries and nearly 2M lives) done by a team at the University of Cambridge which showed that 50 grams per day of processed meat (about the same as 2 slices of ham) increased the risk of metabolic disease (DM2) x 15% over 10 years, 100 grams of red meat per day (a small steak, even if unprocessed) added 10% risk and the same amount of poultry added only slightly less (8%).
The news is more and less the same. Bet on adding more minutes of MOVE and replacing a meal per day of FUEL with a healthier (low process/high fiber) alternative to build the health assets needed to thrive. Or, in very practical terms, as the 90+ year old Buffet is known to have said: "You get exactly one mind and one body in this world, and you can’t start taking care of it when you’re 50. By that time, you’ll rust it out if you haven’t done anything.”
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Headlines - so far, it's more than movement
Aug 16
Understanding a problem is at the heart of solving it. Whether we prefer the way Charles Kettering (American Inventor and Businessman) said it "A problem well-defined is half solved" or we lean toward Einstein's approach "If I had an hour to solve a problem, I'd spend 55 minutes thinking about the problem and 5 about solutions", the first step in being a problem solver is almost definitely being a problem understand-er.
When it comes to the declining musculoskeletal health (the body's moving tissues) in the US over the last 30 years, sometimes it feels like a poorly understood problem. Just like there are 88 unique risk factors for heart disease and therefore thousands of potential risk combinations per person (as mentioned here), movement disorders are simply not simple. We may want them to be about some singular biomechanical "fault" or completely encapsulated in the cause and effect of a moment when we first felt pain but that just isn't so. This is one of the main reasons we put such an emphasis on communicating the evidence in every opportunity AND why we try to approach the problem from all 5 known vantage points (MOVE, FUEL, RECOVER, ENDURE, CONNECT). With any luck, it helps to broaden the understanding of those who have their sights set on living as healthy as possible for as long as possible.
This year has already produced some important insights from military populations, members of the trucking industry, and recreationally active US adults. Here are the headlines worth knowing, sorted by release date and which population the theory was tested with:
Jan 2024 - Mental Workload & Static Postures are correlated with musculoskeletal disorders in truckers (Industry)
Feb 2024 - Strength & Fitness measures predicted 2 of every 3 injuries (CAN Military)
Mar 2024 - Health & Fitness measures (BMI & Aerobic Fitness) were superior to movement assessment at predicting injury in young/healthy individuals (US Military)
Apr 2024 - Inflammatory Markers, Lack of Health Behaviors, and History of Pain predict musculoskeletal injury (Recreationally Active US Adults)
Jun 2024 - Muscular Power and Unhealthy Behaviors (smoking) predicted injuries and dropout in Marine Recruits (US Military)
Jul 2024 - Painful movement today predicts future injury tomorrow (US Military)
And now, the 5 minutes on solutions. Pick "any", work toward "all":
Move often throughout the day, preferably enough to be a little winded.
Do something for your strength & fitness every day. Evolve toward power movements.
Lower inflammatory load with healthy fuel and work on sleep hygiene.
Avoid known system-wide stressors like smoking.
Check-in with your movement daily and prime it for success (body inventory). Let us know if you need help (schedule a consult).
And last, but certainly not least....
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
dietary "base" building
Aug 9
Despite the fairly consistent findings that ultra-processed foods and excessive sugar almost always have a negative impact on health AND that fresh fruit and veggie consumption almost always has a positive impact, nothing seems to get people talking like the latest-greatest nutrition fad or dietary supplement. The idea of a quick-fix pill or potion has such a tug on our psyche that market researchers project a continued rise from the roughly $165 Billion being spent worldwide. One recent question revolved around drinking baking soda water to improve athletic performance and/or lower disease risk. Although my first reaction was "yuck", there are an increasing number of studies poking at the idea and it doesn't take long to find people promoting it. But why?
Without diving too deep into the physiology, the short answer seems to be related to "Dietary Acid Load", the capacity of the foods we eat to drive our pH lower - a measure that has increasingly been correlated to the risk of several diseases including cardiovascular, metabolic and even musculoskeletal dysfunction since the muscles and bones act as some of our best buffers against acid (read more here). It seems reasonable then that if we could simply neutralize this acid with a tall glass of "Arm & Hammer-ade", maybe it'd be worth it...it might even bump performance some, since in athletic endeavors the accumulation of acid is thought to impair performance. Unfortunately, results are very mixed when it comes to performance. Some have found no benefit (even though blood markers changed), some have found benefit and others have found a placebo effect - so, probably not worth it. On the health end of the spectrum, the idea of lowering dietary acid load seems to have merit. For example, this study from a few years back showed that eating in a way known to promote muscle health and alkalinity with age (getting enough plant-sourced protein out-performed animal-based sources) had a strong positive effect. Getting the same impact through ingestion of baking soda, however, has far less impact. A study out this week added some additional clarity.
A US-based research team tested 2 different strategies to lower dietary acid load in people with chronic kidney disease and heart disease. The first was the tried and true...eating more fruits and veggies as the basis of a more alkaline (pH raising, "base") diet. The second was ingesting bicarbonate pills (a possibly more direct way of lowering pH). Both slowed the progression of kidney disease, which seemed promising. Still, only increased fruit and veggie consumption lowered the risk of cardiovascular disease and abnormal blood pressure, which was believed to be driving the risks.
Whether you do so for the inflammation lowering or the pH-raising effects, opting for the basics (fresh fruits, veggies, and other plants) over the quick fix can build the nutritional "base" needed to thrive.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
planes, trains, and sciatica
Aug 2
I mentioned a few weeks back that I had taken a trip out of the US. It was a fun-tiring kind of thing like vacations so often are. Yet, on my way back home, as the hours of trains, planes, and automobiles slowly passed, I noticed an annoying little ache in my right leg. It didn't have the features of anything serious (blood clots, etc.) - but it was there, steadily making itself known. With a pretty clear line from my hip region to the front of my shin, all signs pointed to sciatic nerve irritation. Of course, having seen this kind of thing so many times, I knew not to worry, but I also knew ignoring it would only prolong it.
After thinking through the possible causes for the irritation it was pretty clear to me that between 5 time zones, lots of time sitting during transit and 10 days of vacation food, my system was pretty revved up. Data from my Garmin confirmed it - my resting heart rate was up significantly from my norm, my heart rate variability (a measure of system stress) had gone in the wrong direction and my "training status", Garmin's way of telling us when we are (or aren't) in the training-load sweet spot, was reading "strained". Essentially my sciatic nerve was a window into what my entire system was dealing with - I was exhausted and my body was shooting up a flare.
The good news is, I knew what I had to do. It would be a rebuild of the same 3 legged stool we so often share with clients and talk about here:
1. Get moving. Exercise is one of the most potent ways we have to "soak up" inflammation and lower the overall load. Just enough to stimulate me without further exhausting myself. A few minutes of stretching after breaking a sweat and doing a little resistance felt amazing. The fact that the sciatic pain was mostly gone after the exercise told me all I needed to know - irritation, not injury.
2. Get rest. Not only full night's sleep but perhaps even more importantly, monitor how rested we feel upon waking. Almost a week later, I woke up today feeling refreshed.
3. Eat well. Being back at home can definitely help here. Not eating out every meal is a fast way to add nutrients and minimize sugar by incorporating more fresh fruits & veggies. Shifting to water as the default beverage of choice didn't hurt either.
This is of course perfectly in line with the latest research on the subject. One study out this week showed that unhealthy diets (in this case either too much sugar or not enough nutrients) were linked with accelerated biological aging (years of living near the threshold) and another from early in July showed a link between similarly unhealthy diets (this time sugar-sweetened beverages like soda) and lower back pain which combined with another study from earlier in the year which connected pro-inflammatory diets to back pain makes the connection even stronger.
We throw a lot at our bodies this time of year. It's easy to go from revved up to broken down. There's no need to get that far. Reach out if we can help.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
move to recover Part 2
July 26
It’s easy to run a little “hot” this time of year; both literally and figuratively. Climbing the summer peak is as if for 100 days we are required to walk steadily uphill in everything we do. No matter how routine the task, it is just that little bit more challenging when our systems are straining to manage the extra load. Of course, it isn’t always (or “only”) thermal strain. Many of us are managing increased work volumes, changes to our routine which can easily add stress (such as kids at home from school), and the always tricky business of ensuring that vacations we often look forward to are as restorative as possible. It doesn’t take much for us to find ourselves run down, achy, or even battling a cold this time of year.
There is nothing particularly mysterious or profound here. As we approach the peak of our capacity, even routine stress and strain, which we would normally absorb without issue, can send us toward injury/illness/disease. If the evidence on the subject holds, it’s a reasonably safe bet, for example, that upper respiratory infections will be on the rise in Paris over the next few weeks as the athletes competing there struggle to find the balance between peak workloads and recovery. While we tend to emphasize recovery this time of year by reiterating sleep hygiene tactics, cooling strategies, and low-inflammatory food and beverage choices, a new study that looked at the immune response after exercise in newly diagnosed cancer patients suggests we shouldn’t forget that a little MOVE can go a long way, especially important for those of us who are office based or not doing a ton of physical work.
A research team in Finland found, in a random sample of individuals, 30 minutes on a stationary bike at a self-selected pace and resistance could kickstart a very specific change in the immune system including ramping up cells known to fight cancer cells and tamping down those known to promote it. It’s not a 1 for 1 of course – being rundown is certainly NOT cancer – but the principle remains; we can use MOVE to ask our immune system to ramp up a bit, and for those of us not already at our physical strain limit, the body typically responds. Or more simply, moderate exercise once again gives us an immune boost.
There are still +/-30 days of unofficial summer (Labor Day is 9/2) and +/- 50 of actual Summer (Fall Equinox is 9/22), that's too long to let our health wilt in the heat. Work in some MOVE and give yourself a boost.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
move to recover
July 19
As ironic as it may seem for someone who spent his first 20 working years logging the kinds of miles that would easily classify as "super commuter", I don't consider myself particularly well-traveled. Having only been outside the US a couple of times before this past week, I was both looking forward to and dreading the idea of a trip to Europe to watch my middle daughter take on a few of the other up-and-comers in her age group on the rugby pitch. Maybe it's just my age group, but the idea of a "European Vacation" conjures up something sort of hilarious to watch (a classic movie in one humble opinion) but maybe not to experience.
I'm happy to report that, generally speaking, all went smoothly in Chapter 1: Getting There. Security was shockingly easy, the airport was busy but simple to navigate, the trains to my local destination were slam-packed but ran on time and people were friendly and helpful. The only real issue was - WOW the timezone shift got me. For the first 3 days, I went to bed early, woke up in the middle of the night for a few hours and by the time I finally fell back asleep I was so exhausted I could've easily slept the next day away. It felt a little bit like what "light sleepers" describe, especially as we age; something I've never really struggled with. No surprise, when a new randomized study that claimed to show a significant improvement in sleep popped up in the headlines this week, I dove in.
The mechanism? Simple enough really - it was a dosing study on MOVE, and it once again showed there's a sweet spot.
While high intensity or heavy loads of movement (work, exercise, etc) right before sleep tend to impair the quality and duration, it turned out lighter loads done during the post-work, pre-sleep time period had the opposite effect. More specifically, when researchers had people shift some of their physical activity to the "ramp down" period and had them do light to moderate intensity, bodyweight exercises for a few minutes, twice per hour starting 4 hours before bedtime, sleep duration improved with no negative impact on sleep quality...a very simple add on to make sleep hygiene tactics even more effective.
It doesn't take a major timezone shift to have sleep be a little "off" this time of year. The heat and the workloads tend to be up (or way up) and oddly enough this can leave us both tired AND unable to settle into the depths we need to RECOVER. If "3 minutes chair squats, calf raises and standing knee raises with straight leg hip extensions for 20s each over three rounds" can give us 30 minutes of rest, it's probably worth the effort. I know I'll be trying it on the way back!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
how to (and not to) live to 100
July 12
There's a lot to complain about these days; or, at least it seems that way if you pay attention to popular media sources. While we know bad news is better at getting our attention (and therefore sells) due in part to our human tendency toward loss aversion, there are good stories to tell if we look for them. One of them, which drew a pretty clear line on an age-old question...that is, something that actually works in our favor if we hope to age until we are actually "old", was tucked away in the Journal of the American Medical Association last week admittedly among many that seemed a lot less positive, including 5 headlines that are probably worth knowing about, negative as they may be.
The Not-So-Good News
(1) There is now a confirmed connection between sleep disorders like obstructive sleep apnea, stress disorders, and poorer mental health. Again, RECOVER matters, a lot.
(2) There was a lack of support for multivitamin use to increase longevity in a study of almost 400,000 people over 20 years. If there really is a longevity "hack" it doesn't seem to be in pill form yet.
(3) Moderate Physical Activity (>=7,000 steps per day) alone was enough to impact health risk for individuals with normal blood sugar but not in folks with prediabetes. Ultimately this suggests that the power of MOVE may not be enough for those with more advanced risk. Therefore a more intensive approach (including nutrition, sleep, stress, etc) is likely required to lower risk as shown here, which might safely include fasting, as shown using a 5:2 ratio here.
(4) Every 2 hours of TV (or presumably screen time) reduced the likelihood of healthy aging by 12% in a study of 45,000 women at or near middle age over the next 20 years. Thankfully, there was a silver lining on this one. Much of that risk could be offset by replacing screen time with light physical activity; moderate physical activity was even better, and for the under-rested, trading the screens for sleep also had a positive impact.
(5) Perhaps not surprisingly, "Body Roundness Index", a new calculation that tries to differentiate between "healthy mass" (e.g. muscle) and particularly unhealthy mass (e.g. visceral body fat) is an effective risk predictor and may help us deal with some of the shortcomings of the more well-known body mass index which doesn't differentiate. In a sample of more than 30,000, those with the lowest and highest BRI were at higher risk than those in the moderate range. Unfortunately, this index has generally gone in the wrong direction over the last 20 years.
But there is good news and it's relatively simple: In a study that compared nearly 1500 people who lived to be 100 (which is sort of amazing in itself) compared to age-matched controls (i.e. those born at the same time but died before 100 years) the odds of getting there were dramatically increased for those who practiced 3 healthy lifestyle behaviors including (1) not smoking, (2) being physically active and (3) eating a diverse diet (which included fruits, veggies, fish, beans, and tea).
What is especially cool about this study is that even after poking at the data with a variety of statistical methods to refine their findings, the effect mostly stayed the same. There was a 61% better chance of living to 100 for those who practiced the healthy behaviors as compared to those that didn't. Yet, and maybe this is for those of us who might naturally wonder whether the quality (ability to function) in those years was high or just the quantity (time on earth)...the likelihood of getting to 100 years old AND doing so generally healthy was 54% greater in the healthy lifestyle group. As it turns out this stuff works for a VERY LONG TIME.
We've known for a while that the human body can live much longer and healthier than most do - now we have the basic plan for those who are interested. Maybe you'll be one to meet someone from 4 or 5 generations in the future - if you haven't already, the best time to start is today.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
we love a challenge: nudging the nervous system
July 5
In our weekly scour of the health literature, we often find information that we hope to never need. While many studies have no relevance to our efforts, others carry important messages even when their primary message is not immediately applicable. This week, tucked away in the Journal of the American Medical Association's Internal Medicine pages was such a study.
At face value, a study about minimizing the negative side-effects of chemotherapy might not seem directly in line with Pro-Activity's health-facing (upstream, preventative, etc) efforts. However, when we consider what this study is telling us, it is perfectly in line as it is evidence, in a highly concentrated way, of one of the core messages we often deliver - future quality of life (happier people) is more easily achieved when we push ourselves to stay strong now.
The harsh reality of chemotherapy is that, while powerful and at times nearly miraculous in its ability to kill cancerous cells, it often has spillover effects causing a negative impact on nearby healthy tissues. Since the nervous system supplies all cells and tissues of the body (even those that have gone rogue), it is especially susceptible. Like having a "pinched nerve" that never quite goes away, patients undergoing chemotherapy often experience nerve-related symptoms such as burning, pain, weakness, and balance problems called chemotherapy-induced peripheral neuropathy (CIPN); a recipe for lower quality of life that no one wants. Interestingly however, when patients demanded more from their nervous system, in this case by stimulation with specific exercises, they were able to cut their risk by 50-70%.
In a randomized trial that involved 3 groups: the first was a control group which had the usual care, the second was a group that received nervous system stimulation through whole-body vibration and a third which was given a sensorimotor exercise protocol (designed to stimulate the nervous system through balance, stability, sensory challenges, etc) twice per week, the results were clear and impressive: stimulating the nervous system, even in the presence of toxic chemical agents, added resilience. Or said more plainly, when we challenge our systems to MOVE deliberately and appropriately, they work hard to respond and adapt.
Although in this case it was tested with chemical stress, the response is very similar to that which is reported with exercises that challenge our balance as we age (e.g. Tai Chi) or dynamic warm-up protocols which are known to significantly lower injury rates in athletes - when we tell our body we need something and give it a little time to respond, it almost always does.
It doesn't take much to keep our nervous system strong and resilient but it does take something - give it a nudge with a few minutes of balance work today.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
lower back pain? walk it off
June 28
The text was simple enough "Is there any chance I can grab a few minutes for a consult?". What ensued was a conversation I've had too many times to count over the years. The pain was severe, making it, even for a healthy and fit individual, a little scary; something that can't go away fast enough and ideally never returns. After we went through the potential red flags and found none were present, we concluded that it was following a well-known pattern, one that was big on "hurt" but, thankfully, not as big on "harm". It was safe to MOVE.
Now came the hard work, coaxing the body to do so and understanding the need to strike a balance between "enough" to stimulate but not "so much" to aggravate or set things back. In this case, the idea was first to control inflammation and normalize movement (as quickly as able) but still watch for signs of overload in the irritated area, what we often refer to as "optimal loading", which is relative to the person, rather than just "rest". Before we got off the phone I made the last and maybe most important point - this kind of back pain doesn't have to happen again, but without effort, it almost always does for those who don't stay ahead of it. Within 96 hours, this individual was golfing.
Back pain is common and can be severely debilitating. With the right information and a willingness to build up the body's resilience through optimal loading, it doesn't have to be. While the number of times we've seen this over the decades is almost uncountable, it's always nice to see the finding in print, this time in one of the most prestigious research journals on the planet.
After following 700 randomly assigned individuals with debilitating (but not structurally worrisome) lower back pain, getting a consultation and a professionally guided loading schedule, in this case using walking as the movement of choice, lowered the risk of recurrence by 28% and nearly doubled the time between flare-ups compared to those who were in the control group.
Bodies are far more likely to bark at us as we inch closer to the edges of our capacity (and therefore resilience). Peak Summer can be one of those times. With a little guidance and the willingness to "walk it off", maybe this year it doesn't have to be. Reach out if we can help.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
trading away health: all part of the process
June 21
There's really no need to make it complicated - the more industrialized the diet we choose, the harder it is on our bodies. This is the general theme that rang through 3 new studies all published in the last 2 weeks. While each evaluated a different problem - the first, the connection between salt and a common skin condition, the second, the connection between junk food and anxiety and the third, the link between a common artificial sweetener and major heart events - the takeaway was the same: the trade-off for a highly processed diet (which are often loaded with salt, fat, and sweeteners to achieve shelf-life and brain-teasing flavor) is future health.
The first study looked at the results of more than 200,000 urine samples and found that as sodium content increased, so did the likelihood a person was diagnosed with eczema, one of the most common (+/- 30 million Americans) skin conditions. For every 1 gram of sodium excreted in the urine, the likelihood of eczema went up 11%. Although they're not exactly sure why, the general consensus is that as the body tries to rid itself of excess salt (not only through urine but sweat) it gets stored or even trapped in the skin creating a chronic irritant. This adds plausibility to some studies which have shown flares tend to be more common in the winter months - less sweating means more trapped salt.
The next study looked at fat consumption and its connection to behavior. While it's important to point out that this was an animal study (lab rats), the results paint a very clear picture that is worth at least considering: A diet that was engineered to achieve +/-10% greater fat than the "Standard American Diet" resulted in behaviors that suggest greater anxiety, negative changes in the gut biome and even genetic changes associated with unhealthy changes in brain chemistry.
The last study looked at a commonly used artificial sweetener and sugar substitute (xylitol) and whether it increased the risk of major cardiac events. The short answer, from a research team that looked at more than 3,000 subjects, was yes, as much as 57% in the highest consumption group compared to the lowest, which showed signs of an increased likelihood of developing blood clots. Of course, as always, there is nuance and this risk, especially in those who don't over-do it, may not entirely outweigh the benefits of this low-glycemic sweetener, but it should give pause to those who are consuming lots of highly processed sweets.
Of course, sometimes the hardest thing to do is to find the "what to do" which fills the void left when so many studies tell us "what not to do". This time of year we are in luck - fresh fruit and veggies are easier than ever to come by and we know that consuming more of them can counteract and fill the gap. Not only do they increase water and potassium (which helps to counterbalance the effects of high sodium) but the fiber on board helps us to rebalance the gut and even tamp down cravings for the kinds of treats that are loaded with fats and sweeteners.
Step away from the dietary machine...and find a farm stand...chances are they are selling the FUEL that your future self wants more of now.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
beliefs drive behavior? safety in movement
June 14
Imagine you wake up one day with a stiff knee. Maybe it presents with some slight but nagging discomfort; more annoying than worrisome. If you're anything like most you'd probably not think much of it and might even try to ignore and "push through" it.
But what if it was there again the next day or even the next 15 in a row.
Would you tend to want to get it moving or would you be more inclined to avoid movement and give it rest? Would it worry you?
Although the worldwide statistics would suggest that for as many as 4 of every 5 people (or more) this situation is only hypothetical, they are critical questions for the remaining 20% because, for nearly 1 of every 5, there was a day or days just like this that acted to signal a warning sign, possibly that something "wasn't right" with someone's knee(s). The stiffness may have been formally labeled "knee osteoarthritis" (OA) but even if not, the likely feature was discomfort, at least initially, with movement.
The irony of course is that despite it often being uncomfortable and sometimes fatiguing to move with knee OA, the condition usually responds favorably to movement. In fact, various forms of exercise are at or near the top of the recommendation list endorsed by groups like the American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons in their clinical practice guidelines.
So if we know it works, why doesn't everyone do it?
This is the fundamental question that a research team in Australia pondered. Their hypothesis was, in an oversimplified way: when we are in discomfort long enough, our beliefs about it (and what effects it) might change; even though we consciously know movement is good for us, we might actually fear it deeper in our subconscious.
In a really cool experiment that, if you have 10 minutes and are at a computer you can take for yourself at this link, they found that below the cognitive surface, people with painful knee OA were significantly more likely to associate movement with danger (as in, something to avoid) than those without pain or knee OA. For many, this could be a very big deal because if our day-to-day actions are rooted in our beliefs, this may present a significant barrier for those with stiff knees. It may even be one of the reasons why so many gravitate away from movement, which might actually make things worse. This is, of course, all very preliminary...but interesting nonetheless.
There was a time when health care recommended rest to help manage knee osteoarthritis because they weren't sure movement was the answer, but that changed at least 30 years ago. Today, we know it as "the best, non-drug treatment for improving pain and function in OA", just like it says front and center on the Arthritis Association's website.
Keep those stiff joints moving - let us know if you need a nudge.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
No Matter the Blueprint, 8 Factors Guide the Build-Out
June 7
I remember feeling excited and maybe even a bit vindicated in 2022 when the American Heart Association announced their latest update to the list of "most important things known to lower heart risk"...which was being called Life's Essential 8. The excitement had to do with them finally and definitively including sleep to their known risk factors; something that seemed so obvious given the research on the subject. I quickly created a free account and performed their "My Life Check" online risk calculator (found here) to see where I stood. It was relatively quick and easy, a solid tool for those of us who try to stay ahead of heart disease...and of course, all the outcomes that these same root risks are connected to, including aches, pains, and more.
Their 8, which although not perfect for everyone but solid for most, includes four behaviors and four clinical values all graded on a 0-100 point scale (and then averaged), considered within the context of life stress and healthy connections. While we use terms like MOVE, FUEL, RECOVER, ENDURE, CONNECT they say:
1. Eat Better - which they define as close to a DASH Diet
2. Be More Active - which they define as 150 moderate minutes of exercise per week or more
3. Quit Tobacco - which they grade from never smoking to being a current smoker (or other)
4. Get Healthy Sleep - which they define as 7-9 hours per night (not more, not less)
5. Manage Weight - which uses a sliding scale based on BMI
6. Control Cholesterol - which they define as less than 130 mg/dL of "non-HDL" cholesterol
7. Control Blood Sugar - which they define as having no history of diabetes AND fasting glucose < 100 mg/dL
8. Control Blood Pressure - which they define as < 120 systolic and < 80 diastolic mmHg.
All while considering known health risks like isolation, inadequate social connection/contact, and inadequate stress management via unhealthy coping skills.
Perhaps not surprisingly, when I saw a new study, that compared the relatively simple my life check score to the odds of future heart events and with more complex signs of biological aging encoded on our DNA (methylation profiles), I was eager to dive in. The initial findings were also not particularly surprising: As healthy lifestyle scores increased, future heart event risk decreased. For every 13 points a person's health score went up, the likelihood of a future heart event or dying was cut by around 1/3rd. Interestingly however, there was also a strong link with biological aging which meant that for those who were genetically susceptible to accelerated biological aging, having a healthy lifestyle had an even greater impact, lowering their risk by closer to 40% for heart-related events and more than 75% for dying during the study period. Ultimately this meant that while the 8 health factors accounted for as much as 20% of an average person's total heart risk, they accounted for twice as much (40%) for those with the risk of accelerated biological aging.
We may not control our cellular blueprint, but the build-out is largely up to us.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Enjoy the Warmth to Endure the Heat
May 31
Like most teams and groups, ours at Pro-Activity has a text string...well several, because also like most groups and teams, ours is always running in different directions and doesn't get to be together to trade stories, compare notes, and get information in person very often. It's equally likely to get a birthday wish or funny story as it is to get a research article, podcast recommendation, or account of a self-experiment. Today it was Aaron sharing a self-experiment he may not have meant to run when he was out for, well, a run last week. In essence, some of the normal indicators he tracks (via Garmin wearable) were telling him that his system was a bit more stressed than expected. He found that the temps (> 80 deg. F) had gotten just hot enough to place extra strain on his heart. Although this change is exactly what we know to expect, is something we often talk about this time of year and, if handled correctly can be beneficial, it's also easy to not recognize and maybe even ignore when not front of mind. It's one of the reasons why we reintroduce the following mantra every single year around now: "heat stress is heart stress" - even in well-trained athletes.
A recent article in the Journal of Occupational and Environmental Hygiene which outlined the risk factors associated with fatal heat-related illness made this very clear. The authors reviewed data and records from the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and found 9 cases of heat illness that led to death. Almost all of the risks related back to heart stress and the health required to handle it.
Of those who died, all of them were men under 50 years old, 8 were performing physical work at a moderate or heavier level in the heat, and 6 were overweight or obese. 5 were using stimulants which are known to stress the cardiac system and 4 had a history of heart disease of one type or another. The authors concluded that 4 major risk factors were present: Lack of Acclimatization, Inadequate Training, Underlying Cardiovascular Disease, and Stimulant Drugs. They went on to say that in at least 4 of the cases, fluids and air-conditioning, which were provided, were not enough or used too late.
This all leads to one really important conclusion in my opinion - it doesn't have to be this way. With an effort to ramp appropriately, an effort to understand where we are in that process, and the ability to make small adjustments along the way, we can be ready for what we know is coming in, officially in the next 3 weeks if it doesn't get here sooner.
So what should we do NOW to be ready for Summer - which officially starts on June 20?
1. Graded exposure is key. It is generally accepted that the body will adapt after +/- 2 weeks of exposure to heat. While doing so naturally by spending progressively more time in temps greater than 70-ish degrees will usually do it, in some cases other exposures such as hot baths and/or saunas as studied here may speed up the process. Unfortunately as a stand-alone strategy (without working on fitness for example) the results may be temporary.
2. Ramping Up Takes Energy. Anything that forces the body to adapt draws on our resources. For those who don't have a wearable to see the change in cardiac balance (HRV) or resting heart rate, changes in sleep, or the desire to be more sedentary might be an easy tip-off that your body is ramping as shown here. This is one of the main reasons we often emphasize getting a little more rest when able this time of year.
3. There are Benefits. The beauty of our physiology is that as long as we don't expect instant changes (number 1 above) and we respect the process (number 2 above), we will adapt and our health will actually improve some. As shown here, it's reasonable to expect that once we are through the acclimatization period, we will show increased signs of fitness, like a lower resting heart rate, which may be one of the simplest and most consistent predictors of future health. The average reduction was 6 beats per minute. To put that into perspective, one recent study showed that when taken lying down even a 1 beat per minute change signified a measurable cardiac performance change as measured by exercise testing.
It's unofficially Summer...which means it's time to ramp up our cardiac fitness to be ready for the actual Summer season again. If we embrace the warmth now and respect the adaptation process, we will be far more ready for the heat later.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
The Bat Phone
May 24
Most people know the basic story of Batman. Secret crime-fighter, lots of cool gadgets and only 1 phone call away when the police commissioner (Gordon) needs help. Way back, when Batman was a TV show, the commissioner would pick up a direct-line red phone to relay information about a high risk situation and within seconds, the problem was being dealt with.
Although far more entertaining than a typical risk monitoring and reporting system, the bat phone "system" is not all that different than other systems we rely on to stay safe. Smoke detectors monitor our homes and prompt us to call for help when it's needed. We teach even our youngest citizens how to make that call and what to expect when they do. The sooner we call, the faster help can arrive and assess the threat.
In the late 1990's we started seeing a similar pattern when people were at high risk of aches and pains. When those whose bodies were giving warning signs got to us quickly they usually did better, faster than others who waited and let things get even more tangled. It was easier for us and better for them so we started sharing our direct phone numbers. Within a year the clinical research started suggesting the approach had merit. Studies like this one were reporting better outcomes in less time for those who got the help they needed quickly. As the model got more refined, it became clear that it not only mattered "when" the call was placed, but also "who" picked up on the other end. It didn't have to be a superhero, but they needed the right plan, and it was easier to remember 1 number...and so the triage hotline idea was born.
15 years later, it was data from the US Military on low back pain which backed up the approach; they showed significant time and cost savings when guidelines designed to get people moving quickly were followed... but only when those guidelines were followed. Fast forward another decade to the present and the research has gotten even more refined.
In a review of 3,000 studies, of which 31 met the criteria, this study (published earlier this year) showed that early response or "MSK Triage" as we sometimes call it, works well when it accomplishes 2 critical goals:
(1) it helps the person experiencing pain understand what they are feeling, why and the likely progression so they can worry less and
(2) gets them appropriately active - not too little, not too much, just right.
Anything that worked against those two goals, for example by either slowing down the first call, causing the person to become a more passive participant in their recovery or adding significant medical complexity to their path (strong pain meds and advanced images like MRI), tended to do worse; very similar to what we see on the ground in workplaces everyday.
With Summer coming, this is often a time of year when bodies get a little overdrawn and tend to grumble and groan. While it's definitely better to build capacity and resilience to the risks we will face, and there's still time to do it, please know that we are standing by should you need to pick up the phone...capes not included.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
less hack, more lifestyle
May 17
I got a chance to watch the "Hack Your Health" documentary on Netflix last night. Although the title made me a little skeptical, it was an interesting big-picture review of one of the most exciting areas of health research today, the trillions of microbes we work with every day to get through life - the microbiome.
There were interesting stories (ever wonder what 20 years of competitive eating actually does to a person?), well-known experts including a bestselling author, and several of the key voices in the space (such as researchers from Stanford U, and UC Cork, IRE) and confirmation of key themes many may already know at some level.
Here are the six that stood out to me:
(1) What we feed and cultivate flourishes, what we neglect struggles to survive.
(2) High microbe diversity (i.e. lots of different types in an ecosystem) is linked with health
(3) Since most people living in the US are not even close to consuming enough of what feeds the healthy microbes (fiber), our biome is getting less diverse and closer to a profile linked with disease (high-inflammatory, etc).
(4) This isn't just a US problem. The more "Western" daily intake becomes (i.e. high sugar, high fat, high process) anywhere in the world, the less diverse the biome becomes.
(5) There are quick responses (even in 1 day the body responds) but no quick fixes (it takes MONTHS to make changes permanent)
(6) And so...lifestyle, especially one with LOTS of plant varieties consumed each day is the best next step for most of us.
So while it's never easy to thread the needle of "infotainment" which both appeals to a broad audience and is scientifically rigorous, the latest research continues to point generally in this same direction - the claims appear accurate.
For example, one study in the British Medical Journal this month showed an increased risk for those who consume a heavily processed diet with high processed meat consumption linked to the greatest increased risk. Another in the journal Nature showed that as traditionally rural cultures urbanize (and intake shifts toward a Western diet), the microbiome demonstrates a pattern associated with disease. Finally, and further along in the risk spectrum, as reported in the Journal of the American Medical Association on May 1, men with early-stage prostate cancer who consume the most plant-based foods have the slowest progression in the disease over time, about half the rate of those who eat the least.
And if one of the researchers featured in the documentary and at the forefront is right - most of what is knowable in this area is still unknown - so perhaps his simple tips toward eating better is a good starting point.
It's gardening season - maybe you will be the one to decode either the remaining ingredients or the recipe for a better-tasting 60-plant super-smoothie - if so, let us know!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Sleep, It Does The Body Good
May 10
If the CDC estimates are correct, roughly 2 million US men and 12 million US women, that is, 4% and 19% of the population over 50 respectively, have lost enough bone strength to be diagnosed with osteoporosis. It's a way bigger problem than most people consider because when we overlay the millions of falls our parents and grandparents experience every year, things get pretty grim.
To me, one of the more interesting things about this risk is that for a long time those of us in our working years could feel OK about putting off thinking about it. After all, it's a problem mostly faced in our retirement years and we're not there yet. However, more recently, like several other injuries & diseases where age appears to be a major risk factor, what we do today tells us more about how we will live tomorrow, than ever before.
For example, 20 years ago suggesting that common age-related brain disease (e.g. dementia) was similar enough to other common lifestyle related diseases (e.g. diabetes type 2) to call it "the same problem at a different site" would've been a fringe idea. The idea that Alzheimer's disease was actually "Type 3 Diabetes", originally attributed to a researcher from Brown University in 2005, being reported on in an alternative medicine journal in 2009 probably shouldn't surprise us.
Yet, while we've learned a lot since then, and the understanding of age-related diseases has been refined, one take-away seems clear: what we do early in life (pay now), strongly predicts what we will be able to do later (or pay later); and as it turns out, it's not only our brain but in our moving parts too. One study that makes my list of "super interesting" (although too old to really call it current), showed that muscular strength (grip) and lifestyle choices (nonsmoker, physically active) predicted a long and healthy life. This is probably why this research, led by a physician in Colorado really grabbed my attention.
Ultimately beginning with initial studies several years ago, she found that RECOVER now matters for bone strength tomorrow in a very big way. Specifically, in both men and women, when sleep was disrupted or fragmented, bone mineral loss was more pronounced. In younger women, it was even more significant because their bodies more actively used the minerals being released, representing a "decoupling" which likely leads to the disease in the future. Although the study is ongoing (want to join?) the big message seems clear enough - like so many other health risks we face, all 3 legs of the stool matter:
Weight bearing MOVE is well known to stimulate bone growth - this position statement adds more.
FUEL, especially low inflammatory and high in particular nutrients (such as the Mediterranean Diet), gives our body the right inputs to build.
And now, even without the cool milk-mustache, a debate on value for another day, we can say that getting enough high quality sleep helps us RECOVER....all the way to our bones.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
has risk met its match?
May 3
One of the upsides of having put most of a career into a single focus is that you get to witness change happen. Sure, many of us who are at or nearing the peak of our "earning years" (generally mid 40's to mid 50's, data here) might also be resisting the transition from "seasoned veteran" to "old timer" but with any luck, tucked within those titles, is a bit of wisdom gained along the way. For me, and although a few generations ago in terms of health information and trends, it seems like only yesterday when a fair amount of our effort was directed at debunking myths that questioned the value of healthy habits like exercise. Despite mountains of evidence to the contrary, some of the most common misconceptions like "I have arthritis and so I've been told exercise will make it worse" and "I strained my back and was told bed rest was best" were hard to crack, but it was nice to see them make their way to the rearview. A few that are a bit more nuanced, like "my work is all the exercise I need" and "I've heard running is bad for your knees" have hung on longer than they should've, but in general, also seem to be getting closer to the history books.
One of the greatest changes in the broader narrative, which I've mentioned previously because I'm a fan, is the transition from "exercise is (generally) good" to "exercise is so powerful it can be dosed like medicine to prevent and reverse disease", which has its own growing evidence mountain. Just this week some additional research was thrown onto the pile which made the case even clearer and therefore the headlines even more powerful.
First, an interesting finding presented at the European Society of Cardiology's prevention conference made it super simple - take the stairs and live longer. After performing a study of combined studies (meta-analysis) which included nearly 1/2 Million participants across 9 different studies, the conclusion was clear. From the press release: "Compared with not climbing stairs, stair climbing was associated with a 24% reduced risk of dying from any cause and a 39% lower likelihood of dying from cardiovascular disease.".
Next, an even larger bundle of studies published in the British Journal of Sports Medicine, in this case including 20 Million observations, made the "why" far more clear: as fitness improves, risk drops - to the tune of nearly 20% per 1 unit of fitness (aka Metabolic Equivalent of Task or "MET") gained. This is really great news because it strongly supports the notion that we highly value progress, even if our personal potential isn't yet within reach.
Next, and bringing some of the jargon closer to something practical, earlier this year, the world got an update to one of the fitness master documents, a list of common activities and the fitness (in METs) required to complete them known as The Compendium of Physical Activities. This makes it easy to know where we stand from a fitness perspective and what a one-unit jump might require. My favorite in the updated list might be that some of the Monty Python silly walks are listed...but I'm still searching.
Last, I was really excited to see some new research tackle a really important question - what is the best dose of exercise to reduce lower back pain? For this, the authors used MET-minutes, which gives us a good idea of 2 critical parameters of exercise: "How intense?" and "How long?". As it turned out, just like medicine, it was a "sweet spot" - too little didn't help and too much was too much. The minimal dose to get an effect was 520 MET-minutes per week and the maximum effect was achieved at 920 MET-minutes. If we used "brisk walking" (as defined by the CDC and cross-referenced in the Compendium) as our activity of choice, it would take somewhere between 85 and 175 minutes per week to get an effect, with the maximal effect coming in between 150 and 300 minutes. Not ironically, these numbers just happen to be almost exactly what most studies point to as the amount of moderate physical activity needed to maintain or improve health.
Whether you MOVE for enjoyment for prevention or treatment, when we find the right dosage for our goals and needs, it works. It just happens to be a wonderful time of year to get a bit more of it.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
caution: early warning signs and future risk
Apr 26
One of the most important but often unsung heroes of health & longevity is "the precursor" aka "the early warning sign". Like that small yellow plastic a-frame that says "slippery" after someone just mopped the floor, they can be easy to pass by without much thought, but for those who are both paying attention and understand the message, can be highly valuable indicators that the time for change, in this case shortening our stride length to keep from falling, is now. Although equally easy to miss if not paying attention, changes in our day to day can be important indicators of our future health. For example, and as shown earlier this month, moving slower or less may not only be a well-known risk of developing disease (risk drops at/above 8K steps per day) but may also tell us our heart is struggling to keep up with the demands of life. It's not just physical health. A 2018 study showed that physical activity patterns predicted depression in adolescents and last year, similar patterns predicted accelerated aging at the genetic level. Although wearables make this much easier to see, it's not the only way.
It turns out it's not just movement data and it doesn't necessarily require tech to capture it. Earlier this week a study of more than 15,000 individuals from a team in China showed that sleep patterns also had predictive value. Using a very simple method to create a "sleep score" which ranged from 0 healthy sleep factors to 4 healthy factors, and then comparing those with healthy patterns (those who scored at least "3") over time, created a very simple matrix of persistently unfavorable (unhealthy), favorable to unfavorable (declining), unfavorable to favorable (improving) and persistently favorable (healthy). Perhaps not surprisingly, compared to individuals with regularly unhealthy sleep patterns, those with regularly healthy sleep had the best risk profile (20% lower risk of cardiovascular disease), which was even more pronounced in those who had a high genetic risk for heart disease (35% lower risk).
Want to know what your sleep score is? Try it out using the four factors below - each is worth 1 point and scoring at least 3 points total would indicate "favorable sleep".
(1) Bedtime between 10P and 12A daily
(2) Sleep duration of at least 7 but not more than 8 hours regularly
(3) Daytime sleep (napping) of 60 minutes per day or less
(4) Rating of "sleep quality" as at least "fair" on a four-point scale of "very poor, poor, fair, or good"
Sometimes life isn't subtle - our risk jumps in front of us like a flashing sign. Other times, we won't notice it unless we slow down enough to pay attention. Daily actions and the routines they become often act like early signs cautioning us that something is a little off and it's time to get back on track. Movement and sleep can be great places to start. If you've got a smartphone with a health app or wear a smartwatch you may have all the information you need. Let us know if you need help interpreting it.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
the reset button: move more, hurt less
Apr 19
Imagine being asked to put your hand into a bucket of ice-cold water and keep it there until it was so uncomfortable you had to take it out. Then imagine 7,000 (or thereabout) other people doing this same thing. It might sound like some sort of cruel and unusual punishment, but in actuality, it is one of the most commonly used methods to assess pain tolerance, a surprisingly adaptable "warning system" that helps us to safely interface with the world around us by allowing us to quickly determine whether or not something is likely to cause us harm. Accidentally touch something "too hot", that is, beyond the threshold of our tolerance such as a pan on the stove, and our brain quickly knows to pull back from the source because it could cause severe harm. Step outside on a cool morning and feel the less intense, sub-threshold warmth of the sunshine and we might find ourselves turning into it because this level of the same kind of stress (thermal) is not a threat. For most of us, pain is a reliable threat-detection system, however in some situations, such as in chronic pain, things can get a bit miscalibrated, and our brain can overreact keeping our default setting so close to the threshold that the feeling of pain and the level of threat or risk become decoupled. Not surprisingly, lots of study goes into understanding how the system works in hopes of guiding how to keep it working well and even to reset it if the need arises.
One of the more interesting findings in the last few years came from a research team in Norway in 2023 which found a link between movement habits and pain tolerance. Specifically, they found that as leisure time physical activity went up, so did pain tolerance on the hand submersion (aka Cold Pressor) test. Even with as much as 8 years between measurements, those who were physically active or became physically active, had a higher tolerance - suggesting that not only do our tissues physically toughen with regular use, but that our threat-detection system which protects those tissues, also adapts to account for this new resilience.
It is probably not, however, an endless potential. It is far more likely another of our many physiological Goldilocks phenomena, in this case where the brain progressively turns the volume up, possibly to the point of over-sensitive when it's not being adequately used and down, possibly to the point of non-functional in the case of excessive stimulation. One study for example showed that both elite athletes ("too hot") and non-athletes ("too cold") were less accurate than non-elite athletes ("just right") when it came to tasks that required "listening to their bodies", called interoception. The question then, especially for those that may have long-standing aches or pains (e.g. > 90 days) or multiple body areas that are always cranky which can be a sign of this decoupling is "How can we start to reset things"?
While the initial answer is almost always "it depends" and therefore quickly followed by "that's why you have us, let's dive into it and find out", the eventual answer might include FUEL changes toward lower-inflammatory eating (such as those described in this study), an emphasis on tactics known to increase how well we RECOVER through better sleep (known to impact our pain sensitivity) and, with even more evidence out last month from the same Norway based team described above normalizing physical activity patterns, which often means MOVE more to reset pain tolerance and lower the likelihood of chronic pain.
Resetting can be challenging, sometimes to the point of daunting when we've got an ache or pain that's been with us for a bit. However, the more we learn the more confident we are when we say it can be done. We're here when you're ready.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
predicting future production
Apr 12
One of the coolest things about the often long-standing relationships we have with clients is witnessing their families grow up. Although always a reminder of how fast time flies, it's super cool to be hearing about tales of rec-sports or dance recitals one minute and then, in what feels like a snap of the fingers, hearing that the kids are heading off to college or applying for a job "at the company". While most people don't think of the large employer clients we connect with as "family businesses", so often, in fact, they are, with generations of men and women learning the literal "tricks of the trade" from their parents and grand-parents; good jobs with an ever-evolving skill set. New tools and process improvements are tested all the time - and scanning for a better way is all part of gaining a performance edge in the marketplace. Now, while sometimes this means producing more, often it's about producing better - a higher quality product or a better outcome, preferably via a process that is less risky for those "doing" it.
With that in mind, anytime I see research that points in that general direction, I'm excited to share it. This time, it is about improving health risks today to maximize the next generation's ability to work a full career tomorrow. Taken from a VERY LONG observation of 1200+ individuals, if we want our kids to not have the aches, pains, and illnesses that we are dealing with today, 45 years later the punchline is - "Invest in Fitness", specifically cardiorespiratory (aerobic) fitness.
In the mid-1970's when Finland was starting their "global worst to first" countrywide health turnaround, an amazing accomplishment we've discussed in the past, they began tracking several measures of fitness in school-aged children (12-19 years old). In addition to standard height and weight measurements, and similar to the US Presidential Fitness test from way back when (now the "FitnessGram"), they also included measurements of muscular endurance, strength, and power, using tests like the flexed arm hang, situps, pull-ups and standing broad jump, along with running tests to measure aerobic fitness.
Where it gets interesting is that researchers were able to track down many of those Finnish adolescents when they were in their prime earning years (37-44 years old) and again in their late earning years (57-64). More than 1200 agreed to complete a questionnaire known as the "Work Ability Index" which has been shown to accurately capture a person's ability to be productive at work and also the amount of illness absence they experienced at those times of life.
After statistical scrubbing to account for known accelerators (like low levels of education and occupations that include heavy physical work) and decelerators (like volume and intensity of leisure time physical activity), they found that only cardiorespiratory fitness was associated with higher future productivity at work and lower odds of illness absence. The researchers concluded, "Enhancing CRF in the first decades of life might contribute to better work capacity and productivity in the labor force, which would have implications for health, quality of life, society, and the economy.".
We don't know what the future holds, but even in a world where computers might do most of the heavy thinking and robots the heavy lifting, it's probably reasonable to assume most of our kids WILL have to work for a living. Nudging their fitness now is likely to be one of the best investments we can make for when that time comes.
Have a great weekend...maybe get out and play,
Mike E.
the "big 3" of brain health
Apr 5
Preventing injury/illness/disease is essentially managing the risks we face. If we avoid those with catastrophic potential and minimize exposure to those known to chip away at our defenses over time, we put the odds of a stronger, happier life in our favor. A simple idea requiring a level of effort and endurance few have the fortitude to pull off...one of the fundamental challenges we wrestle with every day.
As we see it, a big part of achieving our mission is to both find the common roots and make them easier to get to at. And while most of the risks we face can be categorized under 5 themes (ELEMENTS), a steady stream of new information demands that we revisit, refocus and refine all the time. This time, and thanks to a multinational team who tested the 12 risks that have been previously shown to account for 40% of the world's dementia risk, it's in our understanding of how we might be able to narrow the list down to 3 and keep the most vulnerable areas of our brain out of harm's way.
The 12 risks include 9 which had been identified prior to 2017 including less education, hypertension, hearing impairment, smoking, obesity, depression, physical inactivity, diabetes and, low social contact along with 3 which were added to the list in the 2020 publication: excessive alcohol consumption, traumatic brain injury and air pollution exposure.
Now, using data from nearly 40,000 people in the UK to test against these risks, the research team was able to determine that after accounting for age and sex, the most vulnerable areas of the brain (referred to as the "last in, first out" network because it includes areas of the brain that develop late and tend to deteriorate early) were most strongly impacted by alcohol intake frequency, a diagnosis of diabetes and air pollution exposure, in particular Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), which can be tracked here.
So what do we do about it? Thankfully, when we follow the evidence - the answer is "start at the beginning", MOVE and FUEL.
MOVE - meeting physical activity guidelines not only significantly lowers the risks associated with alcohol consumption in those who drink, it also makes a major impact on diabetes risk, interestingly, even in those who are exposed to high levels of air pollution.
FUEL - diets heavy in plants, especially veggies, not only help with diabetes risk, they have also been shown to lower the impact of air pollution on our health.
When we get to the roots the advice is clear: Protect your brain with more of the same.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Take a leap of fitness with cranberries
Mar 29
In an effort to keep it brief - here is a 1 paragraph summary of years of data collection and dozens of research articles...and also something you probably already know if you've read this blog for a while:
Healthy foods, naturally loaded with antioxidants and polyphenols (aka "plants"), when consumed regularly, have consistently proven to enhance human performance -- disease resistance and athletic performance alike. Those with very high concentrations (esp. berries, leafy greens, and beets) have been especially well-studied, and have proven benefits and few (if any) negative side effects. Generally speaking except in rare cases, we should all probably eat more of them.
In truth, there's not that much more to say - lots of good, not much (if any) bad, fairly easy to access and consume so outside of special cases (allergy, etc) we recommend - but for those who are a bit more geeky with this stuff, exactly what these foods unlock is always fascinating. This time, a research team from Canada found that after 28 days of cranberry supplementation (**note** the study team used an extract to more easily control the dose, not the whole fruit), well-trained runners improved their times by nearly 2% in an event that stressed the aerobic system (a 1500m time trial) and had better recovery markers in an event that stressed the anaerobic energy system (a 400m time trial). In plain English, this means that loading up on cranberries, which rank at/near the top in their concentration of polyphenols and antioxidants, allowed runners to go faster for longer during submaximal efforts and bounce back faster after maximal efforts with around the same benefit as several other evidence-based performance enhancing supplements.
Of course, since most people are not "well-trained athletes" and therefore might not even notice a 2% improvement because they rarely (if ever) stress their systems this way, it wouldn't surprise us if this one slides into the "meh, who cares" pile and not the "interesting enough to use" pile of daily information...which, at least in my opinion, would be a mistake.
We know that the cardiovascularly-taxing heat ramp-up is right around the corner, a drain that most of us will experience as we try to power through greater levels of fatigue during the first few weeks. And since acclimation is slow, but workloads go up fast, we are walking a fine line with our health while doing so. The unprepared among us will be more vulnerable to fully preventable injury (or worse), something we see every year as the temperatures climb. If adding in some fresh and healthy foods now is enough to keep us below the risk threshold during the next 60 days, it's well worth the effort. For those not into the "earthy" flavor of well-studied beetroot juice (sadly, it tastes a bit like dirt), a handful of cranberries (and preferably walnuts + 1-2 cups of spinach, which together makes an easy-to-prep & tasty salad which can be leveled-up even further with added blueberries) can go a long way. So, while the official leap day was last month, it'd be (April) foolish to push off thinking about heat readiness until tomorrow (get it? ).
We're "there" again, it's time to prepare because with climbing temps comes added heart stress associated with ramping up to meet the demands, something we can not only deal with but benefit from if we respect it. Now is the time for a leap of fitness - healthy FUEL can help.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
slowing down time
Mar 22
We humans have a strange relationship with "time". While our physiology is programmed around the standard 24 hours of it, meaning we rely on it as an anchor of daily life, we also live in a world that constantly crams more into it, ultimately straining our ability to keep track of it. To add to the complexity, how we perceive time depends on the situation we are in. Most of us have experienced time "flying" when we're having fun, an often touted positive feature of the "flow state", and still we try to slow it down or even press pause to savor moments we might never have again. We want to believe it is a constant, one of the few hard rules we can count on, but the truth is, it's not.
Now, while intentionally changing time much beyond setting it forward or back to "save" some daylight as the seasons change seems like a recipe for chaos, giving it a little less prominence in how we measure our life might be warranted. For example, while we usually mark our "lifetime" exclusively in years, using our biological clock might make more sense since, variable as it might be, it more accurately predicts how much life we will squeeze into our years; something we are getting far more skilled at measuring. For example, unhealthy sleep patterns accelerate our biological clock (and therefore our rate of aging) as do a combination of unhealthy lifestyle factors like smoking, drinking, being physically inactive, carrying excess weight, and eating poorly. The good news is that it appears that reversing those behaviors has a positive impact, effectively slowing time.
One study out this month confirmed that eating a healthy diet (the brain-protective MIND diet, a version of the Mediterranean diet) slowed aging and those who did so significantly reduced their likelihood of developing dementia along the way. Another study, out in January of this year showed that not only IF we are physically active but WHEN and HOW during a typical day impacts our rate of aging. Individuals who got plenty of vigorous physical activity and those who got two peaks (i.e. a ramp-up relatively early in the day and then another ramp-up later in the day) had the best future health, with the most sedentary of 5 groups doing worst during the follow-up period.
So while the saying "Time and Tide wait for no one" (circa 1225) seems as true now as it probably did then, how fast our biological "time flies" is more within our control than we realize.
Spring is officially here - the nice weather will follow soon if it's not in your location yet. It's a great time to slow things down and savor the time we have.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Use It or Lose It - Toning Happiness
Mar 15
If you're anything like me, you approached this week with mixed emotions. We lost an hour of sleep but gained more light - which meant dragging into Monday a little more than usual but noticing (and loving) the fact that the sky wasn't dark by dinner time. Light can have a powerful effect on us - uplifting, stimulating and positive when we have the right "dose", preferably from a natural source, and disruptive when we have either too little or too much. For example at least 8 different studies were mentioned here when reviewing light as a factor within the architecture we interface with, and how it impacts our wellbeing. Said more simply, having the "right dose" of light at the "right time", can help us feel AND function better, something we may be reminded of after we adapt to the (rather abrupt) change.
Of course, as we've touched on many times, most of the energy sources that power our physiology work in a similar fashion. The "goldilocks phenomenon" of "not too little, not too much, just right" - applies to all 5 ELEMENTS at some level and shines a metaphorical light one of the principles that governs so much of our experience and achievement - we (do in fact) adapt to the stress we're under, growing stronger when we push ourselves "enough" to stimulate growth, weaker when we don't and injured when we overload or otherwise ignore our safe limits.
As it turns out, new research on the subject says our happiness works this way too. When college students were taught techniques known to improve well-being in a course called "The Science of Happiness", it worked. 6 weeks after they got started, there were notable improvements in a variety of scores. However, 2 years later when a subsample of the same group was retested, the effect had mostly worn off....with one important exception; those who continued USING what they learned continued to have the benefit, with well-being scores exceeding their peers who had fallen out of the practice. This led the senior researcher to suggest that our mental health functions just like our physical health - much better when we stimulate it:
"It's like going to the gym -- we can't expect to do one class and be fit forever. Just as with physical health, we have to continuously work on our mental health, otherwise the improvements are temporary."
Spring is officially only 5 days away - it's a great time of year to step into the light and "tone up" those parts that might have gotten a little soft this winter - all of them.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
if it was easy...
Mar 8
My oldest daughter (now a senior in college) has become a very strong writer. Knowing my wife and I hold the skill in high regard, she occasionally sends us a copy of a recently submitted paper to read. The latest was about an epic moment involving a "crossbar challenge" issued to a youth soccer team by an over-confident (among other things) coach and the not-so-tasty crunch of the Cicada-snack he dined on after he lost the bet. It was a legendary moment of justice for the pre-teen version of herself and one that the paper brought back in living color. Now, while I'd like to believe that we put her on a solid foundation by valuing the skill from an early age, there is not a doubt in my mind that over the last four years (savings-draining as they may have been) the environment she has been in has challenged her, creating the kind of push and pull that nudges us forward and refines us along the way.
The environment we find (or put) ourselves in has a funny way of doing this; like a living maze, placing or removing barriers on our path, making certain choices harder or easier, and ultimately shaping the road we travel and therefore the experiences we have. Not surprisingly, as some recent research published by the American Heart Association points out, these environmental barriers (or lack of) have a powerful role in shaping our future health experience too. When our maze makes it easy (or cheap) to regularly eat highly processed and prepared foods because they exist in high density, we tend not only to FUEL this way but pay the price with a double-digit increased risk of heart failure. After examining the records of hundreds of thousands of individuals over the course of time, there was, on average, a 16% increased risk for those who lived in places with the easiest access compared to those who had "the barrier" of a lower number and/or density of fast food, bars and pubs. Of course, when we consider another recent study that showed regular consumption of sugar-sweetened or artificially sweetened beverages (staples in the same establishments) increases the risk of heart rhythm disorders, also by double digits, the case for "making it harder" to ultimately "make it better", gets clearer. For example, some data suggests that making soda more expensive improves health outcomes lending even more credence to the adage often used by people who see value in challenging themselves to do hard things - "if it were easy, everyone would do it".
Life doesn't come with an operator's manual, but there are rules of thumb that seem to stand the test of time: "Easy isn't always best" often seems to fit, maybe because when it comes to injury/illness/disease risk "pay now (personal effort) or pay later (quality of life)" does too.
And for the youth coaches out there who are at risk of being a little overstuffed the lesser-known "never underestimate a competitive kid" might be worthy of your attention....unless you prefer the taste of Cicada over that of victory. :)
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
what your ring finger says about you (or doesn't)
Mar 1
When you get a minute to stop what you're doing, take a look at your hands. Seriously, this seemed equally strange to me, but give it a shot. Rest them on a flat surface with all fingers loosely together. Now, counting from thumb to little finger where your thumb is "1" and pinky is "5", take a look at your 4th finger (the "ring" finger) and specifically, how long it appears in comparison to your 2nd (the index finger). Does it appear significantly longer? If so, new research says you might have the makings of a professional soccer player (or at the very least an endurance athlete).
The theory, admittedly oversimplified, is that exposure to high concentrations of particular hormones while developing pre-birth, most notably testosterone, will be reflected in structural differences in our skeletal system which can be measured in the ratio between our ring finger and our index finger. What the research team found was that as the ringer fingers of 133 professional soccer players got shorter (by comparison to index fingers and therefore the ratio got closer to 1 to 1), VO2 Max, the gold standard of endurance capacity, was lower. Said another way, long ring fingers were associated with better aerobic capacity.
Of course, before we go checking our kids and finding a sports agent, we might want a few more answers...to questions like:
Is this real science? Yes, there have been more than 300 studies on this phenomenon since 2020.
Should I believe it? Well....while there are times when truth is stranger than fiction and so open-mindedness, even to the very strange, is probably the best policy, this one seems "unequivocal" at best; which is a nice way of saying it's hardly conclusive and although wildly interesting, not reliable. For example, this 2022 study is one of several that have found that the intriguing conclusions of small studies have not reliably been replicated in larger ones, making it hard to consider this more than an interesting coincidence.
So while we are very likely to see this research pop up in social media outlets (if it's not there already) like so many others that make the rounds there, for at least the foreseeable future we will continue to suggest exercise to maximize aerobic capacity (and therefore health) and not rely on ring finger length for much more than a fun icebreaker should you need one.
On the other hand, if you use this information to kickstart a global search for the next soccer phenom by examining ring fingers everywhere - remember me when you're famous!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
can't outrun a bad diet? maybe reset instead
Feb 23
The funny thing about "news" is that it's not always new. Eating too much sugar is bad for us. Not new and probably not surprising since just about everyone knows excessive sugar is not good. We've heard it hijacks our brain, puts our metabolism on a roller-coaster, and quickly elevates our risk of SEVERAL of the major health risks we face. Generally speaking, new as this isn't, it's still true. Sweetened beverages (whether natural sugar or artificial in most cases) add double-digit cancer risk, significantly increase our risk of cardiometabolic disease (as much as 30%), and have even been related to both pain threshold (we hurt faster) and intensity (we hurts worse).
The latest study, a REALLY big one out this month from a team at Harvard, looked at both the connection between drinking sugary beverages regularly and cardiac events like heart attack, etc. but also whether physical activity could counteract the effect. When they examined 13,000 cardiac events over more than 3 MILLION person-years there was a big bump in risk; on average about 20% - not a surprise and maybe not even news. However, interestingly, they also added proof that exercise alone is not enough to fully "right" the risk. They found that while non-exercisers experienced a risk jump of around 18% per daily sugary beverage consumed, individuals who met the physical activity guidelines STILL experienced a 12% risk jump per serving. The old adage said by sages in running clubs everywhere is true - we can't outrun a bad diet. However, all hope is not lost, we may have a reset option.
As it turns out, in another study this week by a researcher who has spent years learning what fasting can do for our health, 5 days per month on a diet that limits enough intake to get the benefits of fasting without actually fasting showed significant promise. Compared to controls who ate a generally healthy Mediterranean diet, those who ate a "fast-mimicking diet" for 5 days out of the month over a 3-4 month period had:
1. Lower risk for diabetes as measured by blood markers
2. Reduced abdominal fat and fat deposited in the liver
3. Improvements in their risk for metabolic syndrome
4. Improvements in immune system functioning
5. 2.5-year reduction in "biological age" (a marker of cell/tissue functioning)
So what is a fast-mimicking diet?
Officially, the team described it as: "comprised of plant-based soups, energy bars, energy drinks, chip snacks, and tea portioned out for 5 days as well as a supplement providing high levels of minerals, vitamins, and essential fatty acids."
However, you can find out more, including some free recipes on the blog of the lead researcher HERE.
Our brains may light up on it enough to crave it, but without plenty of nutrients and fiber to balance its effects on our health, we definitely don't "run on it" very well. If it's time for a reset, consider setting down the sugar and reaping the rewards of risk reduction.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
pump up your endure
Feb 16
If you're old enough to remember them, you probably didn't think of them as innovators or trendsetters at the time. Yet, these two legends were not only among the first to get comedic mileage out of Arnold Schwarzenegger's signature accent (more than 30 years before the recent Superbowl ad), and likely among the first "stars" to go full groutfit many years before it was cool to do so they were also on the cutting edge of the science of happiness apparently, ready to pump up not only muscles but mood. If Hans and Franz as renaissance men seem outlandish, it did to us too but the coincidences don't lie. As exaggerated and blatantly sarcastic as their version might have been, the idea that pushing our bodies physically can have an incredible impact far beyond fitness and strength gains has a growing research base.
We've previously mentioned this massive review of research which included more than 120,000 subjects. The take-home message, that physical activity performed as well or better than usual care was impressive. To quote the authors "the effect size reductions in symptoms of depression (−0.43) and anxiety (−0.42) are comparable to or slightly greater than the effects observed for psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy (SMD range=−0.22 to −0.37)". In particular higher intensities seemed to hold great promise and, as shown in August of last year, resistance training may play an important role. This study showed a clinically significant mental health boost almost immediately and again between 4 and 8 weeks for individuals doing resistance exercise a few times per week for 25 minutes per session. The exact mechanism driving the benefit hasn't yet been determined, but the authors concluded that the effect wasn't due to strength gains alone. Then, earlier this month another review of the available research made it clear that muscle-loading activities like resistance training hold great promise for lowering anxiety and depression, and improving wellbeing.
Life throws curves. There are ups and downs around every corner. It's hard work to ENDURE. While we certainly don't have to have a terminator's physique, an all-grey sweatsuit or even log hours in the gym to pull it off, pushing some heavy things around can have an impressive role in pumping us up - in body, mind, and mood. If you haven't in a while, it's a great time to start. Let us know if we can help.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
language - the fine line on stress
Feb 9
Words are powerful. Language matters. Not only in "what" we say, but "how" we say it. History has demonstrated this over and over again and more recently research has proven it. Powerful speeches whether in front of great crowds or on our phones in the forms of "shorts" or "reels" can stir feelings inside of us and move us toward action. Said more simply, words can shape our thoughts (and therefore beliefs) while simultaneously stirring the emotions that spark our actions - they deserve more attention (and probably intention) than we often give them. This TED Talk from 2017 is a fantastic example of how and why.
In the realm of prevention and health promotion, where we spend most of our time at Pro-Activity, the idea carries important significance. We have seen many times that how a person "frames" their health, that is the words they use to describe it to themselves or others, can have major implications on how their experience plays out. Studies on the topic are beginning to provide insight as to why. For example, this study from 2022 showed some interesting (but far from conclusive) connections between how a person labels discomfort and how they move, with particular emphasis on lower back pain. It lends some support to what is sometimes called the "fear-avoidance model of pain" which, in an oversimplified way, suggests that when we limit ourselves by avoiding "threats" that have caused pain in the past we can unknowingly make our bodies even more sensitive, getting closer to our natural threshold and more easily "bubble over" the next time we are "challenged" in a similar way.
As it turns out, some new research out last week lends even further support to the idea. In a study that tracked how +/- 370 people appraised stressful situations - that is, whether they tended to label them as "threats" or "challenges" in their internal dialog - those who interpreted stressful events as something to be feared (i.e. threats) had worse future physical and mental health.
So what's the difference between the two? After all, that's where the proverbial "rubber meets the road"...
The answer most often is - resources. When a person considers a knowingly hard situation but believes they have the resources (skills, tools, people to lean on, tenacity, toughness, creativity, etc) to handle it, they are more likely to see it as a challenge than a threat. When there is a mismatch between what is needed and what is available, the situation is far more likely to feel threatening. The bad news is, we are living through a time with many potentially stressful situations to confront on any given day. Some of them are new, and most of them are hard. The good news is, we are also living through a time when resources, especially the information on "how" to solve many challenges and "who" has already figured it out are easy to access and often free. The challenge now is often not to find a solution, but to determine which (of potentially many) is the right one.
So although he almost definitely didn't mean it this way in March of 1933 when he said it, FDR was pretty close to the mark when he said, "The only thing we have to fear is fear itself".
And should you find yourself facing some health risks that we can help with - reach out, we love a challenge :)
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
changing fast and slow
Feb 2
In an effort to get the most from my professional knowledge/skills and give back when possible, I coach youth sports, primarily competitive high schoolers. It is one of those perfect challenges - frustrating enough of the time to hold teachers who do it 8 hours per day in very high regard (as I question if it's worth the effort) and yet amazingly rewarding when the kind of breakthrough which radically changes the trajectory of someone's life occurs. Sometimes the breakthrough is in the sport but most of the time it's due to lessons where sport mimics life. "Consistency beats Intensity" and "work smarter, not harder" have been two particularly grueling lessons over the years. The idea that the climb from a current level to a desired future level (i.e. "change") is something that is most often achieved with patience and a process similar to painstakingly adding coats of varnish to wood or clear coat to a custom paint job like that which was said to be used by Da Vinci when creating The Mona Lisa is not a particular favorite at a time of life (or a time of the world) when just about everything is available instantly, on-demand. You can imagine how much of a boost it can be therefore when we find situations that don't necessarily behave that way, when change happens quickly.
Last week we talked about one such scenario - the "warm-up" effect - and how powerful it can be for those willing to invest a few minutes in readying their physiology for action. Of course, this isn't just for adult bodies - we know that a similar pattern of priming for young athletes can reduce the incidence of serious injuries like ACL tears (example 1, example 2) in those who complete it, something I've seen first-hand both positively with low injury rates in those who take it seriously and negatively with serious, yet preventable injuries in those who do not. However, changing the MOVE inputs to get better or safer outputs is not the only domain that responds quickly. How our bodies respond to changes in FUEL inputs does too. Some great new preliminary research out this week showed that from an immune system perspective, significant change can happen in as little as 2 weeks with different outputs resulting from changes to inputs.
Specifically, the research team showed that across an age range of 18 years to 50 years in a tightly controlled setting, there was a consistent change in how the immune system responded to differing diets. When participants were given a low-fat vegan diet for 2 weeks, their "first line of defense" (innate immunity) ramped up, while when they ate a high-fat/low-carb ketogenic diet for 2 weeks their "next line of defense" (adaptive immunity) ramped up; this is both impressive and fast. On the other hand, many studies have shown that those who apply the "layered", slow, and steady approach can also have great benefits. One of the most recent showed across a sample of more than 100,000 individuals, a healthy diet tracked closely with better metabolic health which was not super surprising, especially in light of this one which reviewed a bunch of the "how" and "why".
When we boil it all down one of the big takeaways is something we all inherently know and use every day to survive and (hopefully) thrive: change is fast...slow...and always. We constantly react to subtle changes in our environment (homeostatic) and, since certain things have to be very fast to keep us alive we even "predict" and anticipate when it benefits us (allostasis). Those systems can definitely get off track if we don't provide them the right support. Still, perhaps one of the reasons we have examples of humans thriving in nearly every imaginable environment (and some that seem unimaginable) is because, not unlike the way our "dual process brain" was described by a Nobel prize winner in 2011, our entire system is uniquely purposed for the demands of a "both and' world. If we take care of it, it works well.
This is the time of year when an immune system "boost" could be very valuable. Start today and you'll be hitting the winter homestretch STRONG.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
move skillfully - to prime is to retain
Jan 26
My Grandfather was an amazing performer. In addition to having an infinite love for his family and the skill to infuse it into a pasta fagioli that felt like a hug from someone who cared, even in his upper 90's he could sit down at a piano and leave onlookers gaping in amazement. It was one of my favorite pastimes - to watch "Pop" absolutely wow whoever was watching that day. Not only could he move his hands where and when they needed to be, but he did it by memory, rarely with sheets of music, and pulled in onlookers with a smile, a head nod, or a wink.
Perhaps not surprisingly I've always thought it would be awesome to be able to play like that someday when I grew up. And since "someday" hasn't quite gotten here yet (even though I've sincerely tried to grow up), it's still on my list of items to do. Couple that with a very real professional interest in movement-related skill, whether playing an instrument or a sport or using the tools of a trading day to day and it's probably no surprise that when new research demonstrates a better way to do so, I pay attention. It is another of the many reasons I am such a big fan of priming the nervous system with an active warm-up before any motor tasks because, in addition to readying the tissues of the body, it stimulates the brain to activate those tissues faster and more accurately. Take for example this 2022 study from Northern Iowa University which showed an active warm-up could improve piano skill acquisition in those pursuing a degree in music by getting their heart rate beating faster (but not too fast); something I'll put to good use whenever I get around to those lessons. Last week, however, thanks to a team in Denmark, our understanding got even more refined.
Their idea was relatively simple - if they tested motor learning in a hand-eye coordination task which required each subject to accurately control the force and timing of a pinching movement in response to what they saw on a screen, and then retested the subjects a week later without any further practice, they could determine who was most-able to retain the new skill. One subgroup had a moderate-intensity warm-up on a stationary bike, and another completed a high-intensity exercise session (also on a stationary bike) following the task, which is also known to help with skill retention. A third had neither the warm-up nor the post-activity exercise and a fourth group had both. As it turned out, all of the "active" groups did better than the control group (who did neither), but the group who did both performed the best overall.
Of course, this was a relatively small study and so there are still unanswered questions (there always are) but the principle remains - whether it is playing an instrument, operating a machine, dominating a sport, or navigating the uneven and slippery terrain of a winter parking lot, building and maintaining movement skill is a critical factor in our ability to "do"...safely. If we can prime the process with a few minutes of warm-up or solidify the learning with a few minutes of post "practice" exertion or both, we can more skillfully MOVE into the future that we envision for ourselves.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
breaking the stress cycle
Jan 19
Stress generally gets a bad rap. We've mentioned this before and while it seems the overall perception may be changing, I suspect if asked "Is stress bad for our health?", most people would instinctively answer "yes" and not "it depends", which is far more accurate.
On the one hand, we know that intense stress (such as traumatic experiences) or early life stress, or the unfortunate circumstance of both together ("ACEs") can create lasting harm. Two recent studies out late last year made the link even more clear. One study showed that excessive stresses experienced by an expectant mother were passed on to the developing child and linked to a greater likelihood of future behavior challenges. Around the same time, a second study showed that the impact of excessive early life stress on the brain might actually be greater than the harm done by a physical injury like a concussion. This of course all seems bad. On the other hand, however, we know that small doses of physiological stress (e.g. exercise), in most situations, are one of our best ways to improve health. We also know that at some level stress is different from person to person. Certain factors can be protective against the risk of harm and particular traits, like grit (the passion and perseverance for long-term goals) can actually turn stressful events from negative to positive, from potential harm into periods of growth. So it's nuanced and it depends...
To make it even a little more complex, some new evidence suggests that our perception of our stress can actually shape our reality; and possibly set us up for future cardiometabolic risk by influencing an accumulation of cholesterol and triglycerides, pushing blood pressure higher, influencing weight and fat accumulation and the many health risks that come with some or all of those factors. The trouble is, the details are still fuzzy; but thanks to brand new research which seems to have taken us another step closer to the root causes, things are getting more clear.
We've known for a while and have previously mentioned the significant link between chronic inflammation and the progression of disease. When inflammatory markers are high, disease risk is also high. One of the best reasons to make lifestyle modifications like improving fitness and eating better is that they are both known to lower inflammation and in so doing lower the risk of heart disease, brain disease, metabolic disease, and even pain. But physical health is not the only thing that drives inflammation, how we perceive and cope with stress plays an important role too. By using a simple survey, not ironically called the "perceived stress scale", researchers were able to show that high perceived stress was closely linked to both inflammation and future metabolic health risk. With that in mind, focusing on actions known to positively impact perceived stress (like sleep quality) could be a very valuable way to get on the right side of risk. Unfortunately, the jury is still out on interventions like mindfulness.
So is stress bad for our health?
Well, it depends...but it doesn't HAVE to be. Try the survey and if you score higher than a 27, consider taking action to break a sweat, eat a healthy meal, and get a good night's sleep in order to break the stress cycle and chip away at risk...or of course, reach out; we'd be happy to help you get started.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
preventative maintenance of the brain
Jan 12
If you stop at the study's headline, it might seem like bad news. In a sample of more than 350,000 people at/near mid-life (approx. 55 years old), more than 1 of every 1,000 were diagnosed with dementia in their next decade of life; a rate that is in line or higher than in previous studies.
After all, even though rare in comparison to leading conditions like heart disease, cancer, diabetes, or joint disorders (where nearly 70% of Americans have 1 and 14% have 3 or more) it still means that hundreds of thousands of people are experiencing significant cognitive declines far before the "golden years" - which is not the quality of life in retirement most of us imagine for ourselves. However, the details provide hope and maybe even a few reasons to be optimistic.
Walking backward (or "upstream") from the disease to the associated risks, it becomes clear that, a lot like those other conditions, this one is further within our control than we originally thought. Of the 15 identified risk factors, at least 13 were at some level modifiable. Interestingly more than 1/3rd of the risk factors were either other chronic diseases (heart/artery/metabolic disease near the top) or known risk factors shared with them (poor strength, high resting levels of inflammation, and habitual alcohol consumption outside of accepted guidelines). More evidence that cognitive decline is in large part, another, in the growing list of lifestyle diseases...and therefore more a consequence of the choices we make than a fate associated with our genetic blueprint (which increased the risk 2-3X depending on the number of known genetic factors).
So what should preventative maintenance for the brain include?
1. Exercise Enough: 7 of the risk areas are known to be improved by a MOVE habit. It gets even better if you do it with others or primarily outdoors.
2. Eat Well: 6 of the factors could be related to dietary choices. Be sure to consider sources of Vitamin D (identified as an independent risk).
3. Protect Your Hearing: This is especially important in the industrial environment and increases risk by more than 50%.
4. Avoid Heavy Alcohol: This was one of the strongest risk factors identified (>=4X risk if a person had a use disorder).
5. Control Inflammation: Although at some level the first 4 can help here, this risk factor was substantial (2.5X risk in some models), so adding in a focus on Sleep which is known to have an impact, is probably worth it.
While it's unlikely that we can avoid the risk entirely, the more we learn about brain health, the less it seems we have to fear. Like heart disease, metabolic disease, several forms of cancer, and many (if not most) musculoskeletal disorders, with a little preventative maintenance this "machine" we're walking around in can stay strong and work well for many many years.
I hope your 2024 is off to a healthy start.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
"change weeK": an open door
Jan 5
The calendar has flipped, 2024 is here, and (if history is any indicator) most Americans, whether "considering" or actually "doing", are a few days into some version of change that so often comes with the New Year. Although not the only target, health improvement is usually near the top of the traditional resolution list, so it's a safe bet that you don't have to look very far to find stories about people trying to use resolution season as a lever to get healthier.
Netflix for example, has released a new 4 part documentary called "You Are What You Eat", which takes a well-timed and entertaining look at the Stanford University Identical Twin Study which compared a healthy omnivore diet and a plant-based (healthy vegan) diet in genetic identicals; the same study we blogged about on 12/8. Although the documentary has been far more entertaining than the medical journal, the punchline remains - while both groups improved, the plant-based group outperformed the healthy-omnivore group on several measures. Along similar lines and out last week, in a study of more than 120,000 people who attempted to "cut carbs" for longer-term weight loss, "how" appeared to matter. Cutting carbs (in general) may work in the very short term, but in the longer term, it's more nuanced. The researchers concluded that "only low-carb diets that emphasized high-quality protein, fat, and carbohydrates from whole grains and other plant-based foods were associated with less weight gain".
Of course, changes in food intake are not the only way to move the wheels of health change. A focus on just about any modifiable health factor can work. For example, along with challenging oneself to eat well or exercise, abstaining from alcohol during January has become increasingly popular. There isn't a ton of strong clinical evidence relating to the effectiveness of month-long health challenges, but what is available is promising. One small study that looked at a 28-day food and fitness challenge showed signs that things were moving in the right direction for those who took it on and this review of month-long "dry" efforts (e.g. Dry-uary, Feb-Fast, Dry July & other public health campaigns) showed that those who gave up alcohol enjoyed both physical and mental health benefits (including a positive impact on sleep), even if they didn't complete 30 full days. As a bonus, one of the most common indirect health indicators (financial stress) was reduced, with users most often citing "saving more" as a benefit of drinking less. Couple this with some interesting findings from military medicine that showed a relationship between alcohol consumption and chronic pain and the case for giving ourselves a reset in this way gets stronger.
The possibilities are nearly endless. Resolving to keep a consistent bedtime or to stop taking in calories within a few hours of that bedtime could both be impactful. Resolving to be more altruistic or "prosocial" by performing a small and new daily act of kindness could have an almost immeasurable ripple effect. Or, for those who prefer a more well-worn path, simply finding a way to tax our muscles every day (increasing step counts, 30-second 1/2 squat holds for blood pressure improvement, a few flights of stairs for fitness or a few push-ups for strength and mobility) can have a surprisingly powerful impact.
For those who receive our monthly health promotion content, we will be diving in a bit deeper. For those that don't - here are some key takeaways: we humans don't always like to change, and we may even avoid it...but we most definitely can, sometimes know we should, and occasionally have a window of time that makes it easier. Now is one of those times; the door is open. Whether you do it for the future you or because you need it now to be there for those around you - your health is worth taking a step. We are here and ready to help.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
2023 - bursts, bundles, and the biome
Dec 29
The 52nd week of the year always feels like it should be a lull between the waves. Most of the previous year is in the history books and the next one is forming quickly on the horizon, but if everything goes well, there's a brief pause to reflect on the past and think about the future. Of course, it doesn't always work out that way - the world is as busy as ever and times to reflect can be hard to come by, but this morning I had such a block. An hour or so to flip back through another year of blogs about prevention, health promotion and population health. Another year which tells the story of what the research community has been looking at. Here are the headlines:
Short bursts of physical activity got a fair amount of attention this year. Whether it was a few minutes of stair climbing, incidental bouts of intensity as part of normal daily living or simply standing more frequently, the idea that although "more" is still probably better in most cases, "something" (hard enough to get the heart pumping daily) is infinitely better than "nothing" when it comes to health was clear in 2023. And while MOVE took top billing in the second half of the year, it slipped to second this year overall representing 24% of the featured topics.
The power of bundling also featured prominently in 2023. While this makes total sense given the well-known interplay between the ELEMENTS, it is not unimportant as it suggests the wider conversation is (finally!) embracing the fact that in the complexity of the real world there is really no such thing as a single, isolated health-habit. Everything we do and everyone we interact with has an impact on...well...everything we do and everyone we interact with. It all adds up and with nearly 20% of our blog topics featuring this storyline in 2023, it seems the world is starting to embrace it.
The last big storyline this year was the biome - or microbiome to be specific. While not a new discovery (the term dates back to 2001 and the field that it grew from the 1800's) the deep and powerful connections it has to our health are some of the most important learnings in a generation. It certainly wasn't the only theme in the FUEL category in 2023, but it was one of the more prominent and likely the one that drove ELEMENT 2 to the top spot, accounting for more than 30% of the blogs this year.
RECOVER (with emphasis on sleep), ENDURE (resilience, robustness, toughness, grit, etc.) and CONNECT (social dynamics and relationships) filled the gaps, each between 7.5% and 10% of the topic list.
There's no telling where 2024 will take us but if there's any truth to Einstein's famous quote "if you want to know the future, look at the past", it'll include stories of people, connected in purpose, standing on the platform of health, achieving great things.
It has been a pleasure to be a part of your story this year. Thank you for being a part of ours.
Have a great weekend, see you in 2024,
Mike E.
peak week - managing thresholds
Dec 22
I had never heard the term "holiday heart" before yesterday. Scanning the health-headlines as I often do, I saw an editorial in the Journal of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery written by a team from the Medical College of Wisconsin that caught my eye. In less than 1000 words the authors put some important data behind a few themes I've been writing about this month and at some level all year:
(a) we each have a threshold
(b) the consequences of crossing it can be powerfully negative and long-lasting
(c) if we pay attention, the body provides warning signs
(d) and while it's probably better to operate far away from those thresholds (build capacity, etc), life is hard, so knowing how to navigate choppy waters is critical
The next 7 days are one of those classically choppy times. For those who celebrate any of the many holidays, religious and not, which fall during this time of year, last minute shopping, gift giving, travel, festive meals and more might be peaking. For those who don't, even the sprint-to-the-finish of another calendar year can ratchet up the physiological loads. If we don't pay attention, our heart may pay the price.
As it turns out, "holiday heart syndrome" a term coined in the 1970's, is the common name used for a phenomenon which includes a spike in heart-rhythm disorders, most commonly atrial fibrillation, which seems to be tied to the excess of the holidays. While binge-drinking, which is known to have a strong impact on the heart, is the top suspect (as many of 1/3 of individuals with a-fib link it to alcohol), it is not the only one. Electrolyte imbalance from a common dietary shift toward salty foods and away from fruits & veggies can be enough to push us into risky territory and adding in some stress, fatigue and even possible dehydration (either seasonal or alcohol induced or both) and we've got a recipe for conduction disorders. According to the editorial "Holiday Heart Syndrome often presents with symptoms of palpitations, shortness of breath (dyspnea), anxiety, weakness and chest pain among others."
So what can we do to prevent crossing the threshold? Simply put, we can respect the fact that we have one and manage it like we would during any other period of peak-load.
(1) First monitor (and likely add) hydration, especially if salt intake is up this time of year. All the same rules from the summer apply. Clear urine once per day and/or using the top-off-test (if no urge to urinate within 30 minutes of drinking 16 oz of water, likely some dehydration) are good rules of thumb.
(2) Get fruits and veggies "in" early and often. Not only will this also add water, it will help counterbalance the holiday foods by adding in potassium (to balance sodium) and fiber (to balance sugar). As always, there is no shortcut here. Potassium supplements should NOT be taken without medical guidance.
(3) De-stress with exercise. Even a few bouts of stair-climbing can go a long way.
(4) Protect your bed and wake times to ensure your sleep is maximally restorative.
(5) Send a “thank you” or “well done” to someone who you think deserves it this year - not only will it light up their day, it’ll have surprisingly positive effects on yours!
Enjoy peak week...but not too much.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
standing with the "Late-majority"
Dec 15
Those who subscribe to the Diffusion of Innovation theory believe that a relative few of any group drive change in a predictable way. In essence, the less than 3% known as "innovators" find something that solves a problem and begin tinkering with it. Through their willingness to be first (and often deal with high prices and less-than-perfect designs) when they give something a thumbs up, they inspire a larger group of friends/colleagues who pass it on to others and eventually almost everyone, except the 16% who resist change known as "laggards", is on board with the solution.
When it comes to personal ergonomics, ironic as it might seem for someone who consults in this space often, I don't really consider myself an "innovator". Most of the gadgets out there create nearly as many problems as they solve, so I tend to pass until there is solid evidence backing them up. Unproven solutions, usually at the height of their cost, just seem like a gamble, and "wait and see" usually prevails. Every once in a while, however, a product or solution makes its way through the diffusion gauntlet and in so doing drives the cost way down. The tinkerers and the trendsetters have done their job and even items that maybe aren't "the best thing since sliced bread" get interesting.
The electric standing desk may be one such solution. When they first hit the market (YEARS AGO), the idea was cool but they were clunky and expensive. The evidence said they had some merit as part of a comprehensive plan for specific needs, but for wide use as a preventative tool, the costs still outweighed the benefits. In essence, static standing wasn't that much better than static sitting since the body is built to MOVE. Then, as the lockdown-driven demand for at-home-ergo solutions caught fire, standing desks went from trendy to mainstream. After all, if you're buying a desk anyway...but while it was pretty clear that if used properly a standing desk doesn't "harm" us, the question of "does it help?" still wasn't definitive, so I still waited.
Then something happened. As the pandemic chapter got further and further into the rearview, the price for non-commercial versions continued to drop (still a little too expensive for commercial grade in my opinion), and at the same time some research, such as this study, was beginning to suggest that if used properly it might give a metabolic boost. I'm still not sure I can get into the habit of using it often enough - 4 uses every hour seems like a lot - however, in one "late-majority" person's opinion, it's now worth a test - so I'll let you know.
On the other hand, if you're an innovator at heart and way past this trend you're probably frustrated even reading this far...so it might be better to jump on this new research and just change your phone screen to grayscale so you can use the 35 minutes gained from that visual-boredom to take a walk...it'll be trendy before you know it...it might even already be, clearly, I'm the wrong guy to ask. :)
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
plan ahead for gremlins everywhere
Dec 8
There's really no reason to belabor it. Most of us know the risk exists, can see it coming, and still get caught up in it year after year. Almost a quarter century ago a group of researchers studied the "holidaze" phenomenon and concluded that the evidence of its existence could be measured on the scale to the tune of +/- 1 lb of net body weight gained per year during adulthood. While they found a post-holiday "loss" was common, maybe in the form of New Year's resolutions, it wasn't enough to offset the total amount gained during the pre-holiday and holiday season. The obvious conclusion was "avoiding the risk is better than reacting to it".
The gremlins tend to be everywhere this time of year. Maybe you've got a Christmas cookie coworker who is like willpower kryptonite this time of year. Maybe it's the holiday parties with rich food and alcohol. It might have nothing to do with the holiday season and is more the shift in the stress/rest balance of trying to get those annual goals checked off in the homestretch that does us in. Maybe it's all of the above. If it's any, having a few tactics on hand can be valuable.
This was the conclusion from a team based in The Ohio State University's Medical Center which recently published findings of a survey they conducted related to health habits during the holiday season. Not shockingly exercise habits were sharply down, 45% of people said they stopped, and almost 67% said their nutrition suffers. Add in the 50% who feel more tired and stressed and the 33% who consume more alcohol this time of year and it's no wonder health takes a hit. The good news is, it probably doesn't have to.
If we boil their recommendations down we get a well-known logic - anything that throws off our routine (upstream/inputs) increases the odds of more problems later (downstream/outputs) - so protect our routines. This might most easily be done by going even further upstream anticipating risks and planning ahead to prevent them from becoming problems.
Specifically, they recommended:
Doing a little dietary downfield blocking by making the early meals of the day higher quality and more likely to last by adding a bit more protein and lowering the carb count at breakfast.
Working hard to work hard by making sure some energy exertion, exercise when able, and active events when not, is part of the day
Respecting Rest by keeping a normal bed/wake time whenever possible
Limiting the number of drinks to a healthy dose and making sure you're consuming water too can minimize the impact
Of course, on the other end of the spectrum, we know that some people turn this time of year into a challenge - a chance to improve rather than simply slow the decline. For those folks we add one simple (not at all new) tactic based on a very cool study from Stanford U - Eat More Plants.
In a cool randomized clinical trial of identical twins (that is, genetic identicals), a team showed that a "healthy vegan" diet (that is, whole plants, not vegan junk food) outperformed a "healthy omnivore" diet (eat anything in moderation, avoid the high process, minimize added sugar) over an 8 week period. Specifically, LDL Cholesterol fell, insulin levels improved and body weight dropped more in the healthy-vegan group than the healthy-omnivore group. 8 weeks from now is the beginning of February. Improving through the holidays may be uncommon, but isn't impossible.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
quieting our holiday zombie
Dec 1
It took until Tuesday but then the realization hit, I was really, really tired. Objectively it made total sense; the unofficial start of the "bustle season" came with full force and like a moth to the flame, I went all in. The quick trip to pick up a college kid that resulted in a few extra hours of brake lights, the last-minute leaf-management strategy that I finally had time to execute, the eat/drink/be-merry of a day built around that exact formula, and the long days that follow after the holiday-season moves out of pre-season had given me plenty of ways to burn energy. No complaints, we do this to ourselves and I knew that my dragging was self-induced and right on cue. The risk of course, for those of us who join the sprint this time of year, is that attempting to fit "more" into a fixed volume container eventually results in spillover when we overdraw our time and energy resources.
While this spillover brings a significant drop in our situational awareness which can have catastrophic results in environments where a low-margin of error is often required (e.g. driving), it is not limited to high-risk situations and is not only the result of short-term fatigue. Anything that drains our energy and attentional resources faster than we can replenish them can put us into this state. Commonly referred to as "presenteeism", this phenomenon was identified at least 50 years ago and in plain English refers to being physically present, that is not absent, but not being FULLY present - there in body, but maybe not in spirit or full focus - being at least partially "checked out". It is most commonly studied in the workplace because it can (but does not always) have a significant drag on productivity; however, it does not conveniently stay at work. Whether due to a health burden, which had traditionally been thought to be the cause, or the other known precursors like fatigue, the risk goes everywhere we go and has an impact on everyone around us.
One study this year showed that when we tip the balance toward fatigue via insufficient sleep, we lose self-efficacy, optimism, hope, and resiliency ("psychological capital") faster, which as if those are not problematic enough, leads to burnout, lower satisfaction and likely more. But there's good news: as we continue to learn more about the root causes we realize we can impact them with the right strategies. In a study of more than 12,000 individuals out this week, three clear connections were found between day-to-day actions and presenteeism - not surprisingly, variations on the same themes we know to maximize our capacity - whether by raising our threshold to spillover or ensuring we recover as full as possible when we rest. Each is important by itself, however, given their impact on each other, they also have the potential to compound.
(1) Daily Exercise - especially good when we are mentally tired but physically "pent up" (e.g. those that sit for more than 11 hours per day which nearly triples risk)
(2) Going to bed Empty (known to improve sleep quality)
(3) Getting a full human night's sleep, which is more than an elf, even if you play one this time of year.
If we start investing a little in quieting our holiday zombie now, we can cross the 2023 finish line with enough energy to enter 2024 strong. May the gift-giving of the season start with a daily investment in yourself today. Happy Homestretch.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
gratitude works
Nov 24
When I first learned about Positive Psychology, the (far oversimplified) less-traditional practice of diving into mental health with an eye toward the "upside" like resilience, happiness and growth, instead of the more traditional focus on rehabilitating the negative (disease, disorder and trauma) it felt like a game changer. It was clear that within their profession, at least some psychologists were trying to reorient back toward attaining "health" (flourishing, thriving, etc) rather than "avoiding disease"...something that can seem nuanced at first but is clearly spelled out by authorities like the World Health Organization in their constitution. As funding led to research, we began to understand the difference more fully and where our efforts should be.
As it turned out, gratitude, whether it be a momentary appreciation for something good in life or a cultivated practice of recognizing such things, became one of the most widely studied components. The "what went well" exercise described by one of the profession's giants in the early 2000's, which in the most basic form is writing down 3-5 unique experiences that "went well" each day for a few weeks, showed promise across several of life's domains and across a large portion of the lifespan. Gratitude also shows up near the top in a framework Dr. Paul Conti recently discussed with Andrew Huberman on his podcast - part of a 4 part series and a great listen on mental health. In a review of 19 different studies it even showed a clear benefit on cardiovascular risk, adding more evidence that there is no "physical" or "mental" health...just health with all systems playing a role. However, as is the case with many health practices, knowing the "best" way to do it has not been as clear.
Not surprisingly then, when this study from the University of California came across my feed I was intrigued. The researchers tested a variety of gratitude practices to find out which had the most impact. The punchline? Taking the time to sit down, think through the details and write a letter was most powerful.
And so, in the spirit of the season here's a quick one to you:
To our clients, friends and the employer teams who have invited us into your spaces, stories and lives, I know I speak on behalf of the entire Pro-Activity Family when I say, it is both an honor and a privilege to play a small role in your big thing. We have had the unique fortune to witness up close what it takes to make the components and assemble the structures that become homes and buildings. We've seen the magic that goes into bringing power and water and heat to those structures and to keep them well lit and warm when nature intends otherwise, 24/7, 365. In some places we have seen the effort, nothing short of an act of daily love that goes into making those products that mop up messes while in others those that help fuel the bodies doing the mopping. And we have had the great honor to walk with many of you as you journey through life and in health. When we give thanks this week and into the holiday season please know that YOU are among those we are most thankful for.
Now it's your turn - write one for someone you're thankful for and enjoy a health bump.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
exercise and infection risk: prepping for winter's peak
Nov 17
Prevention and Performance are games of "seasons". While it is not at all uncommon for a traditional athlete (sport) to have an annual training plan that starts at a peak race or game and plots blocks of time dedicated to ramping up readiness at the right rate. It is a lot less common for work-athletes (who use their body to earn a paycheck) or lifestyle athletes (the game of life) to think in these terms. Staying out of the reaction rut, where we just deal with whatever life throws our way and in the plan-ahead mindset can be tricky. "Paying Now" to avoid "Paying Later" makes total sense when we stop to think about it but is no-less hard to pull off.
This time of year the stakes get increasingly higher for those who are committed to tamping down injury/illness/disease risk. Changes in temperature and daylight patterns can add risk and as the CDC shows fairly clearly HERE, our immune function gets put to the test. While the research has shown that sleep efficiency (getting to sleep, staying asleep, and doing so deeply while we are there) remains one of the best ways to keep our defenses strong, nutrition and exercise become increasingly powerful as we age. In fact, exercise can have such powerful effects, under some circumstances, it might be too good...and thanks to some research this week we are closer to understanding why.
It starts with a phenomenon that every serious athlete must consider - pushing hard enough in training or in competitive events seems to add risk for infection. For example, marathon runners are well-known to have an increased risk for upper respiratory symptoms after peak training or in the days after the event. However, there debate rages on as to why as this paper explains. In short, the risk is real but it was hard to pin down a mechanism.
Then a research team from a lab within the US Department of Energy stepped in. They designed and kicked off a study of serious work-athletes: wildland firefighters which required a dozen volunteers to gear up in their typical 40 lbs of helmets, packs, gloves, and more and do a "strenuous training exercise" in the heat and hills of California. Loosely translated, this meant 45 minutes of running around the woods, in heavy gear, with heat. The team then collected and analyzed blood, urine, and saliva samples across nearly 4,700 variables. They found more than 100 that were significantly different from the start.
As it turned out, the researchers were able to show that as the demands on the body transitioned from "moderate" to "intense", that is the physical loads became exhausting, the body shut down the inflammation system in the nose/throat/lungs presumably to make it easier to get more oxygen in, ramped up secondary microbe fighting agents in the mouth (as found in saliva) and opened the pathways required to burn fuel more efficiently (sugar/fat) and transport it to the muscles more effectively. Said another way, in less than 45 minutes the body traded a temporary boost in physical function for a temporary reduction in immune function...which is exactly the kind of request a marathoner is asking for on race day.
What's the take-home on this?
Exercise has a sweet spot when it comes to our immune function. Some is good, more is probably better but too much is too much. While there is no "bad" season to exercise, if you're a high-intensity or long-duration exerciser, now is the season to consider secondary defenses like hand-washing, and distancing after extreme bouts while doubling down on nutrition and sleep.
Here's to a healthy winter peak - it'll be here before we know it.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
sleeping slow and low
Nov 10
If I'm being honest, I am fascinated by the powerful pull of the click-bait quiz. You know, those pop-ups and posts in social media that start with something like "people who _____ do these five things..." where the blank is always something shockingly specific to some conversation you had recently, an image you paused over for a split second or something you dared to search for as if Siri and Alexa were trading your interests in some backroom deal over at the Zuckerberg house. It's one of the reasons we've shared "Fun Fact Friday" on our LinkedIn page this year - to help provide at least one feed of information that has actual science at its base. It's been an interesting experiment.
Sleep health is one of those topics. Not surprisingly, as we've learned more about the powerful impact of sleep on health and performance, people are seeking out information about it more often. It has far outpaced the other 2 basic lifestyle pillars (exercise and nutrition) in the last 20 years according to internet traffic trends, pulling away from "exercise" about 20 years ago and "nutrition" 10 years ago. Add in the technology to track sleep reasonably accurately and funding that follows public interest and we've got a recipe that makes "sleep health", which is critical to overall health, more accessible than ever.
If however, you've missed the trend - here are the basics:
Sleep is broken into stages that until recently have not been uniformly labeled. This makes it more confusing than it has to be. Those in the "simple is better" camp (like us) prefer the 2 category system, Rapid-Eye-Movement (REM) and Non-Rapid-Eye-Movement (NREM) where NREM is further broken into 3 stages, very light (N1), light (N2) and deep (N3) with each stage having important functions and features (a good overview of the basics can be found here). While historically much of the focus in sleep research has been on REM sleep which typically happens in the second half of a normal 7-8 hour bout, more recently it has been Deep Non-REM (N3) which has been gaining attention. One of the reasons is its role in future brain health.
While we've known for a while that sleep overall and deep non-REM in particular tends to decline as we age, a study published in the Journal of the American Medical Association late last month showed that the decline isn't standard across all people and therefore probably shouldn't be considered inevitable or normal. The authors observed that those who had a more significant decline in this type of sleep also had a more significant decline in brain health, and therefore a significantly higher risk of dementia and Alzheimer's disease in the future. Specifically, for every 1% loss in deep non-REM (or "slow wave sleep" as it is referred to in the research community), individuals experienced +/- 30% increased risk of developing one of these diseases.
If we follow the logic that (1) it's a problem but (2) it's not uniform and inevitable then it might be reasonable to think (3) we can probably influence it in some way or another...which does seem to be the case.
As it turns out, when we are in this stage of sleep (as measured by "brain wave" activity on EEG) we are susceptible to certain sounds. Some research has shown that particular frequencies when played during this stage can keep us there longer and wildly, even relaxing words played at the right time seem to have some potential. Of course, if the idea of wearing a brain monitor and being whispered to all night long seems strange, vigorous exercise later in the day (oversimplified) may prompt the body to need more deep restorative sleep and diets low in saturated fat and high in fiber which may allow the nervous system to get into a state of "rest and relax" (parasympathetic state), also seem to have a positive impact.
The key takeaway seems to be more of the same - if we eat and move well we are more likely to sleep well, with plenty of slow waves at low frequencies...which, not surprisingly makes it easier to eat and move well the next day.
The most important first step therefore is the one we seek...even for those rockin' 8 days per week. Whether you're heading to Brooklyn or home countin' sheep - keep working those ELEMENTS and get some sleep. OK, OK, this is better left to Aaron. :)
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
optimal dose: turkey trot as easy as 1-2-3
Nov 3
Exercise science is always evolving. Google Scholar has more than 43,000 academic titles from this year alone. It's enough to bog down even the most efficient and committed information consumer who tries to keep up. Here's the good news - it's pretty rare to see many big changes; most of the new information confirms what we already know and adds a few refinements.
For example, in general, we know when people MOVE often enough, vigorously enough, and for long enough to challenge their current capacity in some way on most days, they can prevent and reverse many injuries/illnesses/diseases. Doing so in a variety of ways (not just one motion repeated always) keeps us versatile enough for the twists and turns of life and provides layers of resilience to the stressors we face. Of course, "regularly" and "enough" leave a lot to the imagination so professional organizations, government agencies, universities, and other non-profits often attempt to quantify, prove and someday simplify the phenomenon enough that it becomes practical to the average citizen. Eventually, we have guidelines such as those from the CDC which broadly read:
Exercise most days of the week, enough to accumulate 75 minutes of vigorous or 150 minutes of moderate-intensity work saving at least 2 days per week for strength/resistance training.
Which is further distilled by professionals who commonly prescribe as follows:
Perform at least 30 minutes of movement per day where the majority of those minutes can be at a low (incidental movement) to moderate intensity (slightly winded) with 5-15 minutes performed closer to maximum intensity (out of breath). On at least 1/2 of the days (per week) complete these minutes using muscle loading / resistance-oriented activities including organized sports. Grow this number to 60 minutes per day for better results or for children.
And for a long time, this is where things have stayed. Sure there have been new ideas and concepts, but in the grand scheme, very few resulted in big shifts or could be considered game-changers. Trading intensity for volume however may be one. The idea that we may need to invest a whole lot LESS time to get the same (or even better) results if we are willing to work a bit harder during that time is a really big deal that just keeps gaining steam. The idea that our muscles can be FAR more than those rubber bands that move our bones and, when asked just the right way, can be a mechanism that clears inflammation and can release large-scale disease-clearing defenses, is big news.
We saw it again this week with one of the most change-resistant subspecies on the planet - the runners.
Yes, this research, which tested a small group of runners on a newer protocol, discovered that changing the volume/intensity balance could produce excellent results and the recipe was as simple as 1-2-3: 1 part max, 2 parts moderate, and 3 parts easy. Specifically, after a warm-up, the runners were asked to run 5 or 6 minutes of 1-minute intervals which were further broken down into 30 seconds easy (about 30% max) which ramped to 20 seconds moderate (40-55% max) which further ramped to max (84%) or near max (75%) effort for 10 seconds. They completed 2 to 3 rounds of this protocol (10-18 minutes total), 3 times per week for six weeks and compared their 5 km (3.1 miles) racing times before and after.
Translated for the non-runners this means that instead of a training plan which often includes sessions of 30+ minutes to achieve new performance, these folks were able to do it in roughly 1/2 the total time and with less than 15 minutes of maximal effort per week when their exercise "dose" was more fully optimized to their goal. Even better, not only did they improve their performance they also had a significant increase in their cardiorespiratory fitness, one of the most important markers of injury/illness/disease resistance we know of.
It's not too late to get ready for your local turkey trot. Invest 45 minutes per week and you might not only cross a finish line you might change the trajectory of your health.
Get out there and get winded for a few seconds today.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
give 12%, get on a better path
Oct 27
I've mentioned the Methuselah Foundation in the past. They fund longevity research, of which calorie restriction is a well-known go-to strategy. For some reason, when otherwise healthy mice and non-human primates are fed 25% (or so) less than they might typically take in, they live stronger, longer. Until the early 2000s this effect was not well studied in humans. Few debated that designing a study like this would be complex and wildly costly. But at the same time, if such a simple tactic, to simply cut down on personal energy consumption, actually worked, the implications would be massive. In 2007 with the help of the National Institute of Health and the National Institute on Aging the "Comprehensive Assessment of Long-term Effects of Reducing Intake of Energy", aka the CALERIE study (clever!) was launched. The design turned out to be simple indeed - they would recruit a few hundred folks, randomly assign a group who would attempt to reduce calorie intake by 25% without reducing key nutrients, and track everything they possibly could for years. The findings were impressive.
About a decade after the start, results started to pour in. 4 major themes emerged:
(1) Cardiometabolic profile improved
(2) Markers of inflammation improved
(3) Biological Aging slowed
(4) Physical function improved or maintained
But there was a twist - the actual calorie reduction achieved was about 1/2 of that attempted. On average, participants reduced calories by only 12%, which on a standard 2000-calorie-per-day diet equates to 240 calories. To put that in more real-world terms, eliminating a 20 oz soda daily or subbing something healthy for a couple of processed snacks throughout the day could drastically alter even a generally healthy person's trajectory.
Now for some that might be good enough - "no need to know more - it works, let's do it".
However, as science does, the dive into "why" became the next unknown...until now.
Using muscle biopsies taken at baseline, year 1 and year 2 from a subsample of the CALERIE population researchers at NIH were able to determine that the real impact of calorie restriction was at the genetic level. By eating slightly less on a consistent basis, the body "turned up" (upregulation) genes that preserve muscle function, strength, fuel efficiency (both sugar and fat) and also "turned down" (downregulated) those associated with the processes linked to both disease and aging, sometimes referred to as "inflammaging".
While this does not specifically relate to fasting or time-restricted eating, both of which have become far more commonplace since the beginning of the study, it may be hitting similar targets. More remains to be discovered.
Until then, if you're the type of person who sees giving up a few snacks as a worthy tradeoff for better health and stronger aging, the proof is quite literally in the pudding...and anywhere else a few hundred empty calories might be found.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Getting Unstuck - The Mushy Middle
Oct 20
I'm not sure when I first heard the term "the mushy middle". It's been used to describe a political view that isn't polarized to one extreme or another (many people on many issues and in at least 1 person's opinion, not a bad thing). It's also been used to describe writing or storytelling that tends to somehow lose its way between the "beginning" and "end" (been there!). For me, however, it perfectly represents the trap of being (mathematically) average from a health perspective, that is, of being in the middle of the bell-shaped population curve when health risk is plotted.
In plain terms, it's a trap because BOTH time (duration) and age (often correlated but not the same) are risk factors for many injuries and diseases - so even if we are OK being average today, the longer we linger there and leave things "up to nature", the worse things inevitably get. Just like it's hard to build a solid foundation on an unstable or deteriorating platform...standing on mushy ground increases the likelihood we'll sink. From a physical activity perspective, the middle accounts for around 6 of every 10 Americans, which is almost exactly what the math would predict (+/- 1 standard deviation = 68%).
Am I in the middle?
It's pretty simple to determine if this is us. If we are not one of the +/- 15% of Americans who have significant disability associated with mobility or independent functioning AND we are also not one of the +/- 24% who currently meet the physical activity guidelines of at least 75 minutes per week of vigorous aerobic activity (or 150 min moderate) AND resistance exercise (strength, muscle loading, etc) at least 2 times per week, we're there.
Here's the good news - even if we have two of the most commonly cited barriers standing between us and the change we need (time and resources), we can buy ourselves some time by minimizing the impact of being there. Three studies in the last 60 days have pointed the way.
1 - From The University of Connecticut, a team showed that adding an extra 3,000 steps per day (about 2 minutes of walking per waking hour) could lower blood pressure risk as we age.
2 - From the Massachusetts General Hospital, a team showed that a hormone (myokine called irisin) which is secreted from our muscles after as little as fifteen minutes of strenuous effort, can "untangle" and clear the plaques associated with Alzheimer's disease in the aging brain.
Or if you're REALLY pressed for time
3 - From Tulane University, a team showed that taking the stairs 5 times per day was enough, even without exercise, to cut cardiovascular risk by 20%, about 2-3 minutes worth of work (turn 1 of the "UConn walks" above into a stair climb).
Being in the middle for a little while doesn't have to become another mushy story that goes on and on. The antidote to "stuck" is almost always "MOVE". Let us know if you need ideas.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Feed the Gut Biome, Prime the Brain
Oct 13
While I have a strong belief there are things in this world that are "unseeable" but no less "real", I am admittedly a bit skeptical about the unlucky nature of the number 13 or the fear of that number falling on a Friday. The History Channel tells us there's an actual name for this fear - paraskevidekatriaphobia - and that it is real enough to cause massive economic losses. Meanwhile, NPR has tried to help us actually pronounce the term (a practice they say helps rid us of it). Yet, I find myself wondering if this year, by falling in October, the most unlucky part of Friday the 13th might be that it's easier for the Halloween priming messages to buy and load up on sugar to break through. We know for example that ultra-processed foods tend to poke at our emotions to a greater extent than low-processed foods, which likely drives us toward purchase, consumption, and ultimately poorer health. Now don't get me wrong, I'm SURE I will find myself sifting through the leftover candy bowl to see if there are any Heath Bars left in the mix in a few weeks (I love those things), but, minimizing the impact of the unofficial overeating season (October 31st to January 1st) or avoiding altogether the potentially addictive gravity of the ultra-processed foods it tends to feature, would certainly not be a bad thing.
For those of us trying to stay on the right side of risk, the question becomes - in our modern environment, where these foods are easy to get and relatively inexpensive, can this risk actually be avoided? Well, according to some new evidence from a research team in Germany, there's good news, if we get started soon.
Building on discoveries that clearly show the connection between the gut microbiome and our day-to-day decisions, the team decided to test the suggestibility of certain foods before and after influencing the bacterial makeup of the biome. In more simple terms they fed a random 1/2 of the study participants a plant-based fiber which is known to "feed" healthy bacteria (PREbiotic, which is different than PRObiotic) for 2 weeks, and the other 1/2 a placebo. They then studied a variety of markers from brain imaging on Functional MRI to blood and even stool samples to understand what was driving an association (if one existed). Then, after a washout period to get participants back to baseline, they switched the fiber and placebo groups and reran the experiment. What they found was interesting, if not stunning.
When individuals were "primed" with a healthier biome they experienced reduced activity in the reward centers of their brain when they were tempted with ultra-processed food. That is, if their brain was re-wired in just 2 weeks, it didn't "light up" the same way when high-sugar and high-fat foods were presented.
While this study does not claim that if we feed the healthy bacteria in our gut we will definitely be able to resist the powerful pull that the junk food industry has on our emotions, for those of us who see wisdom in the age-old maxim "know thyself" (originally interpreted as "know your limits"), it may provide a tool that helps us extend those limits and avoid the traps of the season.
If you start now, Friday the 13th might just be the luckiest day your future self has had in a while.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
secondary measures- as simple as salad
Oct 6
We've blogged about the powerful impact of nitric oxide (NO) from dietary sources in the past. If you've missed those, here's the recap:
Nitric Oxide (NO) is made after friendly bacteria in our saliva and gut break down dietary nitrate into nitrite and then eventually nitric oxide.
NO has a relaxation effect on our arteries allowing us to push blood through the system more easily and exert energy in a more efficient way during high demand.
It is used by athletes, most traditionally endurance athletes, as a performance enhancer but recent research says it can help with strength as well.
The Nitrate found in plants (potent sources include beetroots and arugula as well as other leafy greens and root veggies) appears to be safe and effective
The Nitrate added to meats during processing and curing does not give the same benefit and more likely adds risk, so source matters.
Some studies suggest that it is one of the mechanisms responsible for the blood pressure-lowering effect that diets rich in fruits and veggies (such as the DASH) have.
In summary - dietary nitrates sourced from plants appear to enhance our performance and protect our cardiovascular system, lowering our odds of a major injury to the heart and arteries - a primary prevention (keeping something from going wrong in the first place) effect. The story got even better last month however when a new discovery showed that healthy nitrate consumption might also be critical to deploying a secondary prevention measure (minimizing harm when something does go wrong) by our red blood cells that we're only starting to understand.
Following a line of research that has shown that our red blood cells not only transport Oxygen around our system but also have a role in regulating pressures and lowering them in extreme cases, researchers wanted to know how it all works. Using a mouse model the team from Sweden was able to prove that:
(a) low oxygen states (such as heart attack) can act as a triggering event for secondary measures and
(b) when enough nitric oxide is present, the red blood cells can release the protective signal required to minimize damage.
Of course, knowing that mice aren't humans and mouse models aren't perfect, the team did something especially cool to go one step further in proving its utility. In the last step of their experiment, they re-ran the mouse heart attack model, but this time using human red blood cells from 3 different groups. The first group got a placebo, the second got a nitrate supplement and the third consumed healthy high-nitrate veggies. The two groups with preloaded nitrate (and therefore higher concentrations of NO available) showed the same powerful effect, a 50% improvement in recovery after the simulated heart attack.
A bit like seatbelts and airbags we hope you'll never have a need...but having a secondary prevention measure on board if you do, can be the difference between a scare and catastrophe. This time it's as simple as salad.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
25 years later - maps, journeys, and the path ahead
Sept 29
By 2016 nearly 20 years had passed since we incorporated and our model and approach were starting to get noticed by professional colleagues and peers. While it seemed outlandish (and even misguided) in 1998 to make prevention, and health promotion the central goals of a healthcare practice, the results were adding up and at every turn, the research was backing up our claim that it could be done. Around that time we began teaching a continuing education course for professional peers (mostly physical therapists) that covered key concepts. With as many as 1 of every 3 healthcare professionals feeling burned out at any given time, many were looking to redirect their skills and experience the often inspiring "give AND get" that our team enjoys while helping people achieve this way. Acknowledging that it isn't always an easy journey, we called one of the key assignments the "pathway project". It was designed to challenge the professional to use research and evidence to map the course from our influences and daily behaviors to common diseases. As they scoured the evidence, they developed a better understanding of "how we got here" and more importantly, as they compared notes, the root causes that needed to be dealt with to turn things around.
Although a growing and important problem, the map on mental health concerns like depression had wide gaps. The evidence of a clear connection with our day-to-day behaviors and the influences that drive them was only beginning to emerge and many people were still assuming much of it was not within our personal control. Although clearly incomplete, having a family history or genetic risk was often used as the likely explanation. In the last few years, however, the path has become far more visible.
For example and as we've previously mentioned, in February of this year we learned that regular physical activity can actually outperform "usual care" (medications) for common mental health concerns and that higher intensities are particularly powerful. One cool study in August even validated the dynamic warm-up that we use with so many of our clients. How we time our physical activity can make a difference it seems. It turns out that priming our systems with movement and physical activity BEFORE the workday can increase resilience and well-being as compared to waiting until afterward. Then, a few weeks ago another massive study that tracked more than 1/4 Million people over 9 years made the pathway even more clear. Researchers from The University of Cambridge were able to compare the preventative impact of genetics and lifestyle, drill down the risk-lowering contribution each of 7 specific lifestyle habits made, and even show a few physical health markers that connect the dots.
Here's the breakdown:
First - our genetics do matter, but not as much as our lifestyle. According to the study, those with a high-risk gene profile had up to a 25% increased risk compared to those with a low-risk profile. However, this was less than 1/2 the impact that lifestyle had. Those with unhealthy lifestyles had a 57% increased risk compared with those with the healthiest lifestyles and 41% increased risk compared with individuals with even moderately healthy lifestyles. This effect suggests that most of the benefit comes with even doing a little bit, an effect that was maintained even after genetic risk was accounted for.
Next - there were as many as 7 different habits that had a risk-lowering impact. Healthy Sleep (7-9 hours) had the strongest effect, lowering risk by 22%. The others lowered personal risk as follows:
Never Smoking: 20%
Regular Social Connections: 18%
Physical Activity: 14%
Low to Moderate Sedentary Time: 13%
Moderate (or less) Alcohol Consumption: 11%
Healthy Diet: 6%
Last - they were able to fill in key gaps on the map that link behaviors to the eventual disease. In addition to notable changes on MRI of the brain structure in people who led healthy lifestyles, simple blood markers of inflammation (C-reactive protein) and metabolism dysfunction (high triglycerides) were far more likely in those who had a high risk of future depression. Depression may "end up" in the brain but it appears to run through metabolism and immune system health.
Mental Health concerns are impacting as many as 50 Million Americans each year - it's a big problem. The risks we face are real and likely impact every one of us at some level. HOWEVER with a map in hand, the support of those around us, and the willingness to work hard at risk-lowering, "Stronger, Happier People through Better Health" is not just a mission statement...it is a reasonable expectation. 25 years later we are excited to be walking the journey to health with you.
Thank you for allowing us to play a role in your journey. Let us know if you need a map.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
stress test results predict cancer too
Sept 22
The most well-known stat related to heart disease is that it is the leading killer in America, a title it has held for decades. Lesser known, but not insignificant, is the fact that after the 1960s, Heart Disease has claimed a steadily DECREASING percentage of lives lost each year. While primary prevention efforts, including a better understanding of the impact of smoking, poor diet, and lack of exercise have definitely played a leading role, there are other levers, like catching people who are at risk before a major event that have helped keep things moving in the right direction. The electrocardiogram and testing the heart under "load" during a cardiac stress test has been especially important in this role. It's such a simple concept - when we stress the system with a specific load, we can measure whether the heart is behaving in a normal/predictable manner under that load.
This week, from a research team at the Mayo Clinic, we learned that exercise capacity can tell us about other disease risks too, including the number 2 killer, Cancer. While this makes total sense, a body that has less physical capacity or is not able to recover quickly from physical stress is at greater risk in general (for injury, illness, and disease), this study of more than 13,000 individuals tracked over 10+ years gives very strong proof.
Individuals who had poor fitness (less than 8 METS) were at 42% greater risk of dying in the 10 years after the test than those who had good fitness (10+ METS) and those whose heart rate recovered less than 13 beats per minute from the peak in the first minute after stopping the test were at 36% greater risk during the time.
Do-It-Yourself. While this can be determined in a clinical setting with a treadmill, it is not the only way and may not be the most accessible way for most. As was shown in 2020 and we've blogged about previously, if you have 4 flights of stairs and a stopwatch you can get a good idea of where you're at in a few minutes. The process is relatively straightforward. Climb 60 steps as fast as possible w/o running (and preferably with a handrail for safety but not "pulling"). If you can complete the test in 45 seconds or less, you are near or above the standard and at lower risk over the next 10 years. If the test takes more than twice as long (90 sec or more), you are in the "at-risk" category and may want to consider working to improve. Maybe even better yet, as we've mentioned before, visiting those same stairs a few times daily, can improve where we're at between 5% and 12% in as little as 6 weeks.
There aren't that many long levers when it comes to health improvement. Now more than ever, fitness is one. Get up and get moving!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
stress buffering: remembering recess
Sept 15
It might have been my favorite "subject" during my educational journey. Movement + Freedom to decide how, what could be better? At some point, it was replaced with gym class (Phys. ed) which checked off most of the same boxes but added structure. Then, eventually, it was gone. Although it's fair to assume not everyone remembers recess with such nostalgia, for me it was a chance to burn some pent-up energy, let my mind decompress, and was usually positive; something that might even help to lay down the framework for future habits and well-being. I sometimes wonder how much more productive I'd be as an adult if there was still an unstructured break to go out and run around in the middle of the day. Apparently, I'm not the only one. If you search the term "adult recess" on just about any web browser, you'll discover a fairly long list of articles that relate "play" back to wellness, leadership, productivity, and more.
But how does it work? And does it work for everyone?
In short, we don't fully know, however this week we got closer to an answer.
First - whether we point to studies of modern-day hunter-gatherers as proof that we humans are built to move A LOT or, maybe as articulated here we (as dynamic systems) actually ARE movement, most of us have experienced the challenge of "being fully still" (no screen, no movement, just be) for longer than a few minutes during waking hours. It's no surprise then that when we "contain" ourselves for extended periods, whether in a desk chair tucked behind a monitor, standing behind a machine, in a vehicle or perhaps off to the side somewhere watching our kids, we are functioning outside of our default and it's tiring. As we tap into our reserves, cognitive and emotional especially, we feel depleted, which often equates to the sensation of stress.
Although it gets a bad rap, stress isn't inherently bad. It's almost like a Goldilocks phenomenon where there is a "just right" sweet spot ("eustress") between too little ("sustress") and too much ("distress") as discussed here. One way it can get confusing is that we can have too much in one domain (such as psychosocial overload) even while having too little in another (physical under-load). This may be why the outlet of movement-based play is so effective, not only does it help us to avoid the trap of slumping into a chair after a long day of doing too much of the same, but it also stimulates the under-loaded areas while resting the often over-loaded. With that in mind, we have been advocating for a 5-10 minute "movement test" as a way to help know the difference between physical and psychosocial fatigue for years. Feel more energized and less stressed after movement? Keep going - you need the movement to free up the energy log jam and ultimately clear your brain!
By 2018, the research community began adding to the idea. As it turns out, because we are all one system (i.e. no such thing as "body and mind"), a carryover effect is not only available, it seems automatic; when we move we soak up existing social or emotional over-stress while getting the bonus of creating a buffer against future stress. In a review of 14 different studies on the subject, those who got adequate physical stress via physical activity and eventually fitness tended to absorb psychosocial stress more effectively. Those who did so with a group in nature may even get an extra resilience boost.
By 2021 evidence of a dose-response relationship was emerging. Higher movement intensities created stronger buffers against future stress. The link was clear - finding the sweet spot of daily physical stress helps us to reset the way our system manages other stress, especially psychosocial stress which impacts our mental health and wellbeing. With that in mind, the results of this 2022 review of more than 2 million person-years of data shouldn't surprise us. The authors concluded that if less active adults met physical activity guidelines (+/- 20 minutes per day) more than 1 of every 10 cases of depression would have been prevented, powerful stuff.
For the parents and caregivers out there, especially those who remember recess fondly, the most recent proof might be the one for you to know. As a team in Switzerland reported last week, the same effect holds true for kids. Those who met physical activity guidelines (1 hour per day for kids) were able to deal with future psychosocial stress better than those who didn't.
Simple enough - if you need a stress reliever, go play, preferably outside.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
ancient medicine, modern results
Sept 8
While most people know of his contribution of "non-maleficence" (aka "do no harm") which has been deeply ingrained in the practice of medicine, Hippocrates' second most famous quote, which it seems isn't actually his, may be closer to the mark than we ever thought before. This time, even in the most literal sense.
"Let Food Be Thy Medicine"
Confirmed here in 2013, the famous quote that food IS medicine was probably not the first (or ever) uttered by the great ancient physician. Although the connection between diet and health (and other lifestyle habits like exercise) is made clear in much of his work, the direct line, food being the equivalent to medicine, isn't there. That doesn't make it any less true apparently. Maybe it's the new frontier of the gut biome or maybe the medical community is just finding its way back to its roots, but everywhere we look we just keep finding evidence that lifestyle can be used to correct a growing number of ills, and get as good or even better results to pills and procedures. This week, two different studies jumped off the page.
The first was an observational study of food used as medicine in the most literal sense - the physicians actually prescribed it in areas where healthy food options, specifically fresh fruits and veggies are hard to come by or too costly for consumers who need them. In a special program where physicians could prescribe fruits and veggies, families in 12 different US regions were able to take the prescriptions to local markets and get steeply discounted or even free fruits and veggies. The lifestyle result? Consumption went up - about 1/2 to 1 full serving per day on average. The medical result? Blood sugar improved, blood pressure improved, and body weight improved.
The second was a far more rigorously controlled study - a "Randomized Controlled Trial" (close to the gold standard of interventional research). In this case, participants were separated into 2 groups and randomly given resistant starch, which, as the name implies is a starch that is resistant to digestion and instead tends to ferment in the large intestine. Of course, as we've previously written about, there seems to be a link between the fermentation of foods and gut health which held true here too. As it turned out, in 100 individuals with non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (the most common form of liver disease), a daily dose of resistant starch, in this case, taken from corn but found in a variety of other healthy foods like oats, rice, legumes, and even green bananas, was enough to improve the gut biome. Even more impressive it also appeared to improve their inflammatory profile, rebalance liver enzymes, and cut their triglycerides by as much as 40% in 4 weeks, all very meaningful results.
The summer peak may be getting smaller in the rearview, but that doesn't mean the good stuff has to be gone. Maybe this is your year for a fall garden or if nothing else, to refill your prescription of that new ancient medicine the next time you're cruising a produce section.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
the humble banana: villain or misunderstood?
Sept 1
If you're old enough to remember watching the nightly news to get information you're probably old enough to remember all the hooks used to keep you there..."Your _____ (pillow?) might be killing you! Film at 11". As information has become even more accessible and condensed, the tweet-able headline (X-able?) has become even more critical if whatever a source has to say is to cut through the noise. Andrew Warner gets it - in May of 2021, the blogger wrote an outrageous headline...about outrageous headlines. It's a little like stepping into the matrix of clickbait. Nutritional information is notorious for this. Since everyone is a consumer of food (of one type or another) but very very few care to consume the details of what food is doing with, for, and to us, the headlines often win the day. So when I saw a press-release headline that read "The Right Combo: Getting the Most Health Benefits from Fruit Smoothies" earlier this week, I knew I had to dive in; let's pick it apart a bit.
In general, it's fair to say that at Pro-Activity we are pretty big fans of the smoothie so any article that highlights the smoothie as the nutritional delivery mechanism of choice tends to get my attention. Not only do we have a handful of our own recipes, we often recommend smoothies in general as an easy-to-prepare, tasty, and nutrient-dense starting point for those looking to FUEL better as they journey toward better health. Whether it's the "Jersey Slime", heavy on spinach giving a strikingly green color and similar to the one described here which demonstrated an inflammation-lowering effect in 1 week in people who consumed it daily, or the "Berry Bomb", as the name implies, is loaded with berries and similar to this one proven to lower muscle soreness after intense effort and this one proven to improve blood vessel function or any other number of recipes we've seen, for most medically-uncomplicated folks, a smoothie can be a great option. When I started to read the release, however, I found myself wondering how fast we would start to see the misinterpretations pop up.
The basic gist of the article is that foods that contain high amounts of a particular enzyme (a protein that makes biochemical reactions happen faster) known to be involved in the process that makes them turn brown when bruised or left on the countertop, such as bananas, apples and avocados called Polyphenol Oxidase (PPO) have a, now confirmed, ability to block another important nutrient, limiting the available concentration of it when the two food-types are consumed together. In headline form - a banana in a smoothie blocked the flavanol (recommended for its cardiometabolic protective effect) provided by berries in the same smoothie by up to 84%.
Here's where it's bound to get muddy "out there". The ability of one food to block the healthy properties of another does not make it unhealthy or even something that should be avoided...however, when "bioavailability of flavanol" is important to us (and it probably should be), either keeping the foods apart in preparation or eating them at different times of day could make a difference. This was found in the study as well; when the two food types were actively mixed before consumption (that is, blended together) the reaction was stronger than when they were not mixed but consumed in the same sitting. From the UC press release: "He also said bananas remain a great fruit to be eaten or consumed in smoothies. For those who want to consume smoothies with bananas, or other high PPO activity fruits and vegetables such as beet greens, the suggestion is to not combine them with flavanol-rich fruits such as berries, grapes, and cocoa." With that in mind, substituting a low PPO food in your berry (or other high flavanols) smoothie, such as mango which will bring a bit of sweetness the banana is known for, may make sense.
The bottom line is - bananas aren't "bad", so when the hype arrives, resist! They check a LOT of boxes: naturally occurring, minimally processed, nutrient-dense, inexpensive, biodegradable carrying case and have even made for a shockingly fun minor league baseball mascot to name a few...I mean, seriously a bases-loaded backflip catch?... but I digress. They're also not the perfect food for every situation or goal. If you find what is, please DO let me know.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
have the rhythm of a dancer?
Aug 25
It might be one of the simplest and most straightforward health risk screenings. Place a couple of fingers on an area of the body where a pulse can be picked up (wrist and side of neck being the most common) and pay attention to the rhythm of the heart rate after a person has been resting for a few minutes. The expectation is that it is both steady (beating at regular intervals) and if counted, within a normal pace range, such as 15-20 beats in a 15-second period (60-80 beats per minute).
But what if it's not? What if instead of "beat, beat, beat" we feel "beat, beat, long pause, beat"? Is there cause for concern?
The short answer is, not always, but quite possibly because, as far as simple clinical tests go, a manual pulse check has a surprisingly high "true positive" rate and so when something is "off", it's probably worth running a few more diagnostics to find out why.
According to the CDC, Atrial Fibrillation, the most common type of heart rhythm disorder (arrhythmia) impacts around 12 million Americans and is a major risk factor for stroke and other cardiac events. Interestingly, it also tends to go hand in hand with other health risks, most notably musculoskeletal health concerns, which add the heaviest burden on quality of life in those with the problem one key reason they are often the primary target of our efforts. Interestingly, there also appears to be some evidence that conditions (such as autoimmune disorders) and habits (such as a pro-inflammatory lifestyle) that relate to high levels of inflammation (reference 1, reference 2) may be possible triggers for the disease's onset.
If this is the case, we would expect the same levers that work so well to lower inflammation and musculoskeletal pain risk (like eating a healthy diet and getting proper sleep) to also lower the risk of developing A-fib. Although not conclusive, a study of patients being treated for the condition revealed lifestyle-related health risks in most, and a 2022 study on the often touted Mediterranean Diet appeared to point in a similar direction.
Exercise on the other hand can be a bit more complex. While the evidence strongly supports general fitness to lower the risk of cardiovascular disease (including heart rhythm disorders like a-fib) with almost all studies concluding "more is better", there does seem to be a ceiling where too much can be too much. Elite Endurance athletes and those who train like them may be increasing the risk. On the other extreme, the "minimal dosage" required to maintain health and prevent disease has been a little less clear...until this week.
Deep in the halls of the European Society of Cardiology Conference in Amsterdam, a poster presentation by a team from Taiwan shared a very interesting discovery - individuals who had at least moderate fitness, defined as "achieving 8.57 to 10.72 METS" on a treadmill stress test had a 98.4% likelihood of NOT developing A-fib in the next 5 years. Interestingly, those with high fitness (>10.72 METS) had exactly the same risk...i.e. no substantial risk-lowering benefit above around 11.0 Metabolic Equivalents of Task (MET).
Translated out of exercise-physiology speak and into plain English - having enough fitness to complete activities and tasks that use 11 times the effort required to sit in a chair almost guarantees our heart will stay in rhythm for the next five years. It also adds that having more than that, although great for many things, is not particularly helpful for this thing.
What is an example of such an activity?
Well, according to this extensive list, running a 9-minute mile, cycling between 15 and 17 mph, rowing at somewhere around 175 watts or competitive-level ballroom dancing would all do the trick!
May we all have the rhythm and timing of a dancer, especially at the most important metronome of all - our heartbeat.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
hold that pose and lower blood pressure
Aug 18
“Dripping water hollows out stone, not through force but through persistence.”
- Ovid (Roman Poet, 43 BC - 18 AD)
120 Million. That's a big number and the approximate number of Americans who are living with hypertension which is, heartbeat by heartbeat, overburdening and eventually wearing to the point of harm, the inside lining of the arterial pipes. It is a patient little health gremlin, lulling us into believing it's not really that big of a deal. After all, many people can't feel it and can still "do" everything without any obvious symptoms. Yet there it is, heartbeat by heartbeat hammering away until irreparable harm is done. If we consider that there are around 35 million heartbeats per year for the average adult, we understand why it doesn't take that long to take its toll.
It's not all bad news though. Hypertension is preventable by most, treatable for many and even little things can add up to big results. If blood pressure (combined with heart rate) acts as a "body tachometer" telling us how "revved up" we are, it stands to reason that it has been associated with stress and pain. It also makes sense then that anything which helps us to slow or otherwise calm down can help.
We've known for a while for example that some of our greatest levers include exercise which pushes our stress-threshold higher over time, nutritional approaches that lower the inflammatory load and balance the intake of foods that naturally constrict the arterial pipes like highly processed foods with those that relax them (nitric oxide and potassium-containing fruits and veggies especially) and sleep which gives us a chance to relax and repair. These are not the only approaches though. Stress management, breathing exercises, and even social connectedness may have a role in protecting us.
More recently, however, research teams have tried to take the conversation deeper - attempting to find the signal through the noise. Comparing various dietary approaches for example has helped us to contrast what might work (there are many) with what actually does for most. The DASH which promotes low-process, high-fiber, and naturally occurring foods usually scores at or near the top. Under the header of the exercise, the story has been less clear until recently. This year, 2 cool new studies have made the case for holding still...right where we are...for minutes on end. In exercise-jargon: Isometric exercises.
The first study which was published in March showed that office workers who spent 16 minutes per day (4 rounds of 2-minute "holds" with 2 minutes break in between), 3 times per week, either performing a wall-squat or a sustained gripping exercise at 30% of their maximum could lower their blood pressure in a meaningful way in as little as 3 months. They went on to show that after the initial 3 months, they could maintain the changes by dropping it down to only 1 day per week. While the wall squat out-performed the gripping task, both were effective.
The second, out last month, reviewed 270 different studies on the blood pressure lowering impacts of exercise and found that, on average, the isometric exercise outperformed the other modes which included: aerobic, resistance, high-intensity interval, and even combined aerobic & strength. The effect was strongest for systolic blood pressure ("the top number"). Aerobic exercise, specifically running, took the top spot for diastolic ("the bottom number").
It takes effort to control risk factors and ultimately prevent disease but sometimes not as much as we might think. Pretty good terms, not only for those required to meet certain work standards but also for those who look forward to a long healthy life after that phase is over.
Maybe this week try sitting for a few minutes without the chair :)
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
the multiplier effect of a regular bedtime
Aug 11
Although it wasn't always as widely accepted as it is today, the fact that adequate time to RECOVER each day is critical to our future health doesn't seem super provocative or even controversial these days. Although sleep is not the only way to recover, we can't live very well without it; and both quantity and quality matter. Whether in the context of injuries, illnesses, accidents (motor vehicle and/or work-related), or disease - good sleep predicts good health - an idea that is taking root with more and more folks and supported by extensive research that is uncovering what matters most and why. While "7-8 hours of uninterrupted sleep" continues to be the gold standard for most adults we also know how fast we fall asleep (latency), how rested we feel when we wake, whether we need an alarm to get going, and if we are sleepy enough to "nod off" during the day, can all provide clues as to whether our sleep is of high enough quality to actually RECOVER. A growing understanding of sleep's "stages" (in part from the wider use of wearable sensors that track heart rate and movement) has helped more people understand their personal patterns and risks.
At the same time, and on a track that turns out to be more parallel than we ever knew, other researchers have been working to decode the "the largest endocrine organ" (gut microbiome) - something that was first mentioned as early as 1988 but now more than ever is being recognized as a critical factor in our health. Like sleep, it appears to impact many disease risks that were previously not thought to be related. One of the key learnings so far has been that microbial diversity (having a gut populated with a wide variety) is generally a good thing.
While our food choices likely have the most direct influence on our gut health (as previously mentioned, consuming a variety of plants each week appears correlated with the greatest gut diversity) they are not the only influencer. We know that our exercise habits impact our gut makeup and other system-wide "stressors" such as alcohol (consumption or abstinence) and possibly even early life stress can play a role. Sleep health makes the list here too. The bottom line seems to be that although it is often easier to separate our day-to-day actions, the various environments we spend time in, and the body systems they impact into neat little compartments, they're actually all connected.
As messy as "it's all connected" might feel, the beauty of interconnectedness is that when we start doing something positive for our health we get a multiplier effect down the road. People who start to eat right often find it easier to exercise. People who quit an unhealthy habit often unlock the energy to replace it with a good alternative. Last week, as published in the European Journal of Nutrition, a consistent bedtime appears to have this power.
A research team discovered that small alterations in our sleep/wake routine (which they called "social jet lag"), such as "sleeping in on the weekends" results in changes in both our dietary habits and gut diversity. Individuals who had more than a 90-minute change in their sleep pattern, even if they got the same number of total hours, (e.g. sleeping 12A-8A on the weekends instead of a typical 10P-6A weekday routine) tended to BOTH eat differently AND have alterations in their gut biome. It wasn't clear if one "caused" the other, but it adds a new wrinkle - not only are they "all connected" but the crossroads of health may run through the gut.
Respect the routine - bedtimes are not only for the kids these days.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
the 4th headline: 5 of 12 cuts 2 by 32!
Aug 4
It's the second leading cause of death worldwide (and sadly number one in America for children and middle-aged adults). Like most risks we face the ones that lead to cancer are probably not 100% avoidable. We inherit certain risks (genes) and might face stressful enough life circumstances to experience a significant risk bump. But still, the more we learn, the more we can confidently say that we humans, with even a very little bit of effort focused on "strengthening the host", are pretty hearty and cancer is just the latest in a long list of unwelcome guests that we can close the door on.
It starts with a very cool experiment in 2017 where researchers had healthy folks ride a bike to exhaustion. They then collected a blood sample, centrifuged off a few factors, and dripped the remaining "serum" onto a dish of human lung cancer cells. Compared to a control group the post-exercise serum killed off more than 50% of the lung cancer cells and sharply slowed a human aging factor. Other similar studies showed similar results with other forms of cancer. Various scientific reviews such as this one in late 2017 and this one in 2020 of how it all works followed, but the oversimplified headlines are:
1 - Exercise appears to "supercharge" our blood and therefore make the internal environment very inhospitable to unruly & rogue cells.
2 - Exercise should be a part of the conversation throughout the cancer journey, from prevention to treatment and beyond.
Of course, the work never stops and researchers have been working hard to refine exact dosages, whether it combines well with other treatments, etc. but the take-home message has generally been a good one - for those that can tolerate it, exercise is a powerful lever when cancer risk is high.
Then, in April of this year, another cool study popped up. As it turned out, even short bouts of low to moderate-intensity exercise, in this case lightly pedaling a bike (enough to get the heart rate up to 100 beats per minute for 10 minutes) in newly diagnosed breast cancer patients was enough to get a significant immune system boost. As if the first two headlines weren't promising enough, this seemed to both reinforce them and add an important third to the conversation:
3 - It takes a lot less "load" (duration x intensity x frequency) than you might imagine.
But then last week, maybe the most persuasive of them all, especially for those in the "prevention stage" of the journey, was published in the Journal of the American Medical Association. After analyzing the health data collected via wearable sensor from nearly 23,000 people for a 7-year period (on average), it turned out there was a sharp risk reduction for those individuals who had a few minutes of "exercise-like" activity during their normal day, or "Vigorous Intermittent Lifestyle Physical Activity" (VILPA) as the research team called it. Specifically, those who got huffing and puffing through normal activities (carrying groceries, climbing stairs, lifting a child, etc) in 1-2 minute bursts for at least 3 minutes total per day saw an 18% risk reduction over the next 7 years. Those who spent a total of 4.5 minutes (in 1-2 minute bursts) combatting the country's 12th leading risk factor did even better yet, experiencing a 32% risk reduction. That is:
4 - 5 minutes of MOVE (the US' 12th risk factor) cuts Cancer (killer #2) risk by nearly 1/3rd (32%).
Park further away, get off the subway 1 stop earlier, take the stairs or dust off that bike helmet - if it leads to enough MOVE to break a sweat, it can work.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
connect is the bridge
July 28
I can't remember exactly when "engagement" became something of a buzzword. I remember sitting in a meeting with an employer client many years ago (maybe the early 2000s) as someone from human resources reviewed the results of the recent "employee engagement survey". Soon after, it seemed like the term was everywhere, being used as a way of describing whether people felt connected to whatever it was they were doing - in this case their work.
The Gallup Organization, well known for its analysis and insights from surveys around the world, started diving into the idea and tracking the information needed to connect the dots. The results were stunning. The current global average for example is 23%, meaning more than 3 out of every 4 people do NOT feel energized and excited at work. It's as if somewhere around the turn of the century a societal switch from viewing a career as a "life's work", something that added to the greater good (and gave meaning and purpose along the way) to a "grind", where people traded irrecoverable personal energy for a paycheck, was flipped.
Since that time many groups, teams, and organizations have begun working to understand and improve the human connection, whether at work or at home. Articles have been written on how to instill engagement, what the best in the world like the Navy Seals do, and how the best-in-class organizations (where the average is 72%) are both more productive and happier. It has played a role in stoking a larger conversation, awareness, and research agenda of how far it all goes and what can be done.
A few weeks back we discussed a recent surgeon general's report which raised the flag on the health implications - which are substantial - and since then, we've spent some time diving into some of the latest research in hopes to get closer to the roots of the problem. A few recent studies have helped. Here are the critical take-aways:
One size doesn't fit all - taken from some very interesting research on the multi-sensory social and sales experience customers receive at Canadian wineries, a research team showed that different people have different needs based on their comfort level with the situation, in this case, novice, expert or enthusiast. For the novices, i.e. those attempting to engage, the basic requirement for success was human connection. In the press release, the first author was quoted as saying "The answer is quite simply connection. People desire connection to enhance their experience...". Well said.
Well-being is the end result, but trust gets the ball rolling - two new studies, 1 from earlier this year and another from last month helped to make the pathway clearer, in a sense by walking backward. Starting from the end goal, "well-being" (which includes positive mental health, happiness, etc.), the researchers in the first team showed that engagement, in technical terms "social participation", was a critical first step but that participating alone wasn't enough. Like the winery experience, a sense of belonging and connectedness was required to lead to well-being. The second study went 1 step further and showed that before participation, and therefore at the very root of engagement, sits trust. Specifically, individuals who generally believe that the people around them are reliable and would act in their best interest are more likely to engage, connect, and ultimately enjoy higher levels of well-being.
Whether part of a work team, a family, or a community group the people around us play a major role in our health and safety (as we do in theirs). Those who are energized, focused, and find enjoyment in whatever they are doing are not only more productive, they tend to be healthier and safer too. Not surprisingly it's a two-way street, those who take healthy actions tend to find enjoyment and happiness.
No matter why we're traveling, if point A is trust and point B is well-being, CONNECT is the bridge. The stronger we build it, the more traffic it can take.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
peak loads - recover well
July 21
You don't have to go very far to find the heat this year. Whether it's scrolling through the headlines pointing to various record-breaking temperatures or just being outside for more than a few minutes in most places, the Summer of 2023 has brought the haze, heat, humidity, and, of course "all of the above". And while officially we're only 1/3rd of the way through Summer (June 21-Sept 22), we are more than halfway through the "unofficial Summer" (Memorial Day to Labor Day, aka 100 days of Summer) and we are near the historical peak for the energy-sapping, body-inflaming temperatures. So while we hope everyone gets through the summer without any issues, our experience (historically and this year) pretty clearly shows that heat brings our bodies right to the edge of their capacity and a few extra tactics to keep the odds in our favor is a good idea in Mid-July to Mid-August.
If you've missed it in previous blogs or our recent training sessions or materials, there are a few key points worth knowing:
1. The effects of heat are "double-edged". While small loads with adequate rest (equivalent to sauna use for example) can improve fitness as our cardiovascular system adapts, large total loads and/or inadequate rest can negatively impact our physical abilities, especially fatigue-resistance (endurance).
2. While maintaining hydration is critical to maintaining our body temperature, it is not our only cooling strategy. Whether in the form of "pre-cooling" (before activity) or "per-cooling" (during activity) employing strategies specifically targeted at lowering the body temperature such as ingesting ice slurry, can improve performance. Using cold air or immersion after strenuous work can also speed recovery.
3. While heat can deplete us faster, it can also make it harder to get adequate sleep since our body temperature has to fall before we nod off. Cooling strategies might help here too. While the research is far from conclusive, there is some evidence that suggests a cold shower after a hard physical effort can help. Either way, our sleep continues to be our best chance to recover, so in addition to getting in an extra hour whenever possible, cutting off calories and bright lights a few hours before bedtime and keeping the room dark and cool when we get there can help.
And now, a counterintuitive twist. While starting an intense outdoor exercise program this time of year is typically NOT on our list of recommendations, movement, and exercise can still pay dividends if done thoughtfully. Foam rolling or other forms of self-massage for example can reduce soreness after a taxing effort, and according to some very new analysis, when individuals face very heavy recovery loads (in this case planned major surgery) even slight fitness improvements enhance recovery. This doesn't have to mean long hours of effort or even effort for a long time. Even three, 20-second bursts on a stationary bike (whether done all in a row or with hours of rest in between) and powering up 60 stairs a few times per day (also with hours in between bouts) have been shown to stimulate meaningful improvements. In other studies, 6 sessions of effort over a two-week period provided enough stimulus to get a bump.
The take-home message here is the heat can get us down...but it probably doesn't have to. We are about to climb the peak of the season and there's always risk as we get to the edges of our capacity. Now is the time to reassess, make a few small adjustments, and RECOVER well so we can enjoy the remaining weeks of Summer and stride into Fall.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
do you know your pure score?
July 14
Simplicity is so refreshing. It's clean and easy to apply. Of course, it's also really hard to find in real life, since the world is complex. The more we dig, the more nuance we find which can be tiring; so tiring in fact, our mind tends to avoid it, instead reducing complex information into more simplistic terms, "one OR the other", "yes OR no" saving "both-and" for when we have the time, energy and open-mindedness to really dig in. Psychologists call this tendency of reducing large streams of information into 2 fundamentally opposing camps "The Binary Bias", and it turns out, despite failing to capture the gradient of real life, to be super common across a wide variety of situations.
When it comes to health information, this tendency often surfaces. It is MUCH easier for us to "pick a camp" than it is to sift through the details where we often realize there are always caveats and contextual factors. For example, a recent study once again showed that exercise was a good thing at midlife from a heart health perspective. No surprise. However, it also showed that too much of a good thing could be not-so-good. High amounts, at very high intensities, were actually associated with worsening of the same heart risks that the proper dosage helped. So exercise is good? Yes, but...
Nutrition tends to follow these same lines. Can healthier eating make a difference to our future selves? Of course, but "healthier" is a very wide spectrum and never as simple as we'd like. With that in mind, we tend to gravitate toward tried and true principles, rules of thumb that work for most people in most situations. If you've heard us say "Eat More Plants" for example, this is why. While neither prescriptive nor applicable in every situation, it simplifies A LOT of the available research, including the 2018 conclusion from a massive dataset that showed that individuals who ate 30 different plant varieties per week had the most diverse gut biome, an important marker of health. It boils down a ton of information into an easy-to-understand concept that is applicable to most Americans while avoiding the tendency to simplify things into "good vs. bad". Every once in a while, however, new information emerges that helps us take the concepts even further. In this case, it comes from the PURE study, a very large study that tracked nearly one-quarter of a million participants across 80 different countries for a decade or more. It showed that, in general, "Eat More Plants" holds true and is good advice for the masses. It also showed (however) that to get the most health benefits the variety and dosage of those plants matter and certain animal-based foods can also provide benefits.
In an effort to simplify what we know about healthy eating, the researchers categorized and scored foods into 6 types & dosages, assigning 1 point for each. Compared to those who scored only 1 point, those who consumed enough of the good stuff to score 5 or more points on average were substantially healthier, cutting their risk by more than 20%. 4 of the categories are plant-based and 2 are animal-based.
The scoring is as follows:
Fruit - give yourself a point if you consume 2-3 servings per day (juice does not count)
Vegetables - give yourself a point if you consume 2-3 servings per day
Legumes - give yourself a point if you consume 3-4 servings per week
Nuts - give yourself a point if you consume 1 serving per day
Fish - give yourself a point if you consume 2-3 servings per week*
Dairy - give yourself a point if you consume 2 services per day*
*In a press release the author of the study suggested that the same health outcomes gained with moderate amounts of fish and whole-fat dairy can be achieved by moderate consumption of meat and grains, "as long as they are unrefined whole grains and unprocessed meats", each at 1 serving per day,
Eating to prevent disease is not simple. There are many moving parts. However, the more we learn the simpler it gets. Perhaps the very best news is we don't have to be perfect - 5 out of 6 is 83% - and for each point gained, a significant risk reduction is noted; 6% for major cardiovascular events and 8% for dying.
The gardens are popping everywhere, enjoy the bounty and the better health that comes with it.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
what i did last summer
July 7
To the dismay of my children, we're not really known for our vibrant Summer vacations. An occasional beach week perhaps but not a lot like friends and family who "always go to the shore" or have some other great downtime tradition. Thinking back, many (maybe even most) of our family vacations have been functional; a planned trip to "chase" a member of the family who is doing something. Many trips are associated with two serious soccer-playing daughters who grew up to be serious rugby-playing daughters, one or both of the parents competing in endurance events for a while there or even the not-so-little-anymore brother who is carving his path on the water with an oar in hand, the adventure of the day has often dictated the downtime.
This time it was a trip to Ottawa, Canada, and the surrounding region to watch one of the rugger-daughters do her thing. It was only my second time in the city and the last was during a Winter cold enough to freeze "the World's longest ice rink" (not so in 2023 apparently), so it was an entirely different experience this time. Walking the city (no ice skates required), seeing a team help a boater navigate the canal, watching the changing of the guard at the National War Memorial, and enjoying the very walkable paths that flank the river was time well spent. Besides the occasional reminder that my heart was in-fact pounding while watching my kid on the field (Garmin really should include a parent-spectating mode), it was relaxing and enjoyable.
However, perhaps one of my favorite moments was an exchange with one of the locals who, as legend (and stereotype) sometimes has it, lived up to the billing of friendly and cordial at least in my experience. It only took a moment. I walked into a pizza shop where we had previously placed an order. The person at the register asked if I was there for a pickup. Almost reflexively I said "Yes, two large pies" and then there was a pause. She tilted her head a little and looked at me blankly. Not really knowing what to do, I just looked back. It was only a second of course, but then she smiled and said "Oooh, pies...right...I was thinking like 'coconut creme' or something". It dawned on me that "New Jers-eese" doesn't always translate and I got a good laugh.
I don't know how much current research exists on the impact of vacations on health. Mostly because I decided not to look too far and instead just enjoy some downtime. Whether you've got something great planned or, like me, are mostly just chasing kids this time, I hope you find some moments to be going slow enough to appreciate the little things...in my n=1 study, it feels like a good thing.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
magic in the margins - where to invest our 20%
June 30
"The best part of being a small business owner is the freedom, you get to work 1/2 days...any 12 hours you want...and only on days that end in 'Y'."
It might have just hit me at the right time of life to make it perfectly relatable, but, delivered with just enough of an eye-roll to make it funny, that phrase became an instant favorite, one I often use to explain a "typical day". Of course, it's not limited to those of us who work in small businesses. From commutes to actual time on-the-job to off-hours communication catch-up and prep, when asked, most people feel they spend most of their waking hours at (or around) work. The statistics seem to support the idea. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics in 2022 during the work-week, American adults spent on average up to 5 hours per day on "leisure time activities", that is "time not working".
The good news is, that's about 20% of a day, enough time to be powerful if invested wisely. The not-so-good news is that most of those hours were spent "watching TV", which, although not clear exactly why (likely its sedentary nature), appears more likely to be harmful than helpful to health, especially as the daily dosage increases. What if, like money, we could "invest" some of today's "little bit extra", in this case downtime, in hopes it too would grow for when we really need it in the future. Is it even possible? If so, how much would we need to invest and which "vehicles" would promise the greatest return? Are there any ways to make "automatic investments", like deducting a certain amount before it "hits" the paycheck?
We're closer to the answers than you might think.
First, the more we learn about how the body ages the more we realize how much power over our lifespan we really have. We can't outright slow time and add hours to the day just yet, but as measured by its imprint on our "epigenetic clocks" (in technical terms DNA methylation) we can slow time's day to day impact and therefore extend both our number of days and how much we can get done in each of them. More simply, it appears we can slow the rate at which we age more than we ever thought and so, yes, our time investments can indeed grow and pay off.
Next, not unlike financial investments the "return" is heavily impacted by both the amount we invest and how consistently we do so. A small but regular investment definitely can add up if put into the right portfolio. For example, we've mentioned the power in even a few minutes of MOVE each day in an otherwise sedentary life, but that doesn't change the fact that for most people, as outlined in this 2020 paper, more is usually better.
Last, automatic financial investments are held in high regard for a reason, they tend to work; quietly growing our assets in the background, even without a lot of active energy on our part; set it and forget it. Although most investments in health are active processes, there are a few time investments that appear to, like the magic of compounding interest, pay health related dividends automatically, even when that isn't what we set out to do. Near the top of the list? Volunteering.
According to a study from a team of North American researchers published a few months ago, volunteering appeared to decelerate the epigenetic clock (loosely, slow the rate of aging) in a sample of more than 4,000 American adults. It's too early to tell exactly why, but the effect was real enough for the researchers to call it a "potential resilience factor for aging biology".
Whether it's getting ready for someday or in the moments we hope to savor when someday arrives, we could all probably use a little more time. Invest wisely.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
positively "affected"; building buffers
June 23
I remember the feeling well. I've probably talked about it in this blog at one point or another. It was around mile 8 of my first marathon, an unseasonably cold day in Philadelphia. There I was, running with (quite literally) thousands of others, packed tightly enough that I could easily reach out and physically contact the person next to me because it was still early enough in the race that the course hadn't thinned itself out yet. Despite the number of people, it was eerily quiet, with most people focused on executing their race strategy like I was supposed to be. It was past the high-energy stage of the race and not yet to the harder stages, a strange limbo portion, and I was amazed at how alone I could feel in a sea of people doing the exact same thing at the exact same time. Thankfully a fun distraction presented itself and I was able to put my energy into it; a story for another day.
We live in the most connected time in the history of the world. With today's tech, we are a few clicks from connecting with the majority of the world's population, a virtual version of those packed marathon streets, and as ironic as it may seem, we are also living in a time when more people feel more disconnected than ever. According to a health advisory issued by the US Surgeon General's office last month, which described loneliness and isolation as an epidemic in the United States, it is taking a huge toll on our health.
Somewhere around page 30 of the full 81-page report, the authors get into the prevailing theory of how it all works. Although wildly oversimplified, as creatures that run in packs, feelings of isolation go against our nature and can lead to harmful levels of stress in those who don't have adequate buffers. Without those buffers we inch closer and closer to our injury/illness/disease threshold, increasing our odds for a variety of diseases and possibly even accidents.
So how do we build these buffers?
Well, the easy answer is to invest time and energy into the communities where we live/work/learn/play/pray. To engage, get involved, and ultimately CONNECT. However, as outlined in a very interesting article this month, we can also cultivate positive affect - said more simply, do things that bring us excitement and find the joy (hidden as it might sometimes be) in the things we already do. As it turns out, across a population of more than 4,000 people studied for a decade or more, those individuals who regularly felt "enthusiastic", "excited", "strong", "interested", "proud", "alert", "inspired" (or other similar terms taking from the positive affect scale) were not only less likely to experience harm but were almost fully protected against the negative health effects of loneliness.
May we all find a little time to do what energizes us and invest in our health along the way.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
walking and the brain
June 16
I had a little time to get out and do something I haven't done in too long. The simple act of putting one foot in front of the other, sometimes fast enough to be running, sometimes not, mostly away from the rest of the world and listening only to the sounds of nature. It was refreshing. My thoughts were clear, my body was "good tired" and I felt more like myself than before I set out; a great reminder that I was missing being "out there" more than I realized.
Whether it's a hike in the woods, an occasional trail run, a jog through town or just a stroll around the block, getting out and moving with no particular agenda is one of the surest ways to reset for me - and according to the research, it's probably the same for you.
We've known for a while that walking (and other forms of aerobic effort) can be a great creativity hack. A 2014 study out of Stanford really just validated what some of history's greatest thinkers, innovators, and artists had known from experience for centuries - movement, especially walking, stokes the brain. We also know that doing it "out there" seems to have additional benefits. Although some research suggests it's the sounds of the natural world which make the biggest contribution, there is still a lot of learning to do. An article published late last month in the American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine even suggests that it is the "7th Pillar of Lifestyle Medicine", an effect that may be particularly powerful on blood pressure and stress levels (as measured by cortisol) for urban residents.
But do you "have to" immerse yourself in the forest to get benefits? Of course not. The list of beneficial effects of moving in almost any way in almost any place is too long to fit into one blog. However, new research out this month adds a cool one that is worthy of mention - movement helps the functional connectivity (loosely defined as "organization of the circuitry") of our brain, even into later life and even in the case of mild impairment. This is not a small thing. We may not be gaining many new neurons as we age (especially if struggling to sleep), but we can stimulate those we have and it's not just puzzles and brain games that help.
If you're not already, it's a great time of year to nudge those moving tissues into action. If you wind up writing an amazing symphony or literary work or taking our understanding of unified field theory to the next level, just tag us in your social media post! :)
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
It Just Works. Even Now: FUEL 2 RECOVER
June 9
As Tuesday came to a close I found myself sitting in the cell phone lot at the Newark (NJ) airport waiting to pick up a family member. Out of seemingly nowhere, the sky got grey and a warm dry wind blew. It was strange like it wanted to be a summer afternoon thunderstorm, but without the temperature drop and dark clouds...it was just grey. Then, the smell said it all. The smoke from the wildfires hundreds of miles North was here...and there...and almost everywhere apparently. It was a new twist, something we hear about but usually don't experience much in the Eastern US and so, a new risk to consider.
Not surprisingly, others were asking similar questions, and the "experts", some qualified and some not, were emerging to answer the question that was on everyone's mind - should we be worried?
The short answer is, we don't conclusively know. Risk is always relative to our personal circumstances and since we could never know all of the factors that play into the calculus, our best bet is to consult the evidence, make an informed guess, and ultimately adapt accordingly. With that in mind, we unleashed the geekdom on the questions we've been asked this week, and here's what we came up with, without any fluff:
1. High levels of fine particulate matter (PM2.5) in the atmosphere is a known health risk and shouldn't be ignored.
2. Duration of the exposure matters (a lot) but even short-term exposure adds some risk.
3. Wildfire-related smoke does bring risk and possibly even more risk than other sources of particulate, but a person's baseline health is critical to any risk assessment.
4. The more vulnerable a person is, the more they are impacted by the particulate from wildfires. One study showed for example that older asthma sufferers struggled more on "smoke days" but the risk for others, including those who were older but didn't have a respiratory illness, was fairly minimal.
5. Since inflammation is a known component of the body's response, "right-sizing" the immune/inflammatory response should factor in. Things that raise our baseline inflammation (like eating inflammation-promoting foods) directly impact how we personally respond. For example, there are known and significant connections between the dietary inflammatory index of our food and respiratory illness, including how a person with asthma reacts after exertion. Eating low inflammatory now and for the days after things resolve may be particularly important.
6. It doesn't end there. Since minimizing our risk is really about maximizing our recovery, especially during sleep, our sleep quality is critical during periods of increased risk...and since both sleep quality and duration are connected to the air we breathe (although "oxidative stress" is a likely culprit, the mechanisms are not fully known), we should work hard now more than ever to protect our sleep.
7. It gets even more important because sleep quality has a major role in our immune function, a system we lean more heavily on with increased exposure to new stressors.
8. Brand new research makes an even stronger case for "FUEL 2 RECOVER". Higher inflammatory eating (especially high sugar, high fat, high process) literally alters our brain activity while we rest, making full recovery from the day-to-day almost impossible.
So what should we DO?
There are many possible approaches. "In" the moment, it's always smart to minimize exposure to whatever extent possible. This is of course, especially true for those who are among the more vulnerable to respiratory or inflammatory conditions. The CDC has more than 20 resources on a page for health professionals HERE, including one really cool tool that tracks air quality and can produce an interactive map. While limiting exposure (staying indoors and considering filtering the air in extreme cases) is often the "go-to" strategy, giving our body the tools to adequately respond without overshooting is key.
If we boil it all the way down, dialing in immune & inflammatory responses should be among our top priorities - which means FUEL well, especially with foods known to reverse oxidative stress like fruits/veggies.
It's likely we'll have more than a few "smoke days" this summer. The stressor may be new, but the strategies to minimize risk are tried and true. Start there.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Beat the Heat WITHOUT the Sweet
June 2
It was hot outside over Memorial Day weekend but the family-project-plan said I pulled landscaping duty. No worries, I enjoy both being outside and the feeling of accomplishment after each evolution of the slowly moving but never-quite-there-yet backyard project. As the days wore on and I guzzled more water than I could count to try to stay hydrated, I was faced with the dilemma many of our clients face - what to drink when you need more than water.
For some, it's an "electrolyte dilemma" - how to replace the key salts we lose in sweat so as not to also lose our physical capacities along the way. For others it's a "flavor dilemma" - how to find something that changes the sensory experience; to keep the refreshing, thirst-quenching, and easy-to-process benefits of water while adding a little something to stimulate the taste circuits. For others, including me at the time, it was a "little bit of everything dilemma" - as I was losing enough fluid to dehydrate, was trying to avoid breaks to eat to ensure everything would get done, and therefore was running a little low on fluids and the sugar and salt required to FUEL a long day in the sun.
With that in mind, I opted for one of my favorite flavored vices, something I've consumed "flat" in the later stages of triathlon, in the ice-slurry form after a beach day, and as the occasional mixer-of-choice in various social settings. It's loaded with sodium and sugar per ounce, "hits the bloodstream" fast, and, unfortunate as it might be since I know it's pretty unhealthy, has a flavor that I like - which of course makes me one of many million Americans (around 60% per week it seems). It's no wonder they protect the secret formula so diligently. The problem, of course, is that cola, whether the brand in the red can or any other, wreaks havoc on our health. But how bad is it really? The short answer is, well, at a regular dose, pretty bad.
According to a recent "umbrella study" which reviewed more than 8,000 other scientific papers on the subject, regular consumption of "sugary sweetened beverages" (SSB), a category that includes not only soda but fruit drinks, sugary teas, sports drinks, and others, has been tied to diseases impacting several body systems including some that aren't super obvious. While we might expect a negative connection to dental health or blood sugar control, heart disease, and cancer might be more surprising.
Change. For the Better.
It's not all bad news though even when harm has already been done. Another study, also published this year in the British Medical Journal, showed that even in the face of metabolic disease, cutting consumption lowered the risk sharply. After examining the health records and consumption patterns of more than 15,000 people over nearly 20 years, researchers found that people who switched from SSB to healthier options (like water, unsweetened coffee, unsweetened tea, low-fat milk, etc) experienced a very different health trajectory than those who did not make the change; a 20% difference in the risk of dying (all-cause mortality) during the study period, a level that is within or near the range of other major risk-reducers like regular physical activity (20-30% risk reduction) and smoking-cessation after 3 years (22% risk reduction).
The unofficial summer is here - a time of year when most of us are a little thirstier and might find ourselves looking for more than water. Do yourself a favor and skip the added sugar - the benefits are substantial.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
The SLOW Shift on Back Pain
May 26
Admittedly, it's a pretty geeky thing to be excited about. Admittedly, I'm pretty geeky about this stuff. And so, like a kid looking at a wrapped birthday present, my eyes widened and I eagerly unwrapped the first study of the season using data from the "Global Burden of Disease" effort, a Gates Foundation-funded mega study that works to get a better vantage of the diseases and disorders keeping the world from thriving...and back pain is near the top of the list.
Although staggering in scale, the most recent study, published in the Lancet Rheumatology puts the count at 619 Million people worldwide, a number expected to grow to 843 Million by 2050, those who follow the topic closely aren't too surprised given that statistically, almost everyone will suffer an episode of back pain in their lifetime. The good news is, in the vast majority of cases it behaves like the common cold, with most cases resolving in a few days or weeks. The trouble is, low back pain can also be a bit mysterious.
The pain can be very severe even without significant harm.
The fear of something being wrong can overwhelm us because most people know someone who believes their back is somehow "bad" and they don't want that for themselves.
The same medical management that works for some areas of the body, such as advanced imaging (MRI, etc), strong pain control, and surgeries can actually make the situation worse. In fact, one well-done study showed that individuals who got medical care that was outside of current guidelines in the first 3 weeks (which recommend exercise, therapy, anti-inflammatories, etc) did worse; more than double the risk of going from acute back pain to chronic back pain in some cases.
The causes can be unclear because there are many things that change our personal risk picture, even day to day, which means even routine tasks can be a trigger on some days. "I wasn't even really 'doing' anything". The same study in the link above for example also showed that smoking (+56% risk), obesity (+52% risk), having a lower baseline function (+82% risk), and depression/anxiety (+66% risk) also impacted the likelihood a person would go from acute to chronic.
So, when we zoom in past the big numbers, what do we know?
First and most importantly, like almost all soft tissue irritations and injuries, many (if not most) cases of back pain are, in fact, preventable since risk factors are something we can impact, and if the total risk is lower than exposure to "load" we will fly under the "pain radar". It's a sliding scale of course, which means those who interface with very high loads during the day/week, have to do more than those who do not, but the principle doesn't change much.
Second and much like preventing other leading disorders/diseases (heart disease, diabetes, etc), there is no single lever that takes away all the risk. The more comprehensive our approach, the better our results.
Where to start: The ELEMENTS
1. MOVE: Exercise - this shouldn't shock anyone. After all, strong and flexible "working tissues" are far more resilient to load than weak and stiff ones. Exercise alone cuts the risk of back pain by 35% and when added with education (especially back pain myth-busting), climbs to nearly 1/2.
2. FUEL: Yep, here too. Not surprisingly, when we take the internal combustibles down (i.e. baseline inflammation levels) things are less likely to catch on fire. Specifically, The Dietary Inflammatory Index (DII), which we covered several weeks ago related to other conditions, has also been linked to pain sensitivity (especially in women), and in a small study, switching to a more plant-based diet (known to lower inflammation) also helped improve pain and function.
3. RECOVER: Giving our bodies a proper chance to rest from the daily grind is a big deal for all of our working parts. But our "postural" (i.e. anti-gravity) systems get a particular boost. It turns out to not only be important, but bidirectional, meaning people who have back pain often don't sleep well AND people who don't sleep well often develop pain.
The bottom line: It's an active process.
The key takeaway (again) on back pain is that although most of us will experience it, if we know what to do when we feel it (and what to avoid), protect ourselves with a healthy lifestyle, and manage our risks, we can prevent it. We couldn't agree more with Manuela Ferreira, the lead author of the latest study who said in a press release:
"Currently, how we have been responding to back pain has been reactive....we can be proactive and lead by example on back pain prevention."
The best time to start was 25 years ago. The next best time is now.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
The Least Expensive Brain Protection Around
May 19
It's project season. Work tends to ramp up, lawns grow fast, the sun shines longer, and if we're not paying to eliminate them in hopes of that perfect summer playlist, the ads about where doers go to "get more done" start flooding our airspaces. Some people love it, others not so much, but many of us get out there and do it. But the question becomes, are we "doing it right?"...or at the very least, "safely"? as we work to cram as much as possible into the over-stretched time we have.
For me, always feeling somewhere between "over-committed" and "too busy to get it all done" it's the lawn that tests my resolve. It's just so easy to find myself trying to squeeze it in; to rush out to the mower and get started, hoping to knock it out as fast as possible. I have to remind myself no matter how many times I've completed the task that it is still inherently dangerous, that protecting myself by slipping on some safety glasses is worth the few seconds it takes, and that losing my focus or rushing could easily result in serious harm. The good news is, with some planning, it's usually pretty easy to overcome those obvious risks. But what about the less obvious ones? The ones that don't cause immediate harm. Those tend to be the tricky ones, easy to ignore but not without consequences.
The more we learn about brain health the more we realize that protecting our hearing and minimizing the impact of age-related hearing loss has significant value. With a "direct connection" to the brain, our hearing essentially becomes a pathway for the exposures to the outside world to impact, potentially negatively, our brain. In 2019 for example, an association between hearing loss and brain health was established in a population studied. Although the "why?" (the mechanism) has been harder to pin down, the connection is clearly there.
Some experts suggest that when we lose hearing we strain our system (cognitive overload) while trying to hear. Others suggest that the opposite is the case, that when that connection is less than it should be we are depriving the brain of proper stimulation. Still, others point to hearing loss and cognitive decline as "symptoms" of some bigger, common ailment (common cause), while still, others think it could be just a diagnostic overlap since it's hard to perform well on either test (hearing or cognition) without the capacity of the other available. Although growing, the evidence base is far from conclusive.
New research from Korea out this month appears to have taken us 1 step closer. Researchers assessed a variety of advanced images of the brains of individuals with mild cognitive impairment, some with hearing loss and some without. They found that in those with hearing loss, there was a significant decrease in the connectivity of the "salience network" which, as described in an accompanying editorial, helps us "process and integrate sensory stimuli with cognition to direct behavior"...that is, make sense of what is happening around us and help us to react accordingly.
Although this extra detail may only serve to solidify the connection between hearing loss and cognitive loss, the take-home message seems pretty clear - we should take our hearing seriously and protect it fully and always.
Whether we decide it's the foam inserts for a few cents that are right for us, or the many other varieties that go up in sophistication and cost from there, protecting our hearing is protecting our future brain and if now is a time of year when exposure goes up, it's a great time to add some extra layers of protection.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Build Reserves, It's Worth It
May 12
I recently listened to a podcaster with a neurology background who helped make perfect sense out of a very complex, but no less consistent and reliable idea. He said (paraphrasing) "So much of our brain's structure is dedicated to our ability to move that it shouldn't surprise us that our movement in turn tells us a lot about the health of our brain and nervous system." It was a great idea that efficiently explained a lot of the "why" behind a phrase we've been using for years:
Movement is a window into future health.
So simple, so true, and thanks to a team in Australia who published their findings on movement and (dementia-related) cognitive decline with age, showing that the inability to get up out of a chair, walk 10 feet, turn around/walk back and sit down quickly, along with grip strength, more than doubled the risk of future cognitive decline, ever-growing in its evidence base.
We've known for a while that complex, whole-body movements (like getting to and from the floor), as well as measures of aerobic power (e.g. climbing stairs), have predictive value in regard to our health. They join things like "gait speed" (how fast you can walk a specified distance) which was shown to have a very clear association with cardiovascular disease and premature death and strength tests to give us an idea of how much "functional reserve" we have...that is, how close to our body's threshold we are living day to day and whether we have a little extra if needed.
Maybe not surprisingly, having more reserve predicts our ability to recover from an injury or other setback, especially as we age, something we will all go through at one point or another. The trouble is, we often don't start paying attention to these factors UNTIL we age - which, like starting a retirement plan in old age, is likely a big mistake since (1) it gets harder and harder to build reserves as the years go by (2) even in childhood the trajectory is visible and may lead to a less than ideal future if not altered.
So the question becomes - how can we know where we stand and whether we are living too close to our threshold? Is there a way to know if we'll have enough "assets in our health retirement plan" when we need them?
The answer is yes and the list of tests is almost endless. If you haven't had a movement & fitness assessment in a while (or ever) with our team - this is probably the easiest place to start. If you're more of a "DIY" type - make a point to test a few of the critical movements mentioned above annually - think of it as a birthday gift to yourself. Or, if you want something you can track more regularly, something that can possibly act as a motivation to get out there and improve, consider daily fatigue, globally your energy levels at the beginning and end of the day, and your sleep quality which predicts performance even in elite military environments or by taking this survey, which creates a reliable fatigue score.
If you feel tired when you wake up and/or totally wiped out on most days, you are likely living very close to your threshold, something which can (and probably should) be improved.
It's not easy to build reserves. By definition, it requires an "extra" investment of time and energy and therefore a motivation to do more that isn't always easy to muster. To do it without risking injury or illness it has to be ramped up appropriately.
It is however worth it, and we can help. We're ready when you are.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Better With Age
May 5
It was many years ago, but I remember it like it was yesterday. I was standing in front of a large group, giving a presentation when one of the most common phrases in occupational health and safety was said by one of the leaders in the group: “We want you to go home like you came in today“, a simple concept that everyone can generally agree on and usually captures the primary goal; that no one should go to work and experience a functional loss because of some kind of injury or incident.
Then, a minute or so after it was said, one courageous hand was raised in the audience. Bryan, a guy I had gotten to know and earn respect for, said something that stuck with me: “I don’t think that’s good enough. I think we should look for ways to go home better than we came in.”
It was a great sentiment, that work was not something that necessarily had to take something from us in exchange for a paycheck, but when done right, could give us far more. It wasn’t a denial that hard work comes with risks, but rather that every situation we find ourselves in presents us an opportunity to grow and that “work” could be more than a given day’s bundle of tasks, but something that adds to our development, provides us personal purpose and even adds to our fulfillment by challenging us to achieve.
The tricky part with the idea however was that zoomed out, it seems to go against the natural progression, the fact that over the course of time and especially during our working years, we lose function and decline if we “let nature take its course”; a dislikable fact, but a fact nonetheless.
With that in mind, when I saw an article published in the Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA) this week that pointed to actual improvements in function after mid-life, I stopped to read more. Rather than slowing the decline or even maintaining, that is, going home as we came in, this article seemed to suggest some of us could actually get better over time and that certain factors and behaviors increase the odds.
Now before the headline sounds too sensational, it was a small percentage of the group, so a relatively rare but no less meaningful occurrence and in the strictest sense may be reserved for women, as the study sample included no men. However, the improvements in physical functioning (a subset of a well-known quality of life measure known as the SF-36) were undeniable.
What were the factors that increased the odds?
There were 4:
Physical activity (17%)
Healthy Joints (42%)
Good Sleep (43%)
Financial Health (73%)
——
It can be done. We can get BETTER as we age. It’s a perfect time to start.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
The Stack and the spectrum
Apr 28
We've spent a fair amount of time discussing the connection between how our bodies make and use energy from our food (metabolism) and its relationship to the risks we face because it is one of the major roots that will determine whether we flounder or flourish. Just last week we talked about the connection between diet quality and movement-related pain, in this case knee arthritis, and many times in many different ways we've touched on the benefits of efficiently utilizing the energy we put in. One of the most common and challenging examples of the accumulated harm associated with inefficient or ineffective metabolic systems is Diabetes type 2, something an estimated 130+ million Americans are currently struggling with in its diagnosable or pre-clinical (prediabetes) form. While avoiding the condition outright is ideal, the complications associated with poorly controlled metabolic disease, which include problems with sensation, vision, balance, heart function, brain function, tissue stiffness, pain, sexual dysfunction, and even occupational injury can be so extreme that controlling or reversing the disease is a major priority.
So, whether we are a person who has some of the early signs of an inefficient system but no discernable disease (e.g. belly fat), one end of the spectrum, or are actively exploring the best strategy to reverse the disease and its complications, the other end of the spectrum, how should we go about it?
New research out this year from teams in Canada and China suggests that the answer is simple (but not easy): Stack a few power habits; 2 in the early stages, and 5 further down the spectrum.
The first study looked at 265 people who were either prediabetic (81) or had been diagnosed (184) who agreed to participate in a 2 pronged, 2-year lifestyle intervention (Nutritional counseling that focused on a moderate carbohydrate Mediterranean diet and physical activity that included both fitness and strength). They found that around 1 in every 4 participants (24%) who started in the prediabetic range fully reversed their risk. Stunningly a few in the diabetic range were also able to entirely reverse the condition, about 5%, however, it was more common (as expected) for those who started with the disease to partially reverse it, about 40%.
Around the same time, a dive into the UK Biobank data showed that when individuals diagnosed with the disease adopted healthy habits, they too were able to prevent future problems, in this case, the small vessel disease that seems to drive the heavy-hitting complications mentioned above. Those who turned even 1 of 5 studied healthy habits into a consistent part of their life had an effect, however, and perhaps not surprisingly, those who figured out how to consistently stack 4 or all 5 (in order of impact: moderated alcohol, minimized belly fat, regular physical activity, avoiding tobacco products and maintaining a healthy diet), did the best.
One of the greatest things about being human is that we are so adaptable. There are times when our health fails us, but most of the time, if we change the actions we can change the outcomes; a worthy investment.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
FUEL Quality and knee pain
Apr 21
Most people over the age of 18 likely know what the word "octane" means. They may not know the exact definition, or that it refers to the fuel's stability, but if they've ever put a petroleum product into a vehicle, it's likely they know that "higher means more expensive" and "most cars run on regular". Wouldn't it be convenient if we had a similar scoring system for the FUEL we use? The public health community thought so too.
After an initial attempt in 2009 was updated in 2014 by a team from South Carolina, the framework was ready. Called the "dietary inflammatory index" (DII), it was an attempt to show that despite our impressive ability to convert just about anything into usable energy, every combination comes with a cost. Not unlike other fuels we use every day, some, as measured by the inflammation spike after consuming them, burn cleaner than others. In particular, foods with high saturated or trans fat content are "pro-inflammatory" (spike inflammation) while those naturally high in fiber, polyphenols, and vitamins (aka plants) are low or even anti-inflammatory. Since that time, hundreds of studies have explored whether the index predicts disease, and for several (heart disease, cancer, and even other inflammatory conditions like asthma and daily pain), the answer is yes.
Of course, at Pro-Activity the relationship with joint pain is particularly important since it can be a risk factor that stops us from work, sport, training, and countless other life functions. So when we saw a recent systematic review of the connection between dietary inflammation and knee osteoarthritis (OA), it caught our eye.
The key points are simple enough:
1 - after screening thousands of studies and finding 6 that met the quality standard, there was a significant connection between diet and knee OA pain.
2 - the Prudent Diet (low in saturated/trans fat, low in processed items, high in fiber, lean meats) and the Mediterranean Diet both slowed the progression of knee OA while the "Western Diet" (highly refined/processed, low in fruits/veggies/whole grains, etc; comparison here) accelerated it.
3 - the results are promising and, given the many other diseases that dietary inflammation is connected to likely worth acting on, but more research is needed.
In the most practical terms, healthy FUEL for most of us continues to be "more and/or less":
More: Foods that are naturally high in nutrients, low in calories, and high in fiber (aka plants) and as close to their natural state as possible - too many studies to include.
Less: Hyper-palatable (high saturated fat, sugar, and/or salt) foods and "food-like" creations (ultra-processed) - review here.
There's no need to complicate it: FUEL Good to Feel Good.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
2 for toughness: our models matter
Apr 14
If you were building a championship-caliber team (in almost any endeavor) you'd probably want them to be tough in the face of challenges; that is, to be resilient to the stress they face and somehow still perform at their best. This may sound like something from the movies led by a macho, cigar-chomping, and fearless type who just seems born for the moment, but it turns out that's not the case as the growing body of research on the topic has once again shown.
First, let's start with a new brain development that sets the stage - a group of researchers has found that there may be an actual structure responsible for whether we are resilient to stress or sends us down the path of distress and despair. They found that similar to humans, within the brain of their mouse subjects there is a bundle of nerves called the arcuate nucleus (ARC) which has two smaller "sub bundles" with differing functions. Bundle 1 acts as the depression/despair circuit; when it is turned on, the mice lost interest in many of the things that demonstrate thriving (eating, moving, etc). Bundle 2 had the opposite effect, when it was "on" the mice demonstrated thriving. Here's where it got interesting - as the researchers expected and due in part to the plasticity of the nervous system...sometimes encapsulated by the phrase "practice makes permanent", repeated exposure (10 days of unpredictable stress), made it far easier for the mice to get "stuck" in a circuit 1 (toxic) loop. It was only when the researchers activated circuit 2 that they were able to override and, in a sense, "reset" the nervous system of the mice. This begs the question - if our brains function anything like this and, whether at work or home, it's likely we will all experience potentially harmful levels of stress at some point, how do we activate circuit 2 and guard ourselves against it? How do we build the capacity to ENDURE? Which brings us back to toughness.
Although we don't have definitive proof (yet) that individuals with high mental toughness are skilled at activating circuit 2, we do know that by definition, possessing "the psychological attribute that allows one to remain confident and determined and maximize one's performance even in challenging situations (Jones et al., 2002)", aligns well. As it turns out, this too can be learned, it is particularly important in our early working years (18-25 years old) and is far more likely when we have the right models and social environment to do so. Building on the social contagion theory, which is one way of explaining how behaviors and norms spread through groups, new research showed that mental toughness was both passed down in families, mentally tough parents had mentally tough kids, and bolstered when "cohesion", a strong devotion to the group and members' success, was high and predicted future mental health and well-being.
Of course, since we also know that social contagion is not limited to families and has been seen in peers, friends, teachers & students, coaches & athletes, and more, this finding could be important in any learning environment where we spend significant amounts of time. Said another way:
1 - Leaders who model and demonstrate resilience in the face of stress are likely to pass this on to those who come behind them and
2 - The few who do so with a strong "team before self" commitment, will enjoy accelerated achievement.
Who are we watching? And who's watching us?
Whether leading a family, coaching in the community, or mentoring in the field - our models matter - at times more than we realize.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
from "does it?" to "dose it!"
Apr 7
The calendar says it officially happens in late March, but in my zip code, Spring seemed to arrive this week. Bursts of pink, yellow, and white broke through the grey and brown backdrop of leafless trees, the air felt warm, the sun felt strong and the bees were back to work; a great time of year.
For me, Spring always brings a little bump in motivation to MOVE. To get outside, get started on a project, or find a path that I haven't walked in a while and stretch things out a bit. Of course it also forces me to face the reality, usually amidst some unwelcomed huffing and puffing, that my natural tendency to move a little less and eat a little more over the winter has had an impact...an awareness I don't love but makes turning the little bump of motivation into action a reason to challenge myself to get closer to where I want to be.
Over the last couple of years, I've invited others to join this challenge. On the first day of Spring, I invite people to jump in, a few do, and away we go. This year around a dozen folks decided to play along, this time working to progressively "stack" 10 relatively simple healthy habits (like drinking 40 ounces of water per day or moving at least 1 minute every hour) into a powerful bundle over a month. Some have already started to see some benefits, an amazing example of how quickly our systems can adapt - new stimulus, new response.
It begs the question - exactly how little do we need to see a change? How easy could a significant risk reduction be if we did a little bit consistently?
In a sense, this is the question that has been coming to the forefront of the research on preventative health actions ("lifestyle change") in recent years; less about "does this work?" and more about "what dose is required?" - and we've learned a ton.
Although only 1 avenue of many, when it comes to physical activity we are getting closer and closer to dialing in the dose not only for specific conditions but also for general health, vitality, and longevity. If we had to sum it all up in a few words, we might say "more is more, but a little is way more than you might think." Getting over the growing inertia of an increasingly sedentary world pays handsome dividends, most of the benefit comes in the very first few minutes. New research over the last few weeks confirms this.
First, out in late February this year, a great study in the British Journal of Sports Medicine showed that as little as 11 minutes per day of movement which might be classified as "hard enough to break a sweat" was enough to prevent nearly 16% of premature deaths, whether from the two most common killers (heart disease and cancer) or for any cause. Technically speaking, 8-10 marginal MET hours per week, which, on average, means moving at an intensity that is harder than yard work (6 METS) but easier than running (9+ METS) for a little more than an hour per week had major impacts. A little bit goes a long way.
Then, last week in the Journal of the American Medical Association, another interesting twist on essentially the same theme, emerged. A preventative benefit started at a relatively low level and didn't even require a daily effort. In this case, the metric studied was the number of days per week a person hit the 8,000 steps per day mark, a known risk-lowering threshold. As it turned out, a significant risk reduction (around 15% which is most of the maximum +/- 20% expected) was gained in as little as 1-2 days per week of hitting 8,000 daily steps. Hope for the weekend warriors!
There's always more to learn, but one thing seems increasingly clear - for most people, more is better, but for almost everyone, something on the MOVE is immeasurably more than nothing.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
The Dashboard Glow and the Co-Pilot
Mar 31
I've never flown a plane. Despite hearing that it's really not so complicated, even from my then 12-year-old son who went up with an instructor, I have a hard time seeing past the momentary glimpse into the cockpit when boarding. It takes no longer than that split second for me to register a mental "yikes" when considering all those colors and lights and screens and switches. Seems pretty complicated to me, something that deserves more than the brief "thank-you" to the pilot and crew when I get off safely. In some ways, I imagine this is what some people must feel like when health or safety professionals throw out numbers, stats, and measures of risk...lots of indicators, but maybe hard to make sense of.
For those who want to fly on their own, we try to make it simple - the odds of any daily event, let's call it an output, happening ("a good day") or not happening (an incident, injury, illness or disease onset) is directly impacted by the inputs, such as the actions we take on that day or in the time leading up to it. An obvious example is seatbelt use. The odds of serious harm in a motor vehicle accident are cut roughly in 1/2 by the simple act of buckling up; simple and direct, cause & effect. Like a 12-year-old handling a plane...that is already in flight, with an instructor, under perfect conditions. Yet, we are human, and we live in a world filled with other humans, which means it's never quite so simple.
We've written about complexity here many times before. We've talked about non-linear effects, where some of a particular thing could be good, but too much of that same thing could be not so good ("goldilocks phenomenon"). We've talked about contextual factors, those things, often in the periphery of our lives and possibly out of our direct control, that impact the conditions and therefore likelihood for an event; in a sense, the "environment", which can dramatically change the total risk. If we are zoomed into our own lives we might miss them and make really poor judgments. It's probably reasonable to assume for example that, under different conditions, a "smoke bomb gender reveal", personal opinions aside, wouldn't have resulted in the loss of life - but in Southern California, at the end of the summer, it seems like some important context was missing.
This week, we have more evidence that can both help us understand our complex internal conditions and assess whether they too if we lose sight of them, are ripe for a catastrophic event, as well as reassurance on what simple strategies work to keep us on the right side of the risks we face.
Here are the important bits:
First - after tracking more than 2,000 for nearly three decades, the main takeaway is once again clear - dying prematurely of heart disease is something men can sharply reduce the odds of. Although we suspect the same result would be true for women, this study was a limited sample and unfortunately only included men.
Next - the risks we face are complex, interdependent, and sometimes compound with each other making the whole greater than the sum of its parts. This means that although elevated blood pressure (a 39% average increased risk) and poor fitness (a 74% average increased risk) each negatively impact our odds, combined they have an even larger impact. In this case, 1 risk + 1 risk doesn't equal 2 risks, but rather 39% increase + 74% increase actually = 235% increase, despite the math.
Last - if the causes are complex, it shouldn't surprise us that the effects are too. Even though poor fitness as a stand-alone had, statistically speaking, almost twice the impact of elevated blood pressure, it did NOT fully eliminate the risk when fitness was good. The group that was both fit AND had normal blood pressure did the best, followed by the group that had high fitness but also high blood pressure, followed by the group that had normal blood pressure but poor fitness, followed last by the group that had both risks, who was more than twice as likely to die of heart disease during the study period.
What's the punchline?
Well, if you're the type that wants to get in there, grab your flight by the controls, fitness works...really, really well, but it won't fix everything. With that in mind, even if you're a dedicated mover, check your blood pressure now and again, more often if it's elevated, and consider the compounding effects of all those other inputs (like sleep, consuming high-fiber foods, time away from screens or in nature, close friendships, etc) can have. On the other hand, if this all feels a bit like me glimpsing into the cockpit, no worries, we're happy to help you safely navigate from point A to point B and keep an eye on the dash if life feels a bit too turbulent to take your eyes off the horizon right now. Reach out anytime.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Giving, Moving, and Smiling: Power Habits
Mar 24
Let's get right to the punchline this week. It's Finland for the win, again. If you missed last week's blog, I mentioned that the world's happiest nation (ranked 1 amongst countries by the World Happiness Report [WHR] for the last 5 years), a health turnaround story from the '70s would once again be put to the test. Well, although Denmark made a run at the title, let's just say there were no bracket-busters in this version of March Madness. This of course leaves me with some questions.
How are they doing it? Why aren't we higher on the list (currently the US is 15th despite Americans being largely satisfied)? How does this information boil down from the societal level to us as individuals? What can we take from the research this year and use?
In fairness, like I did last year around this time, summarizing 166 pages of content in a few hundred words leaves more out than in, but there seem to be some gems worth knowing about.
First, in order to understand what "happiness" (more accurately "subjective well-being") entails, it's important to understand the factors that add up to the happiness score, there are 6.
1. Financial Health (measured by gross domestic product per person)
2. Social Support (measured by the number of people who truly have our back, that is, we can call on in times of trouble, no matter what)
3. Healthy Life Expectancy (not just how long we live, but how long we'll fully function)
4. Freedom to make Choices (aka "autonomy" and "agency")
5. Generosity (aka "prosocial behaviors" like how often we give to charity or invest in our community)
6. Perception of Corruption (our belief in the trustworthiness of our institutions, especially government)
While I find it fascinating how well these 6 factors seem to align with the 5 ELEMENTS we so often tout, they also track closely with Maslow's first version of the famed "hierarchy of human needs". Similar to his theory that humans fulfill the first 4 needs in that pyramid (basic health, safety, belonging, esteem) in order to "level up" to the 5th (thriving), the logic behind the WHR scoring appears to show that happiness is not something we are born with, but something that can be achieved when BOTH (a) our basic needs are met and (b) we are doing good things in a free and just environment. If this is true it stands to reason then that working on ANY of the gaps can help. Yet, as is the case in so many areas that touch our ability to live healthily and thrive, there appear to be 2 especially long levers, something that is supported in the latest research.
The first comes as no shock to anyone who reads this blog - MOVE. Earlier this year a team of researchers in Australia reviewed more than 1000 studies involving nearly 140,000 people and found that movement, in the form of exercise, was the most consistently potent strategy for improving anxiety, depression, and distress (which by definition factor into happiness and is captured in WHR item 2, Healthy Life Expectancy). While high-intensity bursts seemed to have the greatest potential and there were specific subsets of people who enjoyed an even better than average effect, the main takeaway was: exercise worked better than traditional care (medication + counseling) for more people, more consistently.
The second comes from deep within the 2023 WHR and lives squarely in their 5th area: Generosity where a new wrinkle on the "golden rule" seems to be proving itself. While "doing unto others as you would have them do unto you" is a version I'm most familiar with... the 2020 evidence from a University of Texas and University of Chicago research partnership on happiness seems to suggest there's more benefit than the satisfaction we get for doing the right thing. When "random acts of kindness" were tested, the giver felt happy, the receiver felt happy (more than expected) AND like positive social contagion, it was far more likely to spread.
When we ask people who are committed to health and safety why they put in the time and effort in one way or another the answer is clear: My paycheck pays the bills, but I really work for ____________. That blank is always very colorful and almost always said with a smile. In one way or another, we all work for happiness. If we pull these levers we can get there sooner.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Purple Power!
Mar 17
I'm not shy about the professional crush I have on Finland for their epic disease reversal story which started in the 1970s, an 80+% reduction in cardiovascular disease risk. I figure if you can take a nation from "worst to first", from incredibly high likelihood to having life cut short due to preventable disease in the 70s to, according to the World Happiness Report, the happiest nation on earth in 2022 (and many of the years since the report was first published in 2012), you're doing many things right. Although we won't know until next week if they retain the title again in 2023, as the report is scheduled for release on Monday, it's fair to say that when I see a study on injury/illness/disease prevention coming from the labs and universities there, I pay attention; this time, it was related to Diabetes.
Thankfully, the US doesn't need a worst-to-first type performance in this case and by global standards. According to rankings built on data from the International Diabetes Foundation and the World Bank, we're somewhere around 50 on the list of countries and territories by prevalence (percentage of the population with the condition). Of course, given the size of our population, that still translates to 130+ million Americans who either manage the disease (38 M) or are in the pre-diabetes progression (96 M), the highest risk category of developing the disease, which negatively impacts every tissue in the body, very much including the moving parts like muscles, joints, and connective tissue where nearly 3 of every 5 also have musculoskeletal disorders.
So what have they learned in Finland? In short, and when it comes to Diabetes, it may be that purple is the new blue...or at the very least "Purple for Prevention."
One of the really cool details in the Finland health-turnaround story of the 70s was that they had the right conditions to grow berries - lots and lots of berries, with special emphasis on strawberries, raspberries, blackberries, and blueberries. For those that follow this blog, you know we hold those blueberries in high regard. They are packed with anthocyanin (a plant phenol that gives the berry its blue color) which has been shown to have positive impacts on inflammation and therefore, not surprisingly, conditions with a significant inflammation component including heart disease, arthritis, and, yes, even Diabetes.
Early this year, and thanks to a research team about 2 hours West of the capital of Finland, our understanding has gotten even more nuanced. In a very detailed review, they showed that acylated anthocyanin (a slightly more stable kind that gets through the stomach and deep into the intestines/colon before its relative magic is unlocked by the gut bacteria there) which is found abundantly in purple grapes (concord) and purple sweet potatoes may have an even more impressive impact. The review cites countless studies that have shown this impact for a variety of reasons from blood sugar lowering to inflammation impact. Pretty impressive stuff and more evidence of how much we can do to lower the risks we face.
It's almost gardening season. If you've got a green thumb, save some space for purple.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
It's Not Just for Heart Attacks Anymore
Mar 10
We call them the ELEMENTS; those fundamental health-related power habits that lie at the roots of human thriving. We've been talking about them for years, decades even, but it still never ceases to amaze me how interrelated they prove to be. They don't come with complex rules per se, and there aren't many of those when it comes to the human experience, but for those who balance them well, the odds of living a long and high-quality life are both consistently and significantly better.
This time of year makes it particularly obvious. This weekend many of us will once again subject ourselves to a long-running "natural experiment" where we abruptly cut one of these power habits and face the possibility of rather grim results of doing so, a nearly 25% increase in cardiac events the following day. Yes, "Spring Ahead" and the associated sleep loss brings some risk if we don't respect it, but it also presents a great time to talk about the other side of the coin, how much we can gain if we do.
Good sleep not only boosts our immune system and reduces our risk of emotional burnout, but it also improves our capacity to learn and perform cognitive tasks. But that's not all. New research presented at the American Heart Association Epidemiology, Prevention, Lifestyle & Cardiometabolic Health Scientific Sessions 2023 showed that it also increases the likelihood that we will stick with other healthy habits. A team from the University of Pittsburgh built on previous research which showed that individuals with healthier sleep patterns were more likely to lose weight and body fat than those with irregular or lower quality sleep to show that good sleep was also associated with a higher likelihood of sticking to diet and exercise programs.
Although it may still seem a bit of a chicken and egg - should we eat better and exercise to improve sleep or focus on better sleep to help ourselves eat better and exercise? The answer seems to be "YES". RECOVER matters and our principal way of ensuring it is good to sleep. Protect it.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Aging Slower
Mar 3
If history is correct, as far back as the 5th Century BC, ancient Greek historian Herodutus wrote of a mysterious pool of water in Africa that was responsible for the extended lifespan of a nearby tribe. Since then and across many centuries, whether a river, pool, or fountain, similar legends about life-giving springs that restore youth have persisted. On the surface it seems like it'd be a worthy pursuit if nothing else, a means to provide more time to learn and benefit from the inevitable mistakes made in actual youth. Such a thing might even make the famous Shaw quote, "youth is wasted on the young," a lot less relevant than it often seems.
But is it even possible to delay aging? Could 90 become the new 50? Or is this more smoke and mirrors than science?
Not surprisingly, this is the source of both debates and some very serious science. The Methuselah Foundation for example (originally the Performance Prize Society and rebranded to share a name with the most well-known super-ager of all time) whose mission actually is "to make 90 the new 50 by 2030," gives a substantial monetary prize to research teams who break the record for longevity in lab-mice in hopes to learn from the work. Although no actual fountain of youth has been found, researchers have recently started to more convincingly show that biological aging, which considers how our cells function and markings on our DNA (rather than solely our chronological age in years) might actually be malleable - something that can be accelerated or decelerated.
Perhaps not surprisingly, the same habits that are known to prevent, delay, or reverse many diseases associated with age (MOVE, FUEL, RECOVER) also seem to slow biological aging. However, as these habits are hard to regulate and study in a lab, the results are often "promising but not definitive." This month, however, a team led by researchers at Columbia University made a major step. Published in Nature Aging, the results of a two-year randomized controlled trial (often regarded as the "gold standard" of interventional science) showed that markers of biological aging (DNA Methylation) could, in fact, be slowed.
What was the intervention? Simple calorie restriction.
The team recruited 130 participants who were placed on 25% fewer calories per day for two years as well as a control group who ate normally. Not surprisingly the restricted group lost some weight and had some other cardiometabolic health markers improve. However, the really impressive stuff was in their DNA, where the rate of aging slowed considerably...not unlike some of the earliest winners in the mouse-longevity contest years before or many other studies on worms, insects, and non-human primates which have shown similar results.
The idea is simple - burning FUEL (metabolism) is one of many stresses on our system and results in the signs of aging in our cells. Improving the quality or reducing the quantity can both lessen this burden.
There's certainly more to come.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Part 2 - Less is More
Feb 24
In case you missed it, last week we poked at the idea of a "threshold dose" - the amount of exposure to any one thing that is beyond our capacity to safely absorb and therefore begins the transition to "harmful". We used alcohol as an example because it is both a common exposure (about half of American adults consume it regularly) and an evolving topic, with authorities like the World Health Organization leading the charge to move away from a "moderation" message, which may have seemed appropriate if the primary goal was avoiding liver-disease (like cirrhosis) or possibly addiction, and toward one that considers a broader range of risks (such as cancer, gut-health, sleep-health, etc) and ultimately concludes "there is no safe amount".
But is alcohol the only common risk factor that is getting a threshold update?
Although few are getting quite as significant a messaging makeover as alcohol, there are always new findings emerging that help to dial in our understanding of where the risk threshold exists. For example, by 2004 when the unscientific (and sometimes criticized) documentary Super Size Me was released, it was probably fair to assume most people already knew that eating fast-food 3 times per day wouldn't do good things to our health. It's probably equally reasonable to assume that by the time this 2011 study was published, most people weren't surprised that the more frequently a person consumed fast food the more likely they were to be overweight. On the other hand, the link between fast-food consumption and other, less obvious conditions like asthma (as linked in this 2018 study) or even self-harm (as linked in this 2020 study) beg us to dive deeper and ask what types of reactions these foods are triggering. It's possible that like alcohol, as found in this 2021 study, consuming fast foods can foster a higher-inflammatory environment in the gut which sets off a series of reactions throughout the body. The odds of having back pain, for example, are higher in those with poorer diet quality.
Although we are not nearly as clear in our understanding of the risk threshold, new research from a team at the University of Southern California may help point the way. As it turns out, non-alcoholic fatty liver disease, an increasingly common (1 in 4 adults globally) and even life-threatening condition which is marked by having fatty deposits around the liver was far more likely when individuals consumed more than 20% of their daily calories in the form of fast-food. The risk was particularly significant in those individuals managing diabetes or obesity, but still present in otherwise healthy individuals of normal weight. In plain English, this means that if even one meal per day is fast-food, we are likely beyond the risk threshold.
It's not a closed case. We will almost certainly learn more over the next months or years and the message will continue to evolve. Until then it seems safe to conclude that when it comes to the relationship between our health and the drive-thru or kiosk, "less is more".
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
How Much is Too Much? Part 1
Feb 17
Hormesis. Such a cool idea - something that is toxic, in small enough doses, can be beneficial; a challenge to come back better, a stimulus for growth. In a sense, this is the proper term for the well-known phrase "that which doesn't kill us makes us stronger" - which although not universally applicable, is something we can find evidence of all around us. The most obvious example might be handling heavy objects. If we choose something way too heavy we could be crushed. Yet, if we choose something heavy "enough" to represent a near maximum but still successful effort, we call it resistance training, something almost everyone should be doing multiple times per week. There are of course other, less obvious, examples as well. We don't typically think of the Oxygen we breathe as a "bad" thing, but ask any scuba diver if the concentration of O2 matters, and you might get a lecture on central nervous system toxicity, the result of violating that "sweet spot" for too high a concentration of this otherwise life-sustaining gas.
For a while we thought that alcohol consumption followed a similar pattern - a little (such as 1-2 drinks per day) seemed to provide benefit, something of a challenge to our system, even though a lot was well-known to be harmful. In 1997 for example, a study in the prestigious New England Journal of Medicine showed a 30-40% benefit related to cardiovascular disease in men and women who consumed 1 drink per day. A similar study replicated in Japan in 2005 showed similar patterns of benefit, between 12-20% in those who consumed 1-2 drinks per day, which for a long time was synonymous with "moderation" and generally considered to be an otherwise "safe" limit.
In the last 10 years, though, the messaging has begun to change as evidence continues to mount. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention now takes a more cautious tone noting that a growing body of research points to risk worthy of pause, especially as it relates to cancer, at far lower doses, including "less than one drink". For someone like me, who enjoys a good beer, a glass of red wine, or something mixed now and then, this has all come as mostly unwelcomed news; something I didn't want to believe, a stage of change labeled "pre-contemplation", that is, the very very early stage when we're not-yet-even thinking about making a change...or more commonly referred to as denial.
As a person who lives, eats, sleeps, and breathes "health research" and also strives to live a high quality of life, this month it got even harder to deny. New research from one of the worlds best in the field of gut-microbiome studies (the trillions of bacteria in our gut that have roles in everything from digestive health to social and emotional health) showed that the World Health Organization, in January put out a statement that "alcohol is toxic", is probably right.
The study followed college-aged individuals (18-25 years old) who had no significant health or dependency history but drank to a level of binge drinking (more than 60g of pure alcohol, the equivalent of 4+ drinks) at least once in the last 30 days. They then tested a variety of bodily fluids to determine the impact. The findings were stark. Even after one bout of heavy drinking, the gut microbiome was significantly harmed. Although this probably shouldn't surprise us, we often use other forms of alcohol for the sole purpose of killing bacteria, it does provide a strong clue to the likely link to gastric distress suffered more frequently in binge drinkers as reported here. It might even be a root cause of inflammation levels spiking and the significant deficits in emotional processing reported both historically and in this new study.
So what can we do?
Well, the simplest answer is "we can change" - although like any change, simple shouldn't be mistaken for easy. But, like in any change process, we might start by weighing the pros and cons and begin to explore whether the benefits of changing outweigh the consequences of not changing. We might also consider working very hard to protect our gut health and minimize the harm in the meantime. Eating more fiber (prebiotic) or possibly fermented foods as well as foods that are high in antioxidants before or after ingesting alcohol could help. Some animal studies have shown that concentrated "superfoods" like pomegranate can help the gut wall from "leaking", one of the early cellular level changes that start the gastric-distress ball rolling.
Change is hard. Maybe it's time. Reach out if we can help to make it easier.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
in the arsenal: work hard and recover well
Feb 10
"On average over the last 6 months, how many hours of sleep did you get in a 24-h period?"
This seems like a simple enough question, the results of which might create something close to a bell-shaped curve (aka "normal distribution") where most individuals fall into the middle, aka "healthy" range of 7-9 hours per night and relatively few sit at the higher or lower extremes. Thankfully, when researchers look across large samples of working Americans, they mostly find this to be the case. For example in this 2016 study, 65% of those surveyed reported healthy sleep duration, which is very close to the 68% expected in a normal distribution. However, not all sub-populations fall into this pattern.
For example, shortened sleep is more common in certain industries such as those with around-the-clock operations or the need to respond to emergencies. Given that shortened sleep is known to predict occupational injury, this can be a particularly important risk factor. Since the US military has a large contingent of personnel who both experience high occupational demand risk and high ergonomic risk (physical work, fast paced, etc), they are at particularly high risk. However, given their extensive recordkeeping, their experience also provides an amazing learning opportunity for the rest of us.
To that end and over the last several years, the US military has become a great source of information that relates to the role sleep plays in resilience/readiness and even soft-tissue (musculoskeletal) injuries, something that has helped our team as we continually work to unlock even more risk-reduction and/or performance boosting tactics that can be leveraged for our clients. This month a research team who analyzed information from more than 20,000 service members across all four branches (Army, Navy, Airforce, Marines) found yet another important link to sleep. Not only was a link between shortened sleep and injury/illness/disease present even after statistically ruling out other contributing factors, but it was surprisingly large.
When they compared those who reported the shortest sleep duration (4 hours per night or less) to those who reported the longest (at least 7 hours per night), the odds of more than 75% (25 of 33) major medical risk categories were higher in those with short sleep, with 5 in particular seeming to jump off the page.
Individuals with the shortest sleep duration were:
Nearly 3x as likely to have a nervous system disorder
2.7x as likely to have a mental health or behavioral condition
Nearly twice as likely to have a musculoskeletal/soft-tissue injury
1.7x as likely to have a circulatory disorder and
1.6x as likely to have a digestive system disorder
If that leaves you saying "wow", us too.
There is of course more to learn, but the take home message seems clear. Our bodies are incredibly strong and can do amazing things...HOWEVER, even in those who regularly perform heroic acts, not without rest.
Work hard. RECOVER well. Your body will thank you.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
score one for popeye
Feb 3
If you're old enough to remember Popeye the Sailor you're also old enough to remember his magical source of strength. You might even feel old enough to need such a thing...well, fresh out of the lab at the University of Exeter, we bring you good news. If you're not old enough, not to worry, you can benefit too.
Let's set the scene:
Popeye was a generally good, but not-particularly-special, character that first appeared in the comics in 1929. A few years later, as his character evolved, he drew great power, mostly in the form of physical strength, by eating spinach. Of course, with great strength comes great responsibility and so, in addition to performing amazing feats for his less physically endowed friends (one of which went by the name "wimpy"), he also had brief stints fighting crime or solving mysteries. The key to his great strength of the course was the spinach...which up until last month, seemed more fiction than the truth.
That's not to say that spinach (and other powerful leafy greens like arugula or other plants like beetroot) didn't seem to confer special physical benefits. For example, we've known for more than a decade that beet-root juice and even whole beetroot can increase running performance in recreational runners and that consuming foods that naturally contain high concentrations of dietary nitrate & nitrite, the source of the benefit, can be beneficial for our cardiovascular, immune and even inflammatory systems. However we should be aware (or maybe beware!), that the source matters.
While natural sources (veggies, leafy greens, etc) give us the positive effects mentioned above, these same compounds, when used as food additives (often in highly processed foods, especially processed meats) appear to be linked with increased health risk. In a 2022 French population study of more than 100,000 people over 7 years for example, the risk of cancer, in particular breast cancer and prostate cancer, was significantly higher in those individuals who consumed significant amounts of dietary nitrates from food additives; an important wrinkle that effectively makes dietary nitrates/nitrites a double-edged, nutritional sword.
Fast forward to this year and the story gets even more compelling - fresh research produced (see what I did there? Fresh? Produce? anyway...) from The University of Exeter in England showed that these same compounds, when taken from healthy sources, can quickly get to the muscles AND can improve strength production, an average increase of 7%, especially in the early repetitions (the effect was most pronounced in the first 18 reps of 60), 1 hour after they were ingested.
So, while I'm not sure we can expect the kind of instant surge of grip strength needed to pop open a can of spinach in one squeeze, that big leafy salad at lunch might just be enough to keep us on the right side of injury risk. Score one for Popeye.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
need a brain boost? Simple, Not easy
Jan 27
Last week we discussed new and fascinating research that holds great promise for the "non-exercise intense movers" - those folks who may not formally use their leisure time to play a sport or go to the gym, but still can get many of the associated health benefits (as measured by risk reduction of dying of any cause, cardiovascular disease, and cancer) because, in their normal day to day, they get "enough" - which turned out to be at least 2-3 bursts of intense physical activity (+/- 75% of their max), lasting 1-2 minutes each. Sure there are many benefits of leisure-time physical activity (aka exercise) and this couldn't account for all of them - for example, the "stress melting" benefit of a planned hike or the positive mental health benefits that accompany the achievement of some new feat - but, the big win, significantly less risk associated with 2 of the top health risks we face, in a few minutes per day, is certainly powerful.
For many, however, it's not an either/or but a both/and. These are people who both love to compete, feel great when deliberate exercise is part of the day, and want to make it a priority but often feel strapped for time when they have the energy and sapped of energy when they have the time. For people like this, whether it's a few hard efforts in a stairwell or push-ups by the side of the bed, there is something powerful in knowing that a few minutes can go a very long way, since many of the great health-promoting benefits from exercise come front-loaded in the first few minutes.
But what if it's not a cardiovascular or anti-cancer benefit we are looking for? What if it's brain health we are after? Can we fend off diseases of the brain similarly to how we appear to be able to fend off diseases of the heart? According to a new small study from a team in New Zealand, the idea has merit.
Building on research which showed that under the right conditions, even a single bout of moderate-intensity exercise (30 minutes of brisk walking for example) could stimulate the brain to produce greater amounts of BDNF (a protein that is critical for its role in brain health and repair after injury), the team compared a variety of exercise protocols. While low-intensity physical activity (light pedaling a stationary bike) showed some small gains, max-intensity interval bursts (pedaling as hard as possible) lasting 40 seconds and repeated 6 times, almost the exact same "dose" as the incidental bursts we reported on last week (3-6 minutes of high-intensity work per day), more than quadrupled the effect.
Simple and quick, but definitely not easy.
Here's the good news: even the busiest among us can likely invest 6 minutes in our health...which is enough to cut our heart, cancer, mortality, and now brain-health risk. Not too shabby.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
For the exercise haters
Jan 20
Not everyone likes to or is able to exercise. Although I hate to admit this fact, since there are many benefits across many areas (physical, mental, social, emotional, and more), it's no less true. For some, it's just too much. Maybe it takes too much time, too much planning, or maybe it feels boring and like a chore, or maybe the intensities in the gym or sports don't align well with their current abilities. Yet, as more and more of the world's population moves less and less, we also lose more of our resilience against the injury, illness, and disease risks we face - making the need to MOVE more both widespread and of critical importance.
But what if we could decouple "MOVE" or even "MOVE intensely" from "exercise"? After all, they're not really the same. Could it still give us what we're after? Could it possibly give us the reduction in risk (disease and even dying) that exercise does? Well, according to new research, the answer seems to be "yes" and to understand it a bit better you have to rewind to 2020.
Without getting too deep into the weeds, in 2020 while the World Health Organization was busy trying to deal with a new widespread threat (pandemic), another wing of the organization was revising its physical activity guidelines to strike references to the idea that health benefits were only substantially gained by bouts of physical activity lasting at least 10 minutes. There are many reasons why they made this change, one of the most important was that as wearable devices that measure both physical activities (e.g. steps) and intensity (e.g. heart rate) were more commonly used and accurate, researchers could rely less on surveys and more on objective data...which was increasingly pointing to benefits of ALL physical activity, even incidental movement, especially if it was achieving exercise-like intensity - heart pumping and people huffing a puffing - something we and others started referring to as "fitness snacks".
As it turns out when they crunched the numbers over seven years of tracking, the risk of dying for those who got enough "VIPA" (vigorous-intensity physical activity) minutes, which was at least 2-3 bouts lasting 1-2 minutes, were significantly less likely to die during the study period, ranging from 25% to a staggering 50% less likely compared to those who did not get at least this "dose". The effect was seen across all causes, and when carved out, for cardiovascular disease and for cancer, the leading causes of death worldwide.
What does this mean for all of us? Well...
(1) if you love exercise, KEEP GOING - the benefits of doing so continue to be clear.
(2) If you don't share that love and find it hard to get going on a consistent exercise routine, you can still get a substantial portion of the benefit by working a few hard bouts of MOVE into your day.
(3) Dose matters - remember F.I.T.T.; The risk reduction came in around 2-3 bouts (frequency), hard enough to get the heart pumping at least 77% of max (estimate here) and/or becoming "breathy" when trying to talk during the activity, using short 1 or 2 word answers (intensity) for at least 1-2 minutes (time) doing any number of typical daily activities, like climbing stairs, carrying bags, walking fast, etc (type).
Generally speaking, this confirms that being sedentary comes with risk, but it also tells us there are ways to manage that risk at a lower investment of time and money than previously thought.
To the stairwell!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
which is better?
Jan 13
Imagine tracking the habits of thousands of people over the course of decades. What they ate, what they drank, if they smoked, if they exercised, and more. Although never perfect (as nothing in the real world is), it could tell you quite a bit about which combinations and patterns seemed to have helpful and harmful effects. In essence, this is what large studies like the "US National Health Interview Survey" and the "Nurses' Health Study" attempt to do. They track thousands of people across decades resulting in millions of "person-years" and an important set of links between behaviors and long, healthy lives lived.
In October of last year, such a study was published. It looked at the health impact of smoking, specifically the risk of dying during the study period, which has been studied and published many times. The twist in their research was that they attempted to determine whether there was a benefit in quitting and if so, how much. Of course, the answer was generally what most people expected - yes, there was a benefit in quitting. However, the surprise came when the numbers showed exactly how much benefit existed. While compared to non-smokers, those who smoked throughout their life were MUCH worse off than non-smokers (3X more likely to die), those who quit before midlife, age 45 in the study, did FAR better, having only a 15% risk increase over non-smokers. All hope is not lost for those over 45, there was a benefit in quitting at any age, but quitting earlier than midlife was especially powerful as the effect was less as study participants aged.
In a similar way, a study published earlier this week compared healthy eaters (defined as being in the top 1/5th on one of 4 healthy eating indexes) to those whose eating habits were considered unhealthy (bottom 1/5th of the same indexes). After crunching the numbers of 70,000 women and another 40,000 men who were followed for decades, the research team concluded that on average, the healthy eaters enjoyed an 18% risk reduction compared to those who ate poorly.
Although these kinds of studies are never quite apples to apples, it is fascinating to think about these risk factors side by side as it should give both hope to smokers who are trying to quit AND provide a stern warning to those who think they can wait to start eating healthy.
If we had to dream up headlines for these studies they'd be pretty powerful - the data of one would suggest that "quitting smoking before midlife can remove almost all the mortality risk" (all but 15%), while the other could tell us "eating poorly can be as risky as smoking for 1/2 your life".
Which is better? Well, both of course. But the best news is, either can make a difference, and now is a great time to start.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
A Piping Hot Cup of "It Depends"
Jan 6
I do love the smell of a freshly brewed cup of coffee. Always have. For those of us who start our day with one, it can represent a range of experiences - both an energy jolt when we aren't quite ready to hit the ground running and a satisfying way to ease into the day when the schedule allows. Not only is it the delivery mechanism of choice for the most commonly used drug on the planet (caffeine), a good cup of coffee prepared in any number of ways, can represent the backdrop of a business meeting or an excuse to catch up with a friend. To say coffee has an important role in modern culture is a big understatement.
And it's healthy for us right? Right?
This of course is not nearly as simple a question as it sounds. Although no one likes "it depends", yes...and no...and maybe, under certain circumstances, is about as accurate an answer as we have.
Here's what a snapshot of the science says:
Observational studies, the kind which monitors groups of people and then applies statistical tests to see if consistent associations exist (such as "coffee consumption" and "health outcomes") have generally leaned toward the positive. This large umbrella review from a team based in the UK in 2017 for example showed that by and large, the health benefits appeared to outweigh the drawbacks except in specific groups and the greatest benefit came in around 3-4 cups per day. Certain groups (e.g. women at greater risk of fracture) however appeared to land on the opposite side of the risk-reward curve with the team concluding "Women at increased risk of fracture should possibly be excluded".
Studies with a randomized design, including those which consider genetic predispositions help us to get closer to understanding cause and effect (rather than only association) seem to produce mixed results. For example, this 2016 study which looked more closely at the seeming benefit of coffee consumption on Type 2 diabetes, Alzheimer's disease, and depression found that the effect, if any, was very small, while this 2020 randomized controlled trial suggested higher consumption may actually make risk factors like blood lipids (cholesterol, etc) worse.
Some randomized trials like this one which showed beneficial effects in adults after consumption of either caffeinated or decaffeinated coffee suggest some benefit at least in the short term, while prospective studies which instead of looking backward into the past to find observations, look from a point in time forward have found that a few caffeinated cups per day (3-4) can yield positive benefits somewhere in the 10% risk reduction range but the effect requires something of a "Goldilocks", not too little, not too much (nonlinear) dose.
And still yet, new research out last month and published in the Journal of the American Heart Association found that when blood pressure was already high (greater than 160 systolic over greater than 100 diastolic), consuming more than 2 cups of coffee per day was linked with about twice the risk of dying due to cardiovascular disease as those consuming one cup or less per day; a risk that was NOT present with the consumption of green tea.
Last, but certainly not least, there's enough caffeine in coffee to have a significant impact on our sleep which DEFINITELY DOES impact our health and ability to fight pain, injury, and disease (such as in this new study)...which showed that when individuals reached for more coffee they had both poorer sleep and more reports of pain.
Confused Yet? If so, you're not alone. The best we can say right now seems to be "it depends" which can be maddening, but is no less accurate.
In plain English - although it may be a cure for "a case of the Mondays", and may indeed have some minor risk-lowering benefit, coffee is probably not a cure for actual disease. Then again, with the exception of burns, it's probably not the cause of disease either. For those who might fall into a special population (high risk of fracture, uncontrolled hypertension) caution is probably warranted, and learning as much as possible about the condition is likely a good thing.
Wintertime can have us reaching for coffee more frequently. If we respect it for what it is and isn't, what it can and cannot do, we can stay within the healthy dose. For those looking to maximize current health or minimize the risk of decline, after a cup or two, switching to green tea (or similar) when we're feeling the desire for something warm probably makes good sense.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Putting a Bow on '22 - A Year in Review and Our Top Picks
Dec 30
When we started the blog for our clients many many years ago we had no idea how much reading, writing, editing, and revising it would take to put out a product each and every week. It's become a fairly robust library over the years and, even for our most consistent readers, it's a lot to keep up with. With that in mind along with it being the last of the year, we thought now might be a great time to recap 2022 and pass along our "author's picks".
What we wrote about in 2022
Although we don't set out with any specific agenda or goals as far as the number of times we will hit on any given theme, the stats of what we wrote about in 2022 probably shouldn't surprise anyone. They definitely didn't surprise us.
MOVE: 14 (27%)
Fast-Exercise, Exercise timing, speed of movement, lifelong exercisers, the impact of sedentary behavior on blood flow, exercise on cancer, physical activity guidelines, running & happiness, joint pain prevention, balance & falls, physical activity in youth, exercise frequency, physical activity has an epigenetic impact, diabetes prevention, and MOVE
FUEL: 10 (19%)
Anti-aging, gut microbiome, dietary supplements, fiber consumption, green tea for gut health, cravings (2 part), late-night eating shows negative health impact, high-fat diets and pain, high sodium diet and stress reactions,
RECOVER: 5 (10%)
impact of sleep and sleep+exercise, light exposure, resistance exercise improves sleep, brain-retraining for back pain, pros and cons of the snooze button,
ENDURE: 6 (11%)
Cold stress, maintaining weight loss, heat stress, staying under the stress threshold, health benefits of experiencing short-term stressors (cold, meal timing, and high-intensity exercise), cold weather risks.
CONNECT: 7 (14%)
Happiness (4 parts), forest bathing & FUEL, behavioral impacts of physically active friends, "decoupling" and mindfulness,
Multiple ELEMENTS: 8 (15%)
Impact of FUEL+MOVE on Blood Pressure, Essential 8 health habits, cancer prevention, epigenetics across the generations, updates on MOVE/FUEL/RECOVER, brain health,
Other: 2 (4%)
Ergonomic Clothing, year-in-review
________
Our Top 5 Picks
It's hard to answer the question "which were the best?", mostly because it really depends on what a person might be looking for information on. With that in mind, we've chosen 5 reads that we think are most worth the investment of time and given them an associated title:
Most Relevant to Daily Life: November 18 - Cause and Effect: Food Choices and Pain. So many of the aches and pains we experience could be impacted by the FUEL we put into our tanks. The research is clearer than ever.
Simplest to Implement: July 1 - A Steady Future in Only 10 Seconds. The ability to stand on 1 foot for 10 seconds after the age of 50 predicted an early death. This can be practiced almost anywhere!
Easiest first Step toward Health: August 12 - Something is Way Better Than Nothing...For FUEL Too. For those who don't get much fiber in their diet, even a little bit (of almost any kind) can pay health dividends.
The Most Important Theme: September 30 - Generational Health. We can pay health forward by investing NOW. Our health experiences today imprint our genetic code for at least the next 2 generations.
The Happy Surprise, Author's New Favorite Tactic: April 8 - Pump Up Your RECOVER. Resistance training improves subsequent sleep quality - a tactic I now use on the regular when I feel my sleep is not as good as it could be.
___________________
And there you have it, 52 weeks of blogs all in one.
We hope you find them useful and will recommend a topic or point us toward an interesting topic in 2023.
We look forward to crossing paths again in the New Year.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Into the Cold: Win the Winter
Dec 23
I was talking to a colleague who lives in the Midwest about his holiday plans. He was excited to be only a few days away from boarding a plane East. Not only was he going to see his daughter, son-in-law, and the first grandchild which was enough to foster the courage to brave holiday travel all by itself, but he was also pretty excited to be leaving plummeting temperatures and wind chills deep into the negative double-digits for highs in the comparatively balmy mid-Atlantic. Fully warranted excitement if you ask me.
And so here we are - the time of year when "Jack Frost starts nipping at our nose", our bodies stiffen (literally) in the face of colder temps and, as we age, our susceptibility to more serious injury/illness/disease goes up. Yes, as we march toward the end of the calendar year 2022, we also march toward the first risk peak in 2023 (winter), which officially started on Wednesday of this week and marks the beginning of a 13-week period when our bodies work a little harder to adapt to the seasonal-stress that cold brings.
If you work in an environment where surfaces freeze, slips/trips/falls may seem the obvious threat and for good reason, however, that's not the only risk we face. We are more likely to suffer from movement-related disorders during the winter and, due in part to rises in blood pressure that naturally occur in the cold, cardiovascular complications are more common in the early winter(December/January) and especially in the week between Christmas Day and New Year's Day as our bodies both adapt to the colder temps and manage the bustle of the season.
So what can we do about it? How can we stay on the healthy side of the risks we face now and all winter long?
Respect the Cold and consider a face covering when appropriate: When body temperature drops things can go wrong in a hurry...and when there's moving air or water involved "cool" is plenty cold enough to cause problems. This is especially true at areas of the body where specialized blood vessels move a lot of blood from arteries to veins (anastomoses). For example, this new research showed that moderate cold exposure to the face caused a blood pressure increase similar to whole-body cold exposure.
Take time to warm up: When done deliberately, "getting moving" prior to full activity is both simple and effective. By gradually bringing the heart rate up and stimulating blood flow to the working tissues, we can bring the body temperature up and at the same time prime the soft tissues for greater elasticity, all of which can enhance physical performance. A few minutes of MOVE can go a long way.
Warm Up before Bed: When we consider that a slightly cooler body temperature appears to induce sleep, this one may be a bit counterintuitive. Yet the results are fairly consistent - people who get warm before bedtime seem to do better from a health perspective. Take for example this sample of individuals who resoundingly reported better sleep after sauna exposure or this new study from Japan which showed better blood pressure in those who routinely bathed in hot springs later than 7 PM. No sauna or hot springs nearby? Not to worry, this study-of-studies showed that even a 10 min warm shower 1-2 hours before bed improved sleep markers.
The Winter is not coming, it's here. Plan accordingly and stay on the right side of risk.
Have a great weekend, great holidays, and for those who celebrate, a Merry Christmas.
Mike E.
Step Change: Dialing in Dosage
Dec 16
MOVE. It's the first on the list of 5 Human ELEMENTS that we talk about at Pro-Activity. The good news is that most everyone knows it matters at some level. The even better news is that many know the basic guidance for staying healthy which comes in at around 2.5 hours per week (30 minutes per day x 5 days per week). However, and possibly most important for those who don't consider themselves exercise-enthusiasts, the trickier part is knowing exactly how to "dose" our daily movement to stay below the threshold of the risks we face...that is, to know we are staying ahead of the specific conditions (injuries/illnesses/diseases) we are personally at risk for.
Take for example type 2 diabetes. It is a disease that negatively impacts every tissue in the body. It not only increases the likelihood of pain and injury of the "working tissues" (especially in the upper limb), it also increases heart disease risk, was a major predictor of complications from COVID-19, and even increases the odds of developing dementia (the earlier a person is diagnosed with diabetes the worse the risk gets) - serious stuff most of us would rather push off or avoid altogether. Yet, if caught and addressed early, such as in the form of prediabetes, a cluster of risk factors that impact as many as 1 in every 3 Americans (88 million in all), it is highly reversible.
Although the CDC suggests that as many as 74 million of the 88 million individuals living with this risk don't yet know it (find out HERE if that's you), those who do have likely been told that working on lifestyle risk factors (nutrition, physical activity, tobacco cessation, sleep hygiene, [di]stress management, etc.) is one of the most powerful approaches we know. This proved itself out again this year in a study on lifestyle intervention which impressively showed that 93% of participants were able to stop the progression from prediabetes to diabetes and nearly 50% did even better, reversing their risk back to within normal levels.
But what exactly should we be doing? What exactly is the lifestyle "dose" required if we want this result?
In the study referenced above, participants met regularly with a health educator, were encouraged to get 180 minutes per week of moderate physical activity (30 minutes "most" days of the week), were given nutritional advice to control calories and/or track macronutrients like fat and had access to a counselor who could help with habit formation. For some, this may seem either like a lot to take on or a list of unavailable resources or both...but all hope is not lost.
This week, in a study of nearly 6,000 people published by a team from Vanderbilt University, the dosage guidance for many may have gotten even simpler since it is tracked reasonably accurately, whether we realize it or not, everywhere our smartphone goes. As it turns out, in a population of people who volunteered their step-tracking data as participants in the National Institute of Health's "All of Us" research program, those who got at least 10,700 steps per day were 44% less likely to develop type 2 diabetes when compared to those who got 6,000 or less. This study, which builds on an October 2022 study that showed the risk of developing a variety of diseases began to lower at around 8,200 steps per day, tells us that we are getting closer and closer to understanding exactly how much MOVE we need to stay on the right side of risk.
The human body was built to MOVE. We rely on it for health. Although for most of us that means "more is usually better", for all of us it means our knowledge of how to dial in the right dose is getting more refined all the time. If you're not sure exactly how much MOVE is right for you, we're here to help.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Nurture Your Nature - MOVE More
Dec 9
At the time we thought we were on the dawning of a new era in medicine. Now that the human genome project had wrapped up (2003) and gotten us more than 90% of the way to full sequencing, the promise of personalized and precision medicine seemed right in our grasp. It would undoubtedly be a time when understanding, isolating and repairing or replacing high risk genes, was right around the corner.
Then, less than a decade later, which was about twice the speed that things were getting from the lab to medical practice back then and so, quite fast, a 2010 review in the New England Journal of Medicine pointed to data which showed, outside of very specific single-gene diseases, the direct conclusive evidence for whole system diseases like diabetes simply wasn't there.
Around that same time, the concept of epigenetics, which is the study of how our behaviors and environment can cause changes that affect the way our genes work, was gaining importance. Simply put, and something we've covered as recently as September in the blog titled "Generational Health", our day-to-day actions and exposures have the ability to turn the "dimmer switch" of our genes up and down (up and down regulate) and maybe even on and off. Said another way, we may have been given the underlying nature for a disease (potential via genes), but how we nurture that nature (our actions/exposures) is critical to what actually happens; a fact that is particularly important in complex situations where it's not a single gene that matters but dozens like metabolic health and disease (diabetes, obesity, and related).
To test this theory even further, researchers from the medical school at Washington State University studied the impact of physical activity in identical twins (same genes), who were raised in the same household but had differing health behaviors and/or lived in significantly different environments from a "walkability" perspective as adults. Their findings, published this month provided further support for exactly how powerful our healthy actions are, in this case recommended physical activity minutes per week (150 moderate minutes).
The bottom line was that at least 50 different gene-sites known to impact metabolic health were positively impacted from a habit of physical activity.
Our actions and experiences impact our future health...all the way down to our genes. Make them count.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Salty and Stressed - New Findings in FUEL
Dec 2
It's no secret to those who know me well that I'm a bit of a data geek. Over the years this has led me into an ongoing single subject "quasi-experiment", aka "my day-to-day life". However, my personal belief is that everyone is actually running this same experiment - that is, each and every day we do things, and over time (minutes, hours, days, years, etc), we get a response - I just try to notice and track as many responses as possible and share them with those who might benefit. As the technology has improved, especially wearables (which I've written about previously), the tracking has gotten more refined.
Recently, one of the responses I've been exploring, although admittedly not fully understanding, is the connection between salty food intake and less restful sleep. On days I give into that craving for something salty (popcorn is a go-to) while enjoying something streamed on TV before bedtime, I notice a consistent increase in my "stress score" as I sleep; which is my wearable's way of telling me the volume knob on my nervous system has been turned up a little too high or in technical terms my autonomic nervous system has become sympathetically dominant as measured by suppressed heart rate variability - that's a lot. I assumed it might have something to do with the impact salt has on the blood vessels, a well-known driver of high blood pressure and cardiovascular disease in those that consume too much salt, which was recently confirmed again in a massive study of more than 175,000 adults. Those who sprinkled salt on their food "most days" were at least 20% more likely to have cardiovascular disease than those who did so only occasionally. A different study out this week, however, makes me think there's more to it than that.
As it turns out, researchers who tried to uncover the mechanism behind the observation that sustained high salt intake drove stress hormone changes (such as in long-term spaceflight simulation), found a direct connection between salt intake and the stress response. Not only were the baseline hormonal markers of the stress response increased within a few weeks, the actual response, that is, the rush of chemicals that create the fight/flight/freeze behavior we've all felt when we click from stress to distress, was doubled! Although, as an animal study it's not directly transferrable, it's an important step that reiterates the connection between FUEL and FEEL and possibly even our risk of injury, illness, and disease.
2 weeks ago we wrote about the consumption of fatty foods sensitizing the pain response. This week salty foods appear to drive us toward distress. Neither fat nor salt is inherently "bad" - in truth we can't function without them - however, too much of a good thing can easily nudge us out of balance and further away from thriving. Beware the ultra-processed food.
It can be tricky this time of year, but it's never a bad time to "FUEL Good".
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Start Stopping More Often
Nov 25
By now you MUST have heard the news. Gratitude is a powerful emotion for individuals, teams, families, and even corporations. While I'm certain the Thanksgiving story misses the historical mark on more than a few details - it seems the theme, that is, giving thanks, is bigger than most realize - and probably deserves moving from "a" day to every day.
For starters, let's touch on some of the physical health benefits - in a systematic review of the available research published in 2020, a team in New Zealand determined that those who practice gratitude are more likely to enjoy the following:
Better Sleep Quality
Better Blood Pressure
Better Blood Sugar control
In addition, some (although inconclusive) effects on inflammation and physical symptoms appear. But that's not all.
Last year, a team looked at a dataset from a University of California at San Francisco study related to stress and blood pressure across nearly 5,000 participants and found that gratitude (and optimism) predicted lower heart rate and blood pressure, better sleep quality, more exercise, less stress, more positive expectations and reflections, and greater feelings of appreciation toward others. But that's still not all...and here's where it gets cool.
This year, another team investigated whether over a few weeks, either "taking a moment", that is, intentionally stepping back from one's day (decoupling) and practicing mindfulness (via a guided meditation) or journaling twice weekly could improve gratitude markers (measured by survey) and helpful behavior (measured by a survey of a coworker). Interestingly, both sub-studies pointed to a similar finding: Achieving a state of mindfulness, prompted greater levels of gratitude, motivation to help others, and, eventually signs of better teamwork.
Thanksgiving may be a one-day endeavor that features big meals or sometimes entertaining football games. If we let it, it can also be the kickstart we may need to step back, "just be" for a few minutes every day, and, if the research is right, ultimately enjoy better health and more positive relationships with those around us.
We hope your Thanksgiving was a great one.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
cause and effect: Food choices and pain
Nov 18
The connection between what we eat and how we feel is not a new discovery. Ask anyone who has had the unfortunate experience of "overdoing" on Thanksgiving and they might be able to shed some light on why lifehacker.com felt the need to publish a "decision support" article on when to go to the emergency room for "post-Thanksgiving stomach". Of course 2011, when that article was written, is nothing compared to this book which connected the notoriously painful condition of Gout with consumption patterns and an "impaired state of the stomach" more than 200 years prior. Yet, as many of us who aren't quite ready to let go of harmful habits are quick to point out - correlation is not causation - and so the pursuit of evidence rumbles on.
Since those early times, many more connections have been made between our dietary habits and bodily discomfort. High-fat diets have a clear connection with spikes in inflammation while diets that include naturally fermented foods have been shown to reduce it. While the specific mechanism is still not perfectly sorted out, the root cause, what we ate or drank, and the ultimate effect, how we felt, are clear.
One theory gaining traction is the impact of foods and drinks on the bacteria in our gut (microbiome). Since high-fiber foods drive anti-inflammatory bacteria, and pain is a feature of inflammation, it may explain the connection between a high-fiber diet and lower levels of pain, in this case, knee pain. On the other hand, high-fat diets, which appear to feed the other end of the spectrum, have been connected to joint pain increases in animal models. Although some of the substances on board (polyphenols) show promise, alcohol may have a net-negative impact as (not unlike cleaning a wound or taking long courses of antibiotics) it significantly alters bacteria in the gut (called dysbiosis), leaving us depleted and susceptible depending on what we put-in next.
However, in a recent development that aimed at gaining an even more specific understanding of the connection between dietary factors and pain, researchers at the University of Texas in Dallas were able to definitively show that high-fat diets, even without obesity or previous injury, sensitized the system and primed the transition from acute to chronic pain in a lab experiment on mice. In plain English, within 8 weeks, diets that were high in saturated fat caused an exaggerated pain response with no history of injury and no changes in metabolic health (such as obesity and diabetes) known to do the same - the diet alone was the cause.
The holiday meal and party blitz is almost here. Do your body a favor and tell the chef to hold the side of pain.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
puzzles & Proteins - a whole new twist on "brain food"
Nov 11
Boil us humans all the way down and it's really pretty simple, like any system, we are a series of inputs and outputs. On the input side of the equation are things we eat, things we do, things that we are exposed to (even without "doing"), and, at risk of getting too deep, even things we miss/lack or avoid. On the output side of the equation are thoughts, actions, emotions, sensations, and more. Pretty simple.
Of course, in between the inputs and outputs lies an interwoven, hard to understand, and even mysterious at times "system of systems" - the very definition of complex. The upside is, this gives us plenty to write about each week and with any luck, each wrinkle we can smooth out gives us all a bit closer understanding of how best to care for and maintain it. This week, after an email tip from a reader* and the emergence of a cool new discovery about motivation, we decided to highlight a few cool input/output stories which impact the brain.
First, let's start with another healthy investment of time/effort (input) which has proven to improve our cognitive performance (output) as we age. It's not exercising, nor maintaining a low inflammatory diet, nor getting good sleep this time - although each of those is well proven - this is closer to "brain games", and specifically which have the greatest impact on future brain health. As it turns out (and published here in the prestigious journal NEJM), one and 1/2 years after starting either computerized games designed to challenge the brain or crossword puzzles, the crossword puzzle group outperformed the "games" group on a variety of measures and even saw less decline in the size of the brain in two areas measured (hippocampus volume and cortical thickness). Conclusion? Crossword puzzles were the superior "input" if maintaining healthy cognition is the "output" we're looking for. Open question? Where does wordle fit? Stay tuned, I'm sure someone is studying it.
But what if it's not a knowledge thing - we know what we "should" do - but a motivation thing; we just can't seem to get into gear and do it!?
Well, according to new research from a team in Switzerland, it seems we are closer to a place to start. In a fascinating twist, the team found that a particular area deep in the brain which is known to play a major role in motivation including rewards/aversions/etc (called the nucleus accumbens), is sensitive to oxidative stress, which, way oversimplified, is the higher-than-ideal presence of toxic cellular waste molecules ("oxidative species"). This discovery led to a simple theory: if substances known to combat oxidative stress ("antioxidants") were more abundant, motivation might increase.
The research team focused on a potent brain antioxidant, a protein known as glutathione (GSH) which the body outputs from a variety of inputs (spoiler alert, MOVE and FUEL and RECOVER among others). When GSH levels were low in that area of the brain, so was motivation. When they were high, so was motivation. Then, to tease out cause and effect (and this time in rats not humans) they either input a GSH blocker or booster and found that, right on cue, the output of motivation went down and up respectively.
If the outputs matter, so do the inputs. Now is as good a time as any to pick a good one.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
*special thanks to Mike W for sending the NEJM article
Social Contagion is Powerful Stuff
Nov 4
My kids get a laugh any time my wife talks on the phone with her sister. They only hear one side of the conversation of course, but they always know who's on the other side as the tone, tempo, and even word choices my wife uses begin to morph ever-so-slightly and sound, somehow, more midwestern or western US (tones of her childhood) than western Jersey (tones of most of her life).
Of course, in one way or another we all do this with the people around us. The more time we spend around people, the more we seem to merge our mannerisms - to find a cadence and rhythm that works for the situation. When we get around family or close friends we haven't seen in a while it can be like "we never missed a beat" (as the saying sometimes goes). During the early portion of the COVID-19 quarantine, we talked a bit about this 2011 study which seemed to show that under heightened arousal (in this case fire walking) there could even be a synchronization of more automatic functions, like heart rate, among people who were socially close (in this case family).
Over the longer term, it seems this effect might have an impact on our health outcomes. For example, 15 years ago a landmark study showed that across 30 years of observation, bodyweight changes in 12,000 people tended to run along social ties, eventually forming clusters. Said more simply, there was evidence that in the case of body weight (and presumably the actions that influence it), people tended to become more similar to those they had the closest interactions & ties with.
A few months ago, in an interesting twist on the phenomenon, a team showed that future earning potential (as a proxy of financial health) seemed to follow a similar pattern. Individuals who had exposure and close ties with people in high socioeconomic brackets had a significantly higher likelihood of enjoying a higher income over the course of time. More simply, children with fewer finances tended to be higher-earning adults IF they grew up with friends whose parents were already higher-income earners - a phenomenon the researchers called "economic connectedness", which can be explored on www.socialcapital.org.
But what about more classic health behaviors, like whether we MOVE enough during the day to hold off preventable disease?
As it turns out, and as published this week, at the very least, the math modeling says yes. When researchers plugged data into a computational model "Social interactions between sedentary and moderately active populations were the most important social parameter that influenced low active populations to become and remain physically active".
Or in plain English - when sedentary folks became friends with moderately active folks, the sedentary folks started to MOVE more.
Of course, this doesn't mean moderately active folks are immune to the effect. It seems the effect can run both ways. Said more eloquently by the researchers, "On the other hand, social interactions encouraging moderately active individuals to become sedentary drove exercise persistence to extinction".
There is most certainly more to come, but the main point seems to continue to become more clear - our actions, from mannerisms to health behaviors and beyond - are not solely our own; the people we interface with regularly and get close to having a clear impact on our future selves, choose wisely.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
3 things you've already heard (that still matter)
Oct 28
It's a bit like the financial planner who tells the story of the person who chose to "set it and forget it" - that is, automatically withdraw pretax money from their paycheck each week and let it use the power of compound interest over time. The conclusion is almost always an impressive nest egg by retirement.
Or maybe it's the story the seasoned coach tells of the (rare) athlete who simply "trusted the process" and logged the training hours even when "base" training seemed too easy to do anything or "breakthrough" sessions seemed like punishment.
The moral of these stories are shockingly similar - slow and steady wins the race, the tortoise often beats the hare, consistency beats intensity, and the "tried and true" got that way for a reason.
With that in mind and in light of 3 new studies that came out this week which reinforced a few of those tried and true concepts, here's what you need to know:
(1) When it comes to MOVE - something is infinitely better than nothing. As shown in research from a group in Canada, "activity snacks", that is, short bursts of movement to break up an otherwise sedentary day, especially when timed after a meal, are surprisingly powerful. The team tracked a blood marker that signifies whether food is being used by the muscles in a healthy way under 3 conditions: sedentary (no activity snacks), air squats (do a sit-to-stand using only bodyweight 15 times every 30 minutes), and walking (brisk 2 min walks every 30 minutes). When it came to the results - squats were better than sitting and walking was the best. Headline? Less than 5 minutes of movement every hour significantly changes how our bodies use fuel.
(2) In the FUEL category - another tried and true message bubbled up to the top of the pile this week. Maybe you've heard us say (over and over and over) to "eat more plants". Of course, we are quick to point out that this is a general statement for "every person" and maybe too general for some. However, the concept is simple and holds true for the vast majority - when we put a little bit more of the inflammation-lowering, gut-health-promoting fiber, which comes from plants, and many diets lack, we get health benefits. As it turns out, for those who don't eat much fiber, "more" could be as small as 2 servings of almonds per day. Researchers from London asked study participants to try it using 56 grams of almonds, either whole or ground, and compared a key indicator of their gut health (butyrate) against a control group. The almond eaters fared significantly better. Of course, it's unlikely that almonds are the only food giving this result but there's certainly more to come. Headline this time? If you're not getting enough fiber, even a little effort can go a long way.
(3) In regards to RECOVER - duration matters. Once again research has confirmed that short sleep at midlife is linked with chronic disease as we age. A team in London confirmed that individuals who routinely slept 5 hours or less per night at 50 years old were 20% more likely to develop a single chronic disease in their retirement years AND up to 40% more likely to develop two or more (termed "multimorbidity") than those who routinely got at least 7 hours of sleep per night. Sleep is one of the most important health tactics we have - we should probably treat it like our (quality of) life depends on it; it does.
If you're already doing these things CONGRATS....keep going. If not, maybe it's a great time for an experiment to see if the tried and true can work for you. Good luck and let us know if we can help.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
no shame for snoozers
Oct 21
On average, how many hours of sleep do you get in a 24-hour period?
Over the last 2 weeks, how many days did you unintentionally fall asleep during the day?
During the past 30 days, for about how many days have you felt you did not get enough rest or sleep?
These are just 3 of the questions researchers from The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention ask when they poll Americans to learn about sleep habits and health. Unfortunately, despite our growing understanding of how important it is to RECOVER well each day (with adequate sleep as the primary means), their data shows more than 1 of every 3 American Adults are under-rested, which is sadly enough, an improvement when compared to our high school-aged children. If you listen to the experts, like Matthew Walker of UCal Berkeley as he makes abundantly clear across 16 video shorts, getting enough high-quality sleep is absolutely critical to every system in our body and therefore our future health and performance...helping the conversation evolve from one that emphasizes the importance of getting "enough" sleep (7+ hours per night being the 2015 consensus for working adults), to one that dives deeper into the accurate measurement of it and when needed, its improvement.
Like most areas of life, there are both low-tech (waking up feeling refreshed and energetic) and high-tech (measuring brain waves and hormone levels) ways of knowing where we stand. One "real world" method that often gets discussed is the use of an alarm clock and the ever-demonized snooze button; suggesting that when we are fully rested and in the lighter stages of sleep, i.e. closer to the surface, we will wake up without prompting (no bells, songs or other jolts needed) and minimize the risk of feeling extra tired, aka "sleep inertia" if we force ourselves awake during deeper sleep. Some enterprising researchers have even suggested that a "smart alarm" which adjusts wake time to match sleep stage could help. Few however, have taken on the more widely accepted narrative that "snooze buttons are bad"...until now.
Researchers at Notre Dame University followed several hundred subjects for a full year asking them to use a wrist-based wearable that measured their heart rate, tracked their sleep cycles, and measured their steps. They also surveyed them about their use of the snooze button and a variety of other items.
Interestingly, they found that:
- a slight majority of those surveyed (57%) used the snooze button
- those with a later chronotype aka "night owls" were more likely to use the snooze than "morning larks"
- although those who didn't use/need an alarm at all tended to do a bit better than those who felt they need an alarm to wake, there were no major differences in markers of fatigue (including caffeine usage) between those who snoozed and those who got up on the alarm's first ring
- one possible, although not yet proven, the silver lining for snoozers is that the average total snoozing time (minutes spent in bed after the first alarm) of nearly 27 minutes was within the 15 to 30-minute range most studies estimate that it takes for "sleep inertia" (grogginess and mental fog after waking) to wear off. This raises the question - "are snoozers more alert when they finally get out of bed than non-snoozers?" - more to come, I'm sure.
Here's the bottom line - if we need an alarm to make sure we get out of bed on time, whether we use the snooze or not, we may be under-rested (not ideal) but we are definitely not alone.
With the sun setting earlier and the temperatures cooling as we creep toward winter, now may be the perfect time of year to get some additional rest. Search for "elements guides" on your client website or click here for more sleep tips from the team.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
what's wrong with eating late?
Oct 14
We've all heard it before - "If you want to stay healthy and lean, don't eat after 8 PM" Or is it 9 PM? Or does it really matter at all?
The short answer is - Yes it matters - there are many studies that have shown this observation over the course of time - but until very recently we didn't know exactly why. Some evidence says eating late relates to changes in our core body temperature while other research says it relates to metabolic disorders. However new research out this week from a team based in both Boston and Spain has brought a deeper level of understanding than we've ever had before.
According to the research - eating late at night has three important and strikingly negative effects on our systems:
(1) Late eating increases waketime hunger and decreases levels of the fullness-hormone "leptin", which acts as the signal that tells our brain when we are no longer hungry, but that's not all.
(2) Late eating decreases the rate that our bodies burn calories while we are awake (waketime energy expenditure) as well as lowers our body temperature over the next 24 hours, but that's still not all.
(3) Late eating tells the genes that regulate our fat cells to store fat (rather than burning it).
Any one of these effects could be problematic, yet combined, the impact of all three could be very detrimental.
This one is relatively short. There's simply no need to belabor the point - going to bed "empty" is not just for better sleep - it will protect our metabolic health as well.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
to shiver or sprint: training to endure
Oct 7
It's no secret that I strongly dislike the cold. "Hate" is probably a strong word, but it gets close at times. So when I was invited to headway North into Canada last winter to try my hand at ice-fishing, I made an immediate trip to Cabella's (like the Costco of outfitters for wilderness sports for those who've never been) to find the warmest possible gear they had. I wasn't afraid to look like Randy from The Christmas Story (Ralphie's little brother who could barely move in his snow suit) if it meant I'd be comfortably warm...or at the very least mostly avoid the discomfort of being cold for hours on end.
But what if that cold was good for me? What if the stress of controlled cold exposure actually turned out to be "good stress" that could start a cascade of healthy reactions that modern life in mostly temperature-controlled environments and warm gear has severely limited? What if enduring other stressors that were far more common to the human experience not all that long ago and less likely today could also unlock health benefits? Would we find a way to fit them into our lives?
As it turns out, there are more than a few things that we might consider stressful (and therefore "preferable if avoided") that can have positive impacts on our health; controlled cold exposure is one. In a research review published a few weeks ago, the authors summarized more than 100 studies that looked at the possible health benefits of cold exposure, specifically cold-water immersion, often in the form of winter swimming. Although many of the studies were small, leading them to conclude the effects were, well, inconclusive, there was enough of an effect to consider it promising. In summary, actively-enduring cold as a mechanism to improve health, especially by helping the body convert less healthy (white) fat to more healthy (brown) fat as well as improve cardiometabolic responses, appears to be gaining support. The authors phrased it this way: "Cold Water Immersion (CWI) seems to reduce and/or transform body adipose tissue, as well as reduce insulin resistance and improve insulin sensitivity. This may have a protective effect against cardiovascular, obesity and other metabolic diseases and could have prophylactic health effects.", while also acknowledging "it is clear that there is increasing scientific support that voluntary exposure to cold water may have some beneficial health effects."
Putting ourselves through the challenge of cold is not the only way to ENDURE our way to better health. In other news this week, it appears that combining 2 tactics which, on their own, each appear to improve health increases the benefit.
Time-restricted eating (TRE), which attempts to compress the "feeding window" for the user rather than the energy consumed (calories), specifically to eat all food in a 10-hour window, appears to have several positive impacts on metabolic health. High-Intensity Interval Training, which similarly compresses the time window, in this case of exercise by pairing high-intensity bursts (traditionally 4 minutes of work with a heart rate at or above 90% of maximum) with relative rest periods (2-3 minutes to recover), has also proven to be effective at improving cardiac and metabolic profiles in those who perform it regularly. This week, a study from Norway showed that the combination of the two approaches helped the women who participated to make significant gains in key measures of cardiometabolic health including diabetes risk (HbA1c) and 2 different types of body fat (total and visceral) after 7 weeks.
We humans are amazingly resilient. The ability to adapt to and grow from challenges is quite literally, programmed into our wiring. We call it the ability to ENDURE and believe it is fundamental to flourishing. It appears that environmental and time/intensity stressors, although not easy to handle or particularly comfortable in the moment, when applied under controlled conditions, can be added to the list of ways we get stronger outside of our comfort zone.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
generational health
Sept 30
We can learn a lot from worms; well, a Nematode (roundworm) to be exact. C. Elegans, a particular type of roundworm, is a model organism used to research a variety of biological functions in animals; its involvement leading to a variety of discoveries that have helped us better understand how the nervous system, metabolism, and even the way genes work (or don't). Not a bad contribution for a little animal most people have never heard of.
Earlier this week, the well-studied little critter made science headlines again as the subject of research at the University of California Santa Cruz which showed, with more clarity than ever, that our life experiences can imprint, encode, and can ultimately prove responsible for turning genes on and off, generations in the future. Formally known as "transgenerational epigenetic inheritance", which, admittedly sounds a little complex, the concept is not as hard to understand as it sounds.
In essence, our life's experience (environment, behaviors, etc) has an impact on which of our genes turn on, which turn off, and to what degree. This is called "epigenetics" and it has established a very clear link between our day-to-day health behaviors and the way our bodies adapt to those behaviors - all the way down to our genes. For example, epigenetics helps explain the genetic harm done by smoking or by routinely poor dietary choices and it has been a hotbed of study for the last 10 years or more.
This new research however adds a significant wrinkle - that those changes are NOT something that gets reset in the next generation, but that they are passed down to our children and grandchildren (at least) and possibly even further than that. Said more simply, the expression of OUR genes, at least in part, has been influenced by our grandparents' health choices and the same will be true for those of us who have children and grandchildren of our own.
Not unlike the savvy saver who builds a financial nest-egg that can be handed down to children or grandchildren, the healthy mover (or fueler, recoverer, endurer, and connector - since all of these areas of health are known to influence epigenetics and some generationally) is building a critical asset with value well into the future.
There are very few investments that can give both instant and distant returns. Healthy actions are one.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
right system, wrong environment - cravings part 2
Sept 23
Last week we discussed a newly confirmed wrinkle in how food cravings work - that we have 2 unique tracks. The first is driven by the flavors we experience, generally toward the "green light" flavors (sweet, salty, savory/umami) and, at least initially, with caution when "yellow-light" flavors (sour and bitter) are present. The second channel, which has only recently been confirmed applies to our 2 types of energy-producing FUEL (sugar and fat) and appears to be wired to the brain from the intestinal wall where nutrients are absorbed. Even when the "taste" portion of the sensory system is shut off (bred out), mice found their way to the nutrients needed (track 2) in 48 hours and kept going back to get what they needed - a biological workaround in the unfortunate case of a faulty "taste" system.
Simply put, our nervous system is wired to make the hard work of hunting and gathering more efficient, especially in times of scarcity so we are not wasting energy to find energy. However, when we consider this 2 track craving system in the light of our modern food system, with its wide availability of highly flavorful (ultra-processed & hyper-palatable, track 1) foods that are often sugar/fat soaked (energy-dense, track 2), it's not hard to see where things can go wrong. For example, new research out this week showed that if we are anything like the mice being studied and followed our "track-2 craving" for high-energy and infinitely storable fat, within 3 weeks we would begin overproducing inflammatory cells in our bone marrow, which may explain why weight gain is so closely related to low-grade inflammation and the ripple effects which can include heart disease, joint pain, cancer and age-related disease of the brain like Alzheimer's disease.
Of course, a similar "too much of a good thing" path exists for sugar, which also has track 2 wiring. We can pack a fair amount of sugar into our liver and muscles but they eventually get full which, in an oversimplified way, causes a back-up into the bloodstream (one key feature of Diabetes Type 2) which tells the body to begin conversion and storage (high triglycerides, excess weight, etc) which can eventually get us to the same unfortunate place - disease.
So what can we do about this right system/wrong environment problem?
Well, like many challenges we face - we can start by recognizing them and then build strategies that make them easier to control. Here are 3 of my favorites:
1. Go easier on ourselves by being relentless on our environments: This might mean cleaning out that pantry of easy-energy snacks and replacing them with healthier choices so we have to work harder than simply walking across the room to get those track-2 cravings met.
2. Eat nutrient-dense foods FIRST and often: meaning put in the low inflammatory good stuff like fruits and veggies (especially if it is flavorful) to keep track-2 busy working on absorbing all the nutrients present.
3. Train Track 2 with consistency: Like any other nervous system pathway, the "gut-brain axis" is closely related to our wake/sleep cycle (circadian rhythm). Some research has shown that when our eating schedule is disrupted (or lacks sufficient structure and regularity), the gut bacteria that heavily impact the gut-brain axis are also disrupted. Scheduled eating or even time-restricted eating schedules seem to help.
Of course, there's a lot more to it, but if keeping track-2 on track is the goal, it's a solid place to start.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
where cravings come from
Sept 16
My refrigerator has ratted me out. OK, that's probably a little sensational. In truth, it has "raised my awareness" of a nasty little habit I've developed. No, it's not some type of smart tech that is designed to keep me mindful...at least I don't think it is...but it seems to work that way for me. See, this 2-door refrigerator (a recent replacement), has a feature where it cannot dispense water when the opposite door is open. Now, this probably doesn't seem like that big of a deal; in truth, it's not. But it was a VERY effective way to point out that I had developed a mindless fridge-trolling habit every time I got up to fill a glass of water. And I do mean EVERY time.
It used to be a simple loop of: start filling the glass (left hand), open the fridge (right hand), and mindlessly scan for a snack - whether hungry or not - at least until the glass was full. I didn't always find something, but I always looked. That is until the loop became: start filling a glass (left hand), open the fridge (right hand), notice the water had frustratingly shut off, close the fridge and get back to work, feeling like something was missing. It was literally a wake-up call.
I wasn't really hungry nor was I craving anything in particular and yet my behavior (once it was made so glaringly obvious), suggested I was always open to the idea of eating. So where does this mindless snacking habit come from? If we could solve this riddle, we might better understand some of why most of us are at risk of steady weight gain by middle age, despite the ever-increasing certainty that over-consumption of particular foods, especially those that are sugar-sweetened or fatty, seem to add both pounds and risk for injury/illness/disease and even dying prematurely. Well, thanks to a team of researchers at Columbia University we have more clues and, as it turns out, it's NOT just as simple as "because they taste so good" (aka hyper-palatability).
This time they found, much like their 2020 work on sugar, fat consumption is driven not only by lighting up the brain by way of taste (i.e. receptors on the tongue) but ALSO by circuits that monitor nutrient absorption in the intestine. Said more simply, even when the subjects (mice) were unable to taste the food (bred without the ability to taste), they learned to prefer foods that were able to provide usable fuel (sugar and now fat) over tasty but unusable fuel (artificial sweetener) within 48 hours. The connection between their gut and their brain (aka the gut-brain axis), although much slower than taste receptors, which helped prove it wasn't the tongue driving the behavior, was still driving them to go back to the source of the sugar and fat....not that unlike my fridge habit.
It may even help us understand why individuals who habitually ingest artificial sweeteners (i.e. tasty but not usable nutrients) may actually have an increased risk of metabolic diseases like diabetes and decreasing consumption of diet sodas (even those with no calories) can improve weight and associated risks ...because we don't only forage for flavor...we forage for FUEL; and since one without the other won't satisfy our needs, we are left craving more.
This time next week it will officially be Fall. Here's to finding some recipes that are both flavorful AND satisfying; perhaps a little less pumpkin spice and a bit more pumpkin! Definitely let us know if you've got a good one.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
bumper sticker wisdom (Learning to "Duck")
Sept 9
My brother-in-law Tony was a great human. Living across the country didn't make visiting easy, but, on the occasions when our paths would cross, he was easy to visit with. His was a BIG laugh and an energetic spirit; the kind of person we should all be lucky enough to know. His passing left an unfillable hole for his wife and sons and so when the unmistakably clear ("four-letter", rhymes with duck) bumper sticker came into view on the highway earlier today, I thought about Tony and, as the now leading cause of death worldwide, how common stories like his are becoming. What used to be considered a disease of old-age is becoming increasingly common before the age of 50.
Yet, the news isn't all bad - as we learn more and more about what levers exist, we can fight more effectively when needed and, even better, take powerful actions that minimize our personal risk factors and lower the odds we will be impacted. This week a few really interesting and promising insights worth knowing about made headlines:
1. Brain tumors hijack surrounding cells, which may open the door to new treatments: As outlined in a new paper in the journal Brain, Glioblastoma, one of the most aggressive and challenging forms of brain cancer, appears to recruit and convert surrounding brain cells, essentially turning them against our own health interests. However, as shown initially in mice, when those surrounding cells are removed, the tumor is cut off from its energy source and cannot survive. If this effect holds in humans, it will be an advance in an area which has been slow (if not largely stalled) for decades.
2. Ultra-processed food plays a significant role in colorectal cancer, especially in men: The British Medical Journal published findings drawn from hundreds of thousands of records over the course of decades which showed men who ate the most ultra-processed food had a substantially increased risk of developing colorectal cancer. This was especially processed poultry/meat/seafood and ready-to-eat meals (44% increase) and sugar-sweetened beverages (21% increase). Overall the same effect was not seen in women, however a smaller effect (17% increase) was noted in those who consumed significant amounts of ready-to-eat/heat meals.
3. So much more than strength - exercise produces a natural cancer-fighting byproduct: Lactate, which the body produces when burning sugar for fuel (such as during strenuous muscle work) has been found to combine with certain immune cells to effectively fight cancer growth in mouse studies. Of course, it's far too early to know where this will go, however it certainly lends support to the clear line that the World Cancer Research Fund has drawn regarding physical activity and cancer risk.
Here's the bottom line - many of the same things that we know add-to and subtract-from our risk for injury and delayed healing, like exercise and healthy/low-inflammatory eating, add-to and subtract-from our risk for a major threat to our health, something we can never start too early.
Let those muscles burn today and generate a little lactate. Leave the food with the infinite shelf life right where it sits and pick something high in fiber and naturally low inflammatory. It won't take our risk to zero, but it can shift the odds in our favor.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
it's like a lift-gate, in your shirt
Sept 2
Although we don't write about it nearly as often as tactics to stay healthy or ways to improve physiological variables like cardiorespiratory fitness, strength, recovery rates, etc, a big part of our team's work is looking at human movement during particular tasks and finding ways to improve efficiency; broadly, the use of ergonomic principles. Whenever possible, reducing wasted energy, such as finding, based on a person's movement patterns, the easiest way to get a task done, is a worthy pursuit.
In some cases, when the task is highly intense or commonly performed, we might research the tools, mechanisms or materials that contribute to fatigue (for example, glove materials that have less stiffness and reduce the risk of forearm fatigue in our utility clients). In other cases, we might explore mechanisms that make a task more "doable" or enjoyable by a larger population (such as the use of an E-bike to lower barriers to physical activity). In still other cases, such as with traditional athletes, we might be looking for ways to give a competitive edge, such as exploring research related to shoe choice, energy return and running economy in sports like running.
In situations like these, even a "a little help" can go a long way:
- A slightly less stiff glove may keep the wearer below the fatigue threshold and therefore out of harm's way.
- A little bit of assistance from a lightweight motor might make cycling for transportation more enjoyable (and less sweaty) and encourage more people to do it.
- Improved running economy of +/- 3% over the course of a marathon can make a real difference in performance.
So what if these assists were available all the time? Would there be less injuries? Would there be a greater likelihood that more people would engage in physically demanding efforts? Would performance improve overall? It looks like a team at Rice University is betting the answer to at least 1 (and maybe all three) is a strong "Yes". In a recent paper (with accompanying videos) they describe a method for embedding mini-assists into the clothing we wear. Can you imagine a shirt that interprets your movement as "intending to lift your arm" and then helps you do so? They did....and built it.
Of course, it's very early on, and I'm not sure robot-clothes are higher on my list of cool gadgets than a Jetson Car just yet, but there are many possibilities that can make heavy tasks safer and more efficient here, so we'll definitely keep watching for ergo-clothes to hit the market.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
plugging the leaks with tea time
Aug 26
The double edged sword of inflammation continues to play a headline role in health. Without a strong-enough inflammation response we couldn't fight off the little "bugs" we come into contact with everyday and something as simple as the common cold might be life-threatening. On the other hand, and far more common due to lifestyles and eating patterns that have been linked with it, when baseline inflammation is high enough that it is always "on" - referred to as chronic low grade inflammation - we experience an increased risk of developing a variety of conditions. With that in mind, finding simple and effective ways to keep inflammation in check can have a range of benefits from helping our tendons heal when they get overdone to to keeping our minds sharp and focused in a chaotic world. What if it were as simple as a few cups of green tea each day?
When combined with stretching, as we've previously mentioned, a compound in green-tea (Gallic Acid) seems to regrow cartilage and improve the health of our joints and when consumed regularly our risk for a variety of cancers gets lower...but that's not all. Green tea has antimicrobial properties that, as shown in this new study from a team at The Ohio State University, appear to hold the potential to rebalance the gut, tighten up leaky cellular junctions (an irritant to our system which stimulates inflammation) and help individuals who are at risk of diabetes to improve blood sugar control over a 4 week period.
We probably shouldn't expect it take the place of some of the most powerful levers we have at controlling inflammation and improving health (exercise, healthy eating and sleep for example), but the pile of evidence that supports green tea continues to grow, so making more time for tea time makes a lot of sense.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
first focus on frequency
Aug 19
If you want to improve strength and fitness, which is of course critical to our health now and into the future, it's not super complicated; "just" increasingly load the working tissues using a progression of movements that, when applied at the proper speed, produce the desired outcome. OK, that actually does seem a bit complicated. Now, in fairness, there IS a little more to it than the immortalized tactic of this Planet Fitness strongman, but for those of us who lean more toward "health and quality of life" than the "elite athlete" - it really can be a simple process and it may have just gotten even less time consuming.
First, let's start with a few critical concepts:
"Volume" - which has long been considered the best way to quantify exercise, is made up of 3 key components. Similar to how length, width and height are multiplied to determine the volume of a rectangular container, we consider how often we load the body (Frequency), how much effort is required (Intensity) and how long we are exposed to the load (Time/duration). We use the acronym F.I.T. to make it easy to remember.
"Type" - which, in general, can be considered "how" we apply the loads to achieve the desired volume, includes things like the chosen resistance (body weight vs. external resistance such as weights vs. bands or medicine balls, etc), the particular movement patterns and the desired speed at which we move the resistance through space. When combined, this now updated acronym (F.I.T.T.) acts as the backbone of almost all traditional training plans and not surprisingly, there is a deep well of research that considers which combinations yield the best results for any given training goal.
But what about the "every person" - the human who understands that maintaining tissue strength and flexibility via movement practice is critical to future health - but desires to commit the least possible time in training (aka those of us who "don't have time to exercise") and therefore prize efficiency? Well, so says new research by a team in Japan and Australia, we are best to start at the beginning....and prioritize the "F"....to first, focus on frequency.
In their study, in an effort to test the assumption that equal training volumes produce equal results regardless of how they are achieved, they compared different combinations of Frequency and Time, leaving Intensity and Type constant. One group of participants exercised a little (6 repetitions) on an infrequent basis (only 1 time per week). A second group exercised a little (the same 6 repetitions) on a more frequent basis (5 days per week, for a total volume of 30 max effort reps) and a third group achieved the full volume (30 max effort reps) on an infrequent basis (one time per week). The different combinations produced different results over a 4 week period.
Least surprisingly, the group who did a little bit on an infrequent basis didn't gain strength. HOWEVER, they didn't lose strength either - possibly adding to other research which says weekly efforts can prevent decline (i.e. maintain) certain aspects of fitness. So if nothing else, a little something at least weekly, can slow the effects of aging, sedentary lifestyle or periods of time when more regular efforts aren't possible.
What was surprising however, was the significant difference between the two higher volume groups, despite the fact that they performed identical volume per week. While the once-weekly (high rep) group showed some improvement in muscular thickness (i.e. how the muscle looked), they didn't experience any significant strength gains. On the other hand, the higher frequency (relatively low rep) group improved strength +/- 10% in all 3 critical muscle modes: while being elongated (eccentric), while contracting (concentric) and while holding steady (isometric). A little bit done regularly worked.
To put this in perspective, using 4 exercises to achieve a "whole-body" workout (Squat, Overhead Press, Pull Up and Deadlift) and performing each x6 reps (for a total of 24 reps), in my very unscientific test (I timed myself), a "minimalist workout" took less than 1 minute per exercise and 1.5 minutes of setup time for a grand total of 5 min and 3 seconds.
If we boil it all the way down, maybe Will Durant's famous quote (summarizing Aristotle) with a little substitution applies here too - "We are what we repeatedly do. Excellence Strength, then, is not an act, but a habit." - I'll let you know in 4 weeks how it turns out.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
something is way better than nothing... for fuel too
Aug 12
A few weeks ago we mentioned a study (another in the long list) which showed that physical activity is one of our most potent disease-prevention tactics and that there was a fairly clear dose-response relationship, where "more" is generally "better". Yet, also tucked into the findings was one of the most consistent and powerful details - physical activity has a strong front-end benefit - meaning, we get a LOT of the risk-reduction in the very first few minutes of invested time; as much as a 10% risk reduction in the first 60 seconds done with consistency. Yes, compared to those who do nothing, even 1 minute per day can give a positive return on the time and effort invested.
Some past research has shown a similar concept when it comes to eating habits. When people with predominantly highly processed diets begin on healthier food, even a little, their bodies start to reconfigure the microbiome (bacteria and other microbes in the intestine, etc) to produce more healthy reactions almost instantly. It's one of the reasons why we so frequently coach clients to "eat more plants", to take full advantage of the significant front-end benefits of fiber as a "prebiotic". Although mostly indigestible, it acts as a critical FUEL for the good-bacteria in our gut and ushers a cascade of healthy reactions as soon as we add it to the mix.
But what about those of us who may have a harder time getting started? Maybe those who see the inertia of dietary change as a daunting uphill climb that feels like giving up food-favorites or treats that are closer to the elusive "golden-ratio" of salt-sugar-fat known to strike the bliss-chord in our brains? Or maybe those of us who just don't know where to begin when it comes to fresh fruits and veggies? In these cases, the conclusions of 2 new studies from a team at Duke University out this week, may provide a starting point:
Conclusion 1: For individuals at the lowest end of the fiber-consumption spectrum, 3 different types of fermentable supplements (inulin, dextrin [Benefiber], and GOS [marketed as Bimuno]) all seemed to have a similar impact, almost immediately. This impact was not as significant for individuals who started with the highest baseline of plant consumption and (therefore) gut-diversity.
Conclusion 2: Our gut biome seems to have a memory (of sorts). So, not only do we get an almost instant impact when we put "good stuff" in, it gets easier and easier (we get more and more efficient) as we build toward consistency.
___________
If we distill it all the way down to its fundamentals, a lot like what we know about exercise, for those that are not already achieving the optimal pattern (eating lots of fiber-packed plant foods), just about ANYTHING is infinitely better than nothing...and the return on effort is almost instant.
It's a great time of year to reap the health benefits of a strong garden yield. Clearly the research says even a little can go a long way - so if you've got extra, consider sharing. It could be the start of something BIG like it was for this family 20 years ago. If you need inspiration, check out the photo above from our friends in the Bronx, NY!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
unraveling the brain-body back pain connection
Aug 5
Patient: "It hurts when I do this (moves arm) doc"
Doctor: "don't do that then"
It's the classic doctor-patient meme, a one-liner originally attributed to comedian Henny Youngman, but the more we learn, the more it seems to capture how a critical component of common and long-lasting aches and pains might go astray; the complex two way street of the nervous system and its many brain-body connections that produce human movement.
In the last 100 years our understanding of human movement has progressed by leaps and bounds. We have moved from the purely mechanical components - the levers and pulleys of muscles pulling on bones to move them at joints - to the contributions of living tissue and the many "little things" that help them to stay healthy, perform near their best and recover well enough to repeat the feat each next day for a lifetime. In the last 10 years another major contribution has come to light; the wider lens of the whole-person and how their unique interactions with their environment, including their perceptions, beliefs and previous experiences (context) impacts their movement, pain and recovery.
It sounds super complex and at some level it is but it's not uncommon. Say for example we over-do some weekend-warrior chores or have gotten to an age as an athlete where our mind thinks we still "can" but our body is less sure (so I'm told ) and we enter into the somewhat grey area of something that "hurts" but is not "harmed", that is, we experience some level of discomfort or pain, but no signs of injury so we try to ignore it, maybe with a little hitch in our movement patterns to minimize the irritation until things get back to normal. Not only is this a natural instinct, but it usually serves us well by giving the area a relative break and allowing it to calm down so we can get back to normal movement and life-as-usual.
But what if we've had this discomfort once or twice in the past and it was intense enough that it left us a little scared to go through it again? What if someone we cared about had something similar that turned out to be longer-lasting and it worried us? Could our unique context and history cause us to respond differently, maybe in a more exaggerated way? If so, could this have more pronounced effects on how we move and therefore (in an ironic twist) actually INCREASE our odds for future and worse episodes of the exact discomfort we're trying to avoid? If so, it would seem that deliberate efforts to restore normal movement patterns and the brain-body connections in the central nervous system that produce them, might actually improve things more fully than an isolated approach to reduce local discomfort. That is, when we retrain a body to move like it "should", we might also retrain the brain's expectations and baseline "settings"...and, so says some new research out of Australia, when it comes to chronic lower back pain, improve healing.
Specifically, the new approach focuses on helping people who suffer with chronic lower back pain (typically defined as lasting >90 days) to achieve 3 goals:
(1) to understand the latest and best information about the causes of chronic lower back pain (and debunk a bunch of outdated and disproven scary stories)
(2) reintegrate the way the brain and back communicate with each other
(3) gradually retrain the brain to reset its "pain radar" and the body to resume normal movement.
Of course, as a first-of-its-kind study, this is just the beginning of a conversation, but, based on everything we know about the impact of movement on health and quality of life, it makes total sense - the way we move plays a major role in how we experience the world. Maintaining, protecting, strengthening and occasionally restoring it when needed is critical to making sure it's a great experience.
If you've had back pain that has lasted for a while and maybe even has you moving differently than you think you should, feel free to reply back and we'll start a conversation to sort it out. Keep moving...well.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
What To Do About the Kids?
July 29
In 2018 I read a report that made me pause - it outlined why poor health in US youth could be considered a national security threat and specified that the majority of teens in all states (and as many as 3 of every 4 in some) would be ineligible for service in the military due to poor health and fitness. It went on to quote stats and studies that seemed alarming if not outright unbelievable - such as one study which found "72 percent more medical evacuations from Iraq and Afghanistan for stress fractures, serious sprains, and other similar injuries— injuries associated with poor fitness and nutrition—than for combat wounds". Since that time, I have been trying to keep up with various threads in this story in hopes that there might be clues that can help our clients keep their families on the right side of the risk curve.
In truth, the story line hasn't brightened all that much. The CDC says that 75% of children ages 6-17 are NOT getting at least (the recommended) 60 minutes of physical activity per day and out this week, a new consensus statement from the European Society of Cardiology says that unhealthy lifestyle is the root-cause of as many as 9 of every 10 cases of high blood pressure in youth. Unfortunately it doesn't end with heart health. Consistent with much of the research that helped Canada arrive at its 24 hour movement guidelines which shows a connection to mental health, an Australian study out this week showed that rates of physical activity in children aged 7-15 in 1985 predicted cognitive decline at midlife 30 years later. At the same time, another 30 year study of 100,000+ adults, added more evidence that the recommended "150 or more minutes per week of physical activity" cuts risk by 20% or more. In the simplest terms - it is a global problem with dire consequences but also a largely preventable one with a time-tested and well proven solution.
So how do we get our families, friends and communities to MOVE and ensure the viability of our future military, workforce and leaders in the process? This is the $120B per year question (one estimate of the preventable portion spent each year on health care).
Although there doesn't seem to be a clear answer that works across all scenarios, it does seem two themes are emerging - (1) tools that help us track and understand our patterns and how they are impacting our physiology help (as much as 40 min per day) and (2) taking down social barriers not only where we live but where we learn and play can make it easier for individuals (teens included) to actually DO what we know is important and healthy - that is, when we make the healthy choice the easy (or fun) choice, people are more apt to do it.
It is easy to be sedentary and so we are. One of the greatest ways to protect the health of our future is to make it easy to MOVE...and if you have children or teens in your life, there's no better time to start than now.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
defining "health" - Finale, part 3
July 22
4 things to do (or avoid), 4 things to monitor. 8 essential components of cardiovascular health. It's simple but not necessarily easy.
Starting a few weeks back we decided to dive into the American Heart Association's (AHA) "Essential 8", those simple but not easy 8 things that if we do/avoid and monitor/control can increase our odds of good cardiovascular health dramatically.
We talked about the 4 behaviors: maintaining a healthy diet (they place the components of the Mediterranean diet at the top), getting adequate physical activity, avoiding nicotine and getting enough sleep and we talked about the first two of 4 health indicators, body mass index as a proxy for obesity and "non-HDL cholesterol" as an indicator of excess fat in the blood. The remaining 2 indicators or "health factors" as they refer to them include "Blood Glucose" (blood sugar) and "Blood Pressure" - which, like the first two are likely to have reasonable familiarity for most people - seem simple enough.
When it comes to blood sugar, give yourself 100 points if you have no history of diabetes AND are less than 100 mg/dL on a fasting fingerstick test. Give yourself 60 if you have no diabetes history but have elevated sugar (100-125), which is considered "prediabetes", 40 points if you have diabetes but it's well controlled (HbA1c 5.7-6.4), and fewer and fewer points as HbA1c (a marker of longer term blood sugar) goes up.
For blood pressure, give yourself 100 points if you are consistently less than 120 mmHg systolic (top number) AND less than 80 mmHg diastolic (bottom number), 75 points if you have elevated systolic only (120-129 over less than 80), 50 points if you have stage 1 hypertension (130-139 over 80-89), 25 points if you are 140-159 over 90-99 and 0 if you are 160 or higher mmHg systolic or 100 or higher mmHg diastolic. Subtract 20 points from your score if you are on medication.
As we mentioned last week, that last sentence above ("subtract 20 if you are on medication") is important as it subtly acknowledges that in most cases the second 4 act as a "dashboard" or "scorecard" of how well we are doing with the first 4 and that although achieving good numbers via medication IS positive, it's not as powerful for our health as doing so through healthy lifestyle whenever possible.
So where does this leave us? Hopefully curious of what our 0 to 100 score is. It really is a simple and powerful way to know where any of us stand. If so, but manually scoring each item seems tricky, there's good news - the AHA has made a surprisingly fast and simple survey/calculator available for free.
Go to "my life check" at THIS WEBSITE, create an account and password (so you can trend your results over time), answer a few questions, and voila, your 0-100 score will be calculated, along with some suggested areas for improvement if you come up "human" (less than a perfect 100 that is). You'll want recent blood work and/or physical results handy to get the most out of it (to answer the last questions).
We hope you give it a try...and then keep working to MOVE-FUEL-RECOVER-ENDURE and CONNECT your way to the best health and highest possible quality of life.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
defining "health" - part 2
July 15
When you look closer at the American Heart Association's (AHA) Essential 8, one of the first things that might jump off the page is that there are really 2 sub-categories, each with 4 items. The first 4 are "behaviors" - actionable things we should either do or avoid. The next 4 are closer to "indicators"; real-time measurements or status checks which the AHA labels "health factors". This is important to differentiate because, as has become fairly conclusive over the years, the first 4 DRIVE the second 4, meaning (at some level) if we really focus on getting the first four right, in many (if not most) cases, the second 4 will take care of themselves.
However, and perhaps as a nod to the fact that very few people succeed in maintaining a comprehensive healthy lifestyle (e.g. estimated as few as 3 out of 100 in 2016), the AHA includes 4 health factors that can provide additional insight. Today we review 2 of each.
When it comes to health behaviors, we agree that numbers 3 and the newly added number 4 are heavy hitters.
Nicotine Exposure (number 3) includes the self-reported use of cigarettes or other inhaled nicotine (vaping, etc) and, like diet and physical activity (profiled last week), falls on a 0 to 100 scoring range. Non-smokers (meaning never smoked) get the full 100 points and on the far end of the other range, current smokers get a 0. If a former smoker, the longer you quit the better the impact on your health and therefore points. Quitting less than 1 year ago = 25 points, 1-5 yrs = 50 and at least 5 yrs = 75.
Sleep Health was added this year - taking the "Simple 7" to the "Essential 8". Although there are MANY ways to slice/dice "good" sleep (restlessness, efficiency, time spent in each stage, restfulness, etc), they have opted for one that is most simple to measure, and perhaps the most obvious: sleep duration. It's been pretty well established that sleeping between 6-10 hours per night is a good target, with 7-9 the desired bull's eye. AHA stayed consistent with this, giving those who typically sleep 7-9 hours the max points (100), slightly less for more with 9-10 hours = 90 points, fewer points for fewer than target (6-7 hrs = 70 points), and those who fall closer to the extremes of under or over-rested even fewer: 5-6 or >10 hrs = 40 points. Those who are chronically under-rested get the lowest points with 4-5 hours = 20 points and less than 4 hrs = 0 points. We think it's great (and maybe about time) that AHA has formally recognized sleep as integral to health. It's been on their radar for a long time, but this makes it official and, with any luck, will continue to push the conversation that lack of sleep is not a badge of toughness (as was once touted) but a march toward predictable health decline.
And now onto the health factors, which sadly, continue to be a major warning sign for the American public, with less than 7 in 100 at the lowest risk by recent estimates of similar factors.
Body Mass Index, which as most know is a ratio of mass to height (kg/m2), relates closely to excess body fat (adiposity) and as a metric that is very easy to calculate in large numbers of people, continues to make the list coming in at number 5 of 8. Unfortunately as recent research shows, this factor also continues to be a significant struggle for many Americans with as many as 42 of every 100 in the category of obesity (BMI > 30). As noted in research at BYU, a particularly high risk of weight gain exists between the ages of 20 and 40 years old so early adulthood (and the years prior) are critically important to future health. Individuals score 100 points if their BMI is <25, 70 if between 25 and 29.9, 30 points if between 30 and 34.9, 15 if between 35 and 39.9 and 0 points if they have a BMI >40.
The second of four health factors (and last to discuss this week) are "blood lipids", which broadly gets categorized under "cholesterol". Although we have to read the fine print to get to the current definition, there are a few key details that might get missed by some. First is that the AHA has settled on "non-HDL" as the key factor, meaning total cholesterol minus HDL ("good") cholesterol. This is important because it gets at the fact that not all cholesterol is bad AND that, like most things in the body, the balance matters. The other key factor here is found in a single line in the scoring index "If drug-treated level, subtract 20 points" - which makes it clear that AHA believes achieving a desirable level via medication is at least 20% less-good as maintaining healthy numbers via healthy lifestyle. This is not AT ALL to throw a wet-blanket on the nearly 4 in 10 Americans who take (or might benefit from) cholesterol lowering medication, but rather to draw attention to the fact that, like many approaches, this one is treatment but not cure.
Next week we'll wrap up this mini-series with numbers 7 and 8, along with a way to quickly calculate our own score to see if we make the "Top 20" by scoring > 80 points, something only 1 in 5 (20%) of Americans can claim.
To be continued...
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
defining "health"
July 8
It's the kind of thing that we think we know when we see it (or feel it). If you ask people to rate the most important things in their life it's often near the top of the list. There are timeless quotes that suggest it is the most important asset we have or can accrue and according to Merriam-Webster it is defined as "a condition in which someone or something is thriving or doing well : WELL-BEING" - but when it comes to the details, the level that allows for measuring it, we are faced with a tricky endeavor because it has physical, mental, social, financial and even metaphysical (or perhaps spiritual) component parts. It is influenced not only by our present actions and personal experiences, but like the formation of a riverbed, grooved and etched by the choices made and circumstances lived by family members from generations past; people we have never met. In something that resembles a "mushy middle", enjoying good "health" is simple to understand when we zoom way out (we know it when we see it) or way in (the formula to achieve it, if consistently applied is pretty straight forward), it gets complex as we get toward the "gooey center" of what it actually means.
The American Heart Association, over the course of its nearly 100 years, has tried. With an expected emphasis on Cardiovascular Health (CVH) it has helped to decipher many specifics on what it means to be healthy. Although never perfect and always evolving, they have contributed heaps and continue to do so. This month, the group published newly refined guidance on how to define CVH and, tucked into an article in their scientific journal, explained how to score our own health. They call it "Life's Essential 8", which refers to the 8 measurable factors that they suggest lie at the roots, and provide a reasonably easy to follow 0-100 scoring system for each.
With that in mind, over the next 3 weeks we will break down the "Essential 8" and provide both the scoring mechanism and some insights that you might not otherwise get if you only read the headline. This week we'll cover the first 2: FUEL and MOVE...or as the AHA calls them Diet and Physical Activity respectively.
Take a look at the descriptions below and start to estimate your score.
Essential number 1 is Diet. On near-continuous and ever-detailed review of the literature, the AHA agrees with US News & World Report who ranks the DASH and Mediterranean diets as the top diets for health. AHA believes that at the individual level, the modified Mediterranean Eating Pattern for Americans (MEPA) scoring, where a 1 point is given for each of 16 areas and a higher score is better, is the best way to assess diet quality.
Generally speaking, the MEPA gives points for including/increasing the consumption of olive oil, leafy greens, other veggies, berries, fruit, nuts/seeds, beans and fish (as the preferred animal-based protein source). It also gives points for (as compared to the standard American diet) reduced consumption of red-meat, chicken, sweets and processed foods while moderate consumption of dairy products (cheese/butter) and alcohol as depicted on a Mediterranean Diet food pyramid here is acceptable. Those who score the max points on the MEPA (15-16) get the full 100 points on the AHA Essential 8 with reductions in points as MEPA scores fall (12-14 on MEPA = 80 on AHA8, 8-11 = 50, 4-7 = 25, <3 = 0 points).
Category 2 is Physical Activity; specifically the number of moderate (or greater) intensity minutes of physical activity per week, where 150 or more minutes at a heart rate of >50% of maximum (loosely defined as 220-age) gets the full 100 AHA8 points. As moderate-minutes fall, so do points: 120-149 minutes = 90 points, 90-119 = 80, 60-89 = 60, 30-59 = 40, 1-29 = 20 and 0 minutes = 0 points.
One insight worth noting is that even ONE MINUTE of physical activity gives 20% of the benefit (20 points). This is one way that the AHA speaks to something we point out whenever we can - some physical activity (any!) is WAY better than nothing.
There's more to come on this story. We'll outline the remaining 6 over the next 2 weeks. But for now, the takeaway should be pretty clear: According to the latest guidance from the American Heart Association, ELEMENTS 1 and 2 (MOVE & FUEL) account for as much as 25% of cardiovascular health and are critical ways to combat the risks of the number one killer in America. Big rocks.
Get out there and break a sweat today. Even better if it's while picking fresh stuff from the garden for eating later!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
A Steady Future in Only 10 Seconds
July 1
Steve Jobs, the famed founder of Apple, once said "Simple can be harder than complex: You have to work hard to get your thinking clean to make it simple. But it’s worth it in the end because once you get there, you can move mountains."
It's one of my favorite ideas because it gets at a critical concept; if we do the hard work of finding the simple truths that help explain the complex world around us, we can overcome some of the greatest challenges we face. At Pro-Activity, finding simple explanations (and ultimately solutions) to the many complex risks our clients face is at the heart of what we do. Whether it is the traditional athlete who is trying to train his/her body and mind to perform at a higher level of competition or an "industrial athlete" who is looking to maintain a high enough level performance to turn a career into a long and healthy retirement, it is often the simple, pertinent and replicable items that become pillars of the best plans.
In a sense, this is where our focus on finding the ELEMENTS of Human Flourishing came from. Like the periodic table in chemistry, we believe that there must be simple ways to explain the highly complex components which go into being "healthy", living the highest possible quality of life and that they are worth searching out. If you've been following along for a bit you've undoubtedly heard us review simple concepts that tell us a lot like "the ability to get down and back up from the floor without using our hands predicts longevity" or "the ability to climb 4 flights of stairs in less than a minute can tell us about our heart health". They make it to our favorite list because they show how simple it really can be and, in these cases, how our movement capabilities consistently predict our future health.
This month, a global team of researchers published some data which reinforced another great one that we use now and again. It takes only 10 seconds to perform, goes after one of the leading causes of death worldwide (falls) and proved effective from a prediction perspective.
Wondering what it could be?
Well, simple enough, it's the ability to stand one 1 foot for 10 seconds. Yep, 10 seconds on either side, just that simple.
The team tracked 1700 individuals from 2008 to 2020 and found that the inability to stand on one foot for at least 10 seconds mathematically predicted those who would die during the study period. After the age of 50 the inability to do so on either foot doubled about every five years with a significant drop-off around 60 years old and less than 1/2 of 70+ year olds in the study group able to do so.
Find a safe place (with something to hold onto if needed) and give it a try. If it doesn't go as well as you think it should, the best time to start working on it is now! Let us know if you need ideas.
If you are celebrating Independence Day with a long weekend, we hope it's a great one. Thank you to all of those working hard to preserve the freedoms that we've enjoyed since then.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
There's a Hole in the Bucket (Revisited)
June 24
It was roughly 10 AM and I had to get "across town". It sounds so simple - travel 4 to 6 miles (depending on your route) in roughly a straight line. For a decently large portion of the world, it could probably be done in 35 minutes or less depending on which form of human power was employed (on foot, by bike, etc). Yet, for those of us who've had the pleasure, we know that on most days of the week, getting across Manhattan takes about the same amount of time by car. Why?
We often use the example of an overflowing bucket to explain the same phenomenon - getting beyond the threshold capacity of a given system - or in our case, a system of systems (aka the working body). We use the analogy of a bucket, a finite container that can only handle so much, with a hole in the bottom that acts as a drain. Although slightly oversimplified, if we put too much in and overflow before the drain can clear the contents, we experience illness, injury and the difficulty or lack of ease (i.e. dis-ease) that goes with it. Like a sponge that can't absorb any more without dripping everywhere or a road system that simply has no additional room and begins to back up, each human has a threshold which, once it is surpassed, results in problems until it can recover (drain) on the short term and hopefully adapt (grow the capacity) on the longer term.
This week researchers from the University of Southern California confirmed this concept and showed, as it relates to accelerated aging, that is, getting age-related diseases earlier than expected, our immune system may be paying the price when the bucket overflows. They found that social stressors which occurred in adulthood, defined as "difficult or challenging circumstances that arise from social position and experience that are expected to be stressful" (e.g., daily hassles, life events, and chronic stressors) were connected to a decline of the immune system, even after they statistically controlled for race, age and sex. More specifically they found that those with "overflowing buckets" tended to have a higher percentage of "old immune cells" and lower percentage of "new immune cells".
However, for those of us who feel a little saturated, stuck in traffic or overflowing at times, all hope is not lost. Tucked away in the fine print was the silver lining - "Lifestyle factors [...] partially reduced these effects." - those who put time into exercise, eating well and being deliberate with recovery had better immune function, longer.
Although another promising mouse-study says we're closer to putting exercise into a pill than ever before, until then it's probably best to keep building the bucket through "MOVE, FUEL and RECOVER," so we don't have to mop up messes earlier than we should.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
taking the bite out of barking knees
June 17
A funny thing happened to me on my way through the pandemic - my knees started to ache. Not an injury per se as there was no incident that I could remember, just a pair of cranky knees, as if I had aged in place one night and woken up "old". At first I didn't think much of it but as it became consistent and I found myself feeling limited in one way or another (kneeling down was uncomfortable, changing positions was met with a "give me a second" sensation) I started to wonder if the "hard wear" of an active life had taken its toll on my hardware...specifically my joints. After all, I was right at the age when the incidence of arthritis begins to jump significantly, from 7% to nearly 30% in the US according to the CDC.
Then, around this time last year I decided to run a little experiment. Pandemic life had me sitting more than ever and so it was possible that, as bodies do, mine had adapted; in this case to a more stationary/sedentary life. After all, a year of significantly increased sitting time is plenty for soft tissues like muscles and tendons to stiffen and shorten enough for movement to become less free, joints to compress a little, and possibly even surface tissues like cartilage to become less resilient and more sensitive. I decided to spend each day of my vacation working on movement - long bouts of sustained stretching and lots of walking on varied terrain. If some version of soft-tissue adaptation was the source of my achy knees, I should see some improvement (even minimal), for the effort. Instead, I got almost immediate change and within a week, total resolution of symptoms.
This didn't come as a surprise, we've got countless studies showing that a regular and dedicated practice of varied movements (stretching, yoga, tai chi, etc) can have an amazing impact on health and quality of life, but it was a welcome relief.
Even in the last two weeks more studies have come up supporting these three themes:
1. Sedentary Time (as measured across 21 countries and more than 100,000 people for a decade or more), specifically sitting for >8 hours per day, is directly correlated with poorer health, increasing the risk of mortality by as much as 50% in some parts of the world and nearly 20% in ours.
2. Time spent moving (as measured in 1200+ people for 2 years), specifically walking, reduced the symptoms (pain) and progression (joint space narrowing) of knee osteoarthritis at/near midlife by 60% and 80% respectively.
3. Varied movements which require us to adapt to new challenges across muscle groups may have a particularly strong potential. Nordic walking, which features walking with the use of handheld poles, outperformed other forms of exercise (high intensity and moderate to vigorous continuous training) in a randomized trial which measured effects ranging from cardiovascular improvements to quality of life over a 12 week period.
Our knees can tell us a lot. Some studies suggest knee health predicts future health overall. If yours are barking, they may just need to go out for a walk.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
buyer beware - metabolism boosters
June 10
It's not the most common question we get but it's up there. "What do you think of _____?"...where the blank is filled in with the name of a particular supplement or vitamin; sometimes one that has recently made the news as being used by a famous athlete or performing artist. It's never an easy question to answer because given the space between regulations and oversight where vitamins and supplements "live" (i.e. not foods per se and not medications), there is a fair amount that can go wrong. Complicating it even further is the fact that history has several high profile scenarios when things have gone wrong enough to be noticed, tested and eventually recalled. The FDA currently lists 48 dietary supplements on their recall website, many containing undisclosed substances. In a study published in 2019 researchers linked nearly 1,000 adverse events to supplement use with the highest risk found in those which claimed to have muscle building and/or fat burning qualities (as much as 3 times the risk of more commonly used supplements like vitamins). With that in mind, we often find ourselves answering with caution, somewhere between trying to not discourage the intent of getting healthier, stronger, fitter, etc but also reiterating that given the relative ease to market and history of negative consequences, there is an almost automatic "warning" flag that goes up in our minds.
This week, unfortunately, the warning reaction gets even more support as a both naturally occurring (high fat diet) and synthetically derived (supplements such as Cardarine) substance sometimes touted as a "metabolism booster" has been linked to a particularly lethal form of cancer. In plain English - the substance worked; it did, in fact, boost energy utilization (metabolism). However, and this is where it gets more nuanced, it not only had the positive benefit of helping healthy cells to use energy, it also had the negative drawback of helping cancer cells in the pancreas use energy...and grow and replicate and become more serious, building on the same findings for other forms of cancer. Buyer Beware.
For me, the standard answer is usually something along the lines of: "I personally love the latitude to make my own choices when it comes to what I eat and what supplements I choose. However, knowing a bit about how easy it is to put something that hasn't been well-studied or quality-tested into my system, I look for either a long history of success with limited negative consequences or I stay away until enough time has passed for that history to be clear".
This is one of the reasons we steer clear of fad diets and promote simple and well established nutritional principles (like "eat more plants"). This is why, when it comes to getting a "metabolism boost" we recommend putting the "big rocks" in first like:
- adding some MOVE to daily life which gets the results at almost any dosage and has only positive side effects if done so thoughtfully, or:
- focusing on sleep at night and exploring a better scheme for rest between sets before taking potentially harmful substances for those trying to get an edge in the gym.
If it sounds too good to be true, it might actually be. This time the science says beware.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
endurance and motivation, from the gut!
June 3
"I've got a bad feeling about this".
If you like iconic movie quotes, this one should ring a bell. In fairness, it's rightfully overshadowed by other lines like "may the force be with you" and the ultimate mic-drop "no (Luke), I am your father" but, as outlined here, the "bad feeling" is a staple, even making a crossover leap into the Indiana Jones franchise in 2008. Whether we call it intuition or gut-feel, we've all felt it at one time or another - something deep inside, maybe in the "pit" of our stomach, that raises our awareness and, at some level, influences what we do next.
In a fascinating twist which we are only beginning to really understand, it turns out that the connection between the gut and the brain is not just a pathway but more like a superhighway with many lanes. Therefore, as outlined HERE seven years ago, what is in our gut (types of bacteria, etc) is likely to have a strong impact on our thinking, personality, how we socialize and even our response to stressful conditions. Recent research has connected this "gut brain axis" and negative alterations in gut-bacteria (called dysbiosis) to a variety of diseases and conditions spanning the life course. From Anxiety, Autism and Attention Deficit Disorder in the very early years to Alzheimer's disease much later on the connection has been widely seen (and these are only diseases and conditions starting with the letter "A").
But what about on the other end of the spectrum? Instead of looking at disease, what about performance and achievement? Could there be an "upside" link between our gut and behavior too? This is what a research team from the University of California, Riverside set out to determine by altering the bacteria makeup in mice bred for running endurance and high motivation to exercise, like the marathoners of the mouse world, as compared to more normal mice, like the "Average Joes" of the mouse world (an only slightly less iconic movie reference).
Amazingly, after a course of antibiotics (which is known to alter the gut biome in humans too), the marathoner-mice were less motivated to run and couldn't go as far, more than a 20% reduction from their baseline, a finding which persisted even after the antibiotics were stopped. Interestingly, the average-Joe mice were impacted to a lesser extent, causing the research team to conclude that the marathoner-mice must have had some advantage related to their baseline bacteria, such as better ability to turn food into muscle-energy or even increased motivation.
What does this mean for those of us who aren't mice?
While it's still too early to be conclusive, we can feel confident that the bacteria in/on/around our bodies has a major impact on our health - physical, mental, emotional and even social and quite possibly on our motivation and energy to MOVE, a key pillar of future health. With that in mind, how we care for the health and diversity of this bacteria (the foods we eat regularly, the medications we take and more) has a significant ripple effect worth being aware of. Since we know that healthy bacteria thrives when we eat healthy foods (especially dietary fiber), this is not only important anytime and always but especially after our gut health is challenged like after a course of antibiotics, during the summer heat and during periods when we might not get the healthy intake we otherwise would to rebuild the balance and diversity there.
If you're a Summer green thumb, I hope your garden is off to a great start - you might just be growing motivation and endurance.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
brain on the run
May 27
I recently saw a video clip of my Dad. He was doing what he loved. It didn't look exactly like the many times I had seen him do something similar, it was a little slower and a touch less steady maybe, but it was no less his joy - crossing the finish line in a running event. It's been almost a year since I said goodbye to the guy who taught me a ton about endurance (in both a running-related and non-running related sense) and it still seems unfair that a guy who so loved to run would find himself up against a condition which severely limits the brain-body motor pathways required to do so.
Not ironically, now on the days I get out for a jog or a run alongside the youth-athletes I coach, I have found myself feeling especially good. In addition to benefitting from any of the well known effects of physical activity, I try to keep in mind what a gift the ability to MOVE freely really is. From the simplest dynamic warm-up to any number of more regimented training plans, the long-known "irrefutable evidence of the effectiveness of regular physical activity in the primary and secondary prevention of several chronic diseases" is something worth putting on our side. Of course, the quick and reliable mood lift and the more recent but no less clear links to academic achievement (examples here and here) for our kids are no less important; truly, there's a lot to like about any regular movement habit we can build into our day.
However, it seems there might be something particularly special about running. Late last year a research team noted significant results in brain and nervous system function in only 10 minutes when they tested moderate intensity running (50% intensity) against a variety of the same brain function tests of the sedentary controls. Then, only a few weeks ago another team reported impressive increases in brain-chemicals related not only to happiness and good mood but also brain and nervous system repair when they studied running in non-human (mice) subjects as compared to their sedentary counterparts.
The benefits are impressive and seem to just keep getting better. With any luck we will see proof-positive of the same effects in people as were recently reported in mice which would add another important lever available as we try to stay on the right side of the risks we face. It'd be great if was as simple as putting one foot in front of the other over and over again...seems like it could be.
Get out and test the theory soon.
Have a great, long weekend,
Mike E.
when the sweet of warmth becomes the sour of heat
May 20
With a growing pile of home projects and a few outdoor "kid-chasing" events planned for the weekend I made and almost involuntary "ooof" sound as I pulled up the weather app on my phone. Temperatures jumping from mid 70's to mid 90's in 24 hours. Ah yes, "Spring-time" in NJ. Of course this is not a complaint about the weather - I wouldn't dare. I'd much rather have heat than cold. At least, that's the story I tell myself this early on in the season, before things get really oppressive because, compared to other species, we humans are surprisingly good at functioning in the heat. In fact, some say it may be one of the greatest advantages we have allowing us to even win races on foot against horses. Whether we call it by its proper name (nonlinearity), what it looks like on paper ("U" shaped) or use terms more common to a children's book (Goldilocks phenomenon), some may be good but more is not necessarily better; we are rapidly approaching a time of year when our ability to manage body temperature can be a major difference in whether we perform at our best or struggle more than we need to. This is because cooling hard working tissues shows great promise.
For example, in a 2020 review, a research team from France outlined some of the negative impacts on performance in hot environments as well as restoration of function when certain cooling strategies were implemented.
More specifically these 3 key points are particularly important:
(1) Heat significantly impairs the ability to complete tasks lasting greater than a few minutes or in repeated efforts (e.g. multiple sets), even in elite athletes. Whether researchers measured it in power output, time to exhaustion or fitness testing (VO2Max), as the temperature went up, performance was impaired, somewhere in the range of 10-15% in most studies.
This speaks to why we advocate strongly for raising the fitness baseline before the heat really sets in. A 15% loss of a bigger-than-needed number may provide enough buffer to get by while we acclimatize, whereas 15% loss starting at a lower number may put us on the wrong side of risk.
(2) These losses are not only physical - our ability to concentrate, solve problems and perform cognitively demanding tasks also degrades as body temperature goes up. Specifically, research has demonstrated declines in working memory and errors in judgment and decision-making which of course can have major implications in higher risk or more complex environments.
(3) Cooling the system can make a significant impact. Although bigger differences were seen in "time to exhaustion" tests (up to 50% improvement in some cases), small improvements were also seen in absolute performance such as timed-events (3-9%), heavy muscular efforts (depending on the parameters and starting temperatures) and on cognitive performance.
However, it is important to note that not all cooling strategies yield the same results. Whole body cooling, such as jumping into a pool, may be the fastest but since the body is equipped with features that seem particularly well suited for heat management, it may not be necessary. For example, in the naturally hairless areas of the body such as the palms, soles of the feet and face "above the beard line", we have blood vessels that, when cooled, can lower body temperatures and increase physical performance. Other areas like the head/neck, which send information to the hypothalamus (the brain's "thermostat") can impact how cool we feel, and possibly help us to be more comfortable even in hot environments. Other areas like the chest have also been studied for the ability to quickly cool the system.
The take-away, and although especially true for individuals who do not work in temperature controlled environments, heat is an important risk and performance-limiter we face every year. Managing it better is a key strategy for staying healthy and safe as the temperatures climb. It takes some know-how, but it can be done.
For those who get our monthly webinar and educational resources, we will continue to dive into heat management as a critical preventative strategy.
Have a great weekend and stay cool, literally.
Mike E.
what's the latest on high blood pressure?
May 13
They call it the "silent killer" for a reason. Despite common beliefs related to symptoms like headache, blurred vision, etc (which might but doesn't always happen even in severe cases), most of the time the slow and steady harm is asymptomatic; we simply cannot feel it.
For as much as we might hear about high blood pressure (aka hypertension) given how common it is, affecting as many as 50% of American adults, most folks only partially understand what "it" is, why and when we should care and what we can do to stay on the right side of risk or get back there if need be.
First, the basics, admittedly oversimplified - we are made of soft/flexible pipes.
The human body is under constant pressure. Not of the "stress" variety (although that could be), but rather physical forces acting on us. Gravity is of course the most obvious, but since we are essentially built to be a mostly closed canister, every time we move, cough, strain or sneeze - the force on our tissues and organs changes. Since this is the case, we are built with a pressurized system to make sure blood and nutrients get where we want it to go uninterrupted under various conditions; that is, hoses don't get easily crimped.
According to American College of Cardiology guidelines, the pressure required at complete rest is less than 80 millimeters of Mercury (abbreviated mmHg, the common unit of pressure) to keep the pipes open - this happens during "diastole" when the heart is refilling with blood and is the second (typically lower) of the 2 numbers we get in a blood pressure number. Since this happens during "diastole", we call it "diastolic" blood pressure. The "top number" (usually larger), called "systolic" and best if less than 120 mmHg, refers to the temporary spike in pressure that happens when the heart forcefully contracts to push blood all the way through the pipes to the end reaches of our system (fingers and toes).
But what happens if we need more pressure to keep the pipes open and blood flowing than is healthy? This is where "hypertension" (abbreviated HTN and referring to higher than normal pressure) comes in. Since our vessels are soft & flexible, when the pressure on the inside gets too high it can damage the inner lining, causing our bodies to attempt a repair before more serious harm is done. If this is a one time small event, like many things that challenge us, the repair is made and we go about our business. If, however, we get a micro-injury 60-80 times per minute (every time the heart beats and spikes a pressure), it doesn't take long before we are in a constant state of inflammation and doing irreparable harm.
This is oversimplifying very complex physiology, but, with any luck, these basics can give us a nudge to answer the following questions - and keep us on a healthy track:
1 - What is my blood pressure? This can be read at any number of free kiosks in many pharmacies. HOWEVER, if the numbers seem odd, it's best to rest a full 3-5 minutes and retake. Even if they come up higher than seems right, it's also best to NOT just write it off as inaccurate (they sometimes are) but rather find someone who can get you a better (more accurate) reading. This can include our team! Reply back to this email and we can get the convo going ANY TIME.
2 - What specifically drives high blood pressure? As many people know and have felt, physical/mental/social/emotional loads (aka "stress") can rev us up, tire us out and increase our blood pressure as a result. This of course is not the only thing, but it's real. Other important drivers include inadequate sleep (quality, quantity or both), high-inflammatory diets and/or low fiber diets and, on the other end of the spectrum from over-stressing our system, under-stressing our systems by not getting enough physical activity or having poor fitness.
3. How can I make it better? In addition to more medically oriented treatment (medication), a variety of more conservative approaches can yield good results. Although high-level it's probably reasonable to simply say "the opposite of what was listed above", more specifically - achieving a standard sleep/wake cycle, consuming more plants and the healthy compounds they are packed with (fiber, antioxidants, poly-phenols, etc) and getting out there and breaking a sweat with leisure time physical activity (considered a "first line treatment" in an American Heart Association scientific statement, a benefit that has also been seen in children), these get even better when combined. For example, eating 7 servings of fruit/veggies a day and getting adequate physical activity can cut the risk of high blood pressure IN HALF.
None of this makes blood pressure management easy. Preventing Hypertension takes a good plan and effort. But in many (and perhaps even most) cases, it can be done.
As we draw nearer and nearer to the Summer, now is a fantastic time to pause, get a reading and have a plan. We can help.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
was dr. evans right?
May 6
At around 8 minutes and 50 seconds into a video that is slightly longer than 9 minutes Dr. Mike Evans, a physician who originally practiced in Toronto, asks the viewer a simple (but loaded) question: "do you think you can limit your sleeping and sitting to only 23 1/2 hours per day?". The message seems so clear: if we invest +/- 2% of our day getting out of our chairs and instead do what we're built for (movement), we can get the return of significant health and quality of life gains.
That was 10 years and 6 million views ago. Since that time thousands of studies have taken aim at this and related claims around physical activity. Some of the studies monitored trends in the population, others worked to refine broad messaging that works and a few worked to dial in the proper dose, attempting to answer questions like "is 10,000 steps per day arbitrary or actually enough?" and "what is the actual threshold (step count) of a 'sedentary lifestyle'?". Yet, even with all of that, the central themes - "we likely sit too much" and "more movement would be a good thing for most" have remained.
Which gets us back to the question - was Dr. Evans right? Is 30 minutes per day enough to help us stave off disease? Could it be as simple as "save your health by investing in 30 minutes FOR (and in) your health?"
In short: Yes and No.
Yes - the 30 minutes x 5 days per week (150 minutes of moderate physical activity per week) dose is incredibly well established and reproducible for a variety of diseases and risks.
And No - a moderately intense 30 x 5 is not the only combination that works. More moderate minutes (say that fast!) might be better, especially for men and a combination of a lower number of minutes performed at higher intensity, for example 75 minutes at high intensity, works quite well.
The good news is since the video, the Guidelines for Healthy Americans have explored these updates and adapted accordingly.
The even better news which came out this past week in a very recent randomized controlled trial (considered the pinnacle of research by many) is that getting otherwise sedentary people in their working years who were struggling with cardiometabolic disease (combined heart risks like high blood pressure and high cholesterol with poorly controlled blood sugar) to MOVE worked. 50 minutes per day of light physical activity (gentle walking mostly) slowed the progression of their disease in as little as 90 days.
There's nothing wrong with being still, but even a decade later the fact remains: we probably should limit it to only 23.5 hours per day. If we're getting less than 5,000 steps per day (as referenced in one of the studies linked above) or less than 120 minutes per week of moderate physical activity and more than 10 hours per day of sitting (as referenced in the most recent study), doing so can be especially powerful.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
get out there and eat better
Apr 29
I saw it again this past weekend. A big yellow school bus pulled into the parking lot next to the lush green athletic field and 30 or so high-schoolers from New York City piled off. The 35 mile bus ride westward doesn't sound that far really, but most people who've made the trip would probably agree that when starting from the Lincoln tunnel, it's far enough to see the transition from the city to the suburbs.
We have a "friendly-rivalry" with the team that piled off the bus. That is, my daughter's rugby club plays them often enough that (despite everyone on both sides definitely playing to win), it feels like more than that, like we've gotten to know each other beyond athletic attributes (fast, strong, aggressive, etc) and consider it a friendship. As is the culture of the sport, the athletes and parents often mingle after the game and this time, with the combination of a nearly perfect Spring day and in celebration of the graduating seniors, we hosted a barbecue, so most everyone lingered and enjoyed the day.
Open green spaces and room to run. Genuine connections with the people around you. A good meal and something to celebrate. We may not know all the details of how exactly, but we're learning, and it's pretty powerful. In fact, if you go to Google Scholar and search for "Forest Bathing" (the term often used for studying the effects of simply being in nature) there are more than 17,000 references...since 2018. One review suggests a wide variety of validated benefits including "remarkably improving cardiovascular function, hemodynamic indexes, neuroendocrine indexes, metabolic indexes, immunity and inflammatory indexes, antioxidant indexes, and electrophysiological indexes; significantly enhancing people’s emotional state, attitude, and feelings towards things, physical and psychological recovery, and adaptive behaviors; and obvious alleviation of anxiety and depression." Not bad. But it doesn't seem to end there. Earlier this month, from a team in Philadelphia, new research suggests that it may even help us improve our eating habits - nudging us toward healthier choices like "dietary diversity" and "greater fruit and vegetable intake".
It would be a bit of a leap to say that the post-match barbecue would qualify as dietarily diverse, heavy on fruits and veggies or even healthy. However, the smiles on the faces, athletes and supporters alike, are definitely proof-positive that getting "out there" with people you enjoy being with has the power to do good things. Whether it is something formal like a hike of mapped trails of the National Parks Service or some green space near home, it's a great time of year to pack some healthy snacks, get outside and take a little nature in.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
cancer stopping blood
Apr 22
Heart disease and Cancer. From an overall health-risk perspective, these are the two most ominous dark clouds that loom over the health of the US population and the world. Even COVID19, which has caused immense pain, suffering and loss, hasn't overshadowed their impact, coming in around 1/2 as deadly as cancer and 2/3rds less deadly as heart disease in early analyses of the leading causes of death in 2021 - about as clear a reason to do everything we can to find the tactics that can keep us outside of their path as there is.
If there is a silver lining, it may be in the fact that all 3 of the world's leading killers in 2021 (Heart Disease, Cancer and COVID19) along with various less lethal conditions share major risk factors. Shared risk of course means shared reward if we have strategies that work. With a risk lowering effect on as many as 7 different types of cancer, a well known impact on heart disease, the ability to strengthen our immune system and, as shown earlier this month, a powerful means to substantially cut our risk of depression even at relatively small doses, physical activity can be a very long lever.
Earlier this month, in a small but very cool experiment involving one of the more common and deadly forms of cancer, blood taken from previously sedentary subjects after 30 minutes of aerobic exercise (cycling) substantially reduced the replication of colon cancer cells. When the researchers explored the possible mechanisms, it was clear that a protein which muscles release after exercise is known to reduce inflammation (myokine IL6) and help with cellular repair was playing a significant role.
The American College of Sports Medicine says "Exercise Is Medicine". Although there's always more to learn, it certainly seems like the science this week agrees.
Summer will be here before you know it, it's a great time to get a MOVE on.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
a faulty flow sensor?
Apr 15
You don't have to be a plumber, pipefitter or water-system engineer to know that flow matters. Any kid who has ever performed the age-old rubber band around the finger "trick" or the once-popular "hold my breath until I get what I want" tactic knows that flow, whether it be something through a pipe, blood to a fingertip or breath to the body, is an important concept in daily life.
Of course, in today's data-centric world where we rely heavily on real-time data to make decisions we have a wide variety of flow sensors that help us out. Maybe you've had that annoying moment when an indicator on your car's dashboard turned out to be an "O2 sensor" or one of my personal favorites, the tripping of the sensor tucked into our fire-alarms that tells us that the flow of back up electricity is not keeping up...you know, the one which seems to know it's the middle of the night and a loud beep will really get your attention. It can't be only me :)
Humans also have flow sensors. In fact, one group of proteins called Piezo1 exists in our lungs, skin and in our capillaries, the tiniest blood vessels in the body. They are sensitive to changes in mechanical load (stretch/strain, etc) and they supply critical information as our bodies try to prepare and react to the challenges of the day. But what if the sensor stops working correctly? Do we have a warning light? Will the "engine" perform less efficiently?
Well, about one month ago, with an important contribution from researchers from the University of Leeds, we learned more. The team limited this protein in mice and then observed their activities and behaviors. What they found was very interesting - the mice couldn't run as long or as fast on their wheel. It wasn't a motivation thing, the mice attempted to run, they just didn't have the same capacity, as if moving was just harder.
According to the authors, the take home message is clear - if it feels harder to exercise after you've been sedentary for a while, it's likely because it IS. Without regular stimulation of these protein flow sensors (such as blood rushing with hard physical exertion and exercise), the blood vessels adapt and ultimately restrict the flow rate, the amount of blood that can easily pass through per minute...think of the slow pipe and/or rubber band trick at a much smaller scale.
Here's the good news - although a bit harder to get started than to keep going - the adaptation does happen in reverse. Moving regularly and hard enough to be slightly out of breath (but probably not gasping for air) can change flow dynamics temporarily, stimulate the sensors in the process and ultimately start the remodeling needed to allow blood to more easily flow on the longer term.
Now is a great time of year to make a MOVE to improve blood flow. It'll be hot before we know it if it's not already getting there. One of the most effective ways to get heat off the system relies on healthy vessels. A few weeks of effort now will go a very long way later. More to come for sure.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
pump up your recover
Apr 8
Think about your bedtime routine. Is there one? Does it happen at a certain time? Maybe it involves finally taking a minute to relax and enjoy a quiet moment to yourself. Are you a glass of wine or chamomile tea type? Are you a TV & doze off in the recliner or a strict bedtime type? Are you a "asleep before my head hits the pillow" or a "take a few minutes to process" type? Are you none of these ever or all of these on any given day type?
Of course, if the goal is to get to sleep quickly and get the most restful sleep, some strategies ARE better than others, as one of the world's experts on sleep, Matthew Walker, detailed in his TED Talk a couple years back. Up until recently however, one strategy was less widely discussed. This probably wasn't because it was unknown in the strictest sense. After all, the phenomenon had been seen in some well-controlled studies as far back as 25 years ago which may have prompted more researchers to study the connection.
As is often the case, as a base of small studies of specific populations began to grow, the phenomenon became more universally accepted and our understanding slowly got more specific. Then, in an even more refined study of an even larger group of people for an even longer period of time the results were more conclusive than ever: Resistance Exercise, that is muscle loading (and not necessarily aerobic exercise), improved sleep duration (time asleep), quality (deep and REM stages of sleep) and latency (how fast we fall asleep).
So, along with a fixed and routine bed/wake time, a cooler environment to sleep in, and severely limiting light to let the brain rest, if we are trying to improve our ability to RECOVER by improving our sleep, it may be time to consider walking away from the nap and toward the weights.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
the eyes have it: a connection between daylight and diabetes?
Apr 1
Humans are diurnal - the "up and moving" part of the 24 hour day is counterbalanced by a "rest" stage. For most, the sunlight of dawn is the natural cue to get going, while dusk signals our bodies to slow toward sleep. It doesn't always follow this pattern perfectly. For example, "Night owls" do exist; some by nature (genetic predisposition) and others by physiological-training, such as years of working at night and sleeping during the day. For most of us however, it is the rise and fall of the sun that we set our internal clocks by....natural light, in technical terms is our "zeitgeber".
But what if you can't follow the sun? What if your internal clock and the world around you are on different schedules?
This topic has been a source of debate for a long time. Daylight savings time, when the natural rhythm is thrown off to conserve hours of light, has often been referred to as one of largest and longest standing social experiments in US history. It has been linked with a variety of injury and health risks. However the debate has more recently heated up as congress considers making Daylight Savings Time permanent. The American Academy of Sleep Medicine disagrees with some of the approach, citing a variety of concerns and phenomena associated with these changes.
But what is really going on? Why, for one of the most adaptable creatures on the planet (us), is an hour here or there such a big deal? 2 new studies this week give us clues.
The "eyes" have it.
The human eye is amazing. Not only does it provide the large majority of the information we use to make the day to day decisions, it is a window directly into our central nervous system via the "hardwired" optic nerve. This means that when the sensors of the eye are turned "on" (stimulated), the brain revs up to deal with the information pouring in. Of course, it also stands to reason then that all of the systems that support the brain, including the energy management system known as "metabolism" must also be on. Although this may in part explain why sunlight is such a great cue to set our internal clocks by, it also says in places where some level of light is always on, such as more and more of the earth, the eye, brain and therefore entire human system has a hard time shutting down for rest.
In fact, as the first of two independent research papers pointed to this week, stimulating the sensors of the eye with even partial/low light for 1 night revs up the nervous system enough to reduce the body's ability to process blood sugar the next morning. Unfortunately if a pattern of interrupted sleep and subsequent metabolic changes is extended over the course of 2 weeks , as was the case in study 2, we will not only begin to crave significantly more protein and fat (as might be expected to keep the "machine running"), we will store it around the vital organs in the middle (visceral fat), the least healthy place to do so.
Protecting our future health includes but is not limited to eating right and exercising. One of the most straight forward ways to do so might just be to protect our bedtime and buy some blackout shades.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
so how'd we do this year?
March 25
So there it is, a 158 page deep dive into happiness as it stands today across the globe. As has been the case in each of the previous 9 years the report was issued, there are themes that just keep coming up and newer, very well evidenced, information that we can learn from. But before we do that, a quick disclaimer:
158 pages is A LOT to summarize in a few blog-minutes. With that in mind, we are only hitting on the high points and those that relate to the theme we've been discussing these few weeks - that health and happiness are inseparably connected, that the connection flows both ways (health influences happiness and happiness influences health) and, maybe most importantly, that a significant portion of what we experience as "happiness" is not only under our control but can be measured and therefore predicted.....which, once again brings us back to....Finland.
For those that have been reading for a while, we recognize that Finland seems to get special recognition and are maybe even put on a pedestal in this blog. After all, they are the champs...again. For those who don't know the story of their transformation here's the short version - they went from one of the unhealthiest countries on the planet in the 1970's (where men died of heart attack more commonly than any other place in the world, read more here) to not only one of the healthiest by the twenty-teens (e.g. 2013+) but one of the happiest by many measures (see pages 30-58) when the World Happiness Report first hit the presses in 2012. Then, like a sports dynasty, they just kept getting better, achieving an almost automatic top 10 ranking from 2012 to 2016, and then the top ranking every year from 2017 to the present. This hardly seems like a coincidence and is no doubt packed with lessons we can all benefit from, especially those of us from the US, where we've not managed to crack the top ten. This year, we have climbed back to 16, which is still below our highest score in recent years of 14.
So what can we learn from this year's report? What, if the last decade of research has taught us anything, must the Fins be doing right?
Here are three critical points:
1. It's in the genes and it's not. Chapter 5, starting around page 107 of the report, takes a dive into the biological basis for happiness to make a clear case that there IS a genetic component. That is, our genetic code does have an impact on our level of happiness. HOWEVER, it is most definitely NOT purely genetic. The authors reviewed several studies done on twins (some identical, others fraternal, some who grew up in the same environment, some that didn't) and determined that our genes appear to contribute about 40% toward our likelihood of being happy. On the one hand that seems like a large contribution, on the other hand, it means less than 1/2.
2. If it's 60% NOT genetic, our experiences matter a lot. The conditions we live/work/learn/play in matter, as they not only shape our view of the world but how our bodies adapt and ready to navigate it. Just as the experience of exercise creates a cascade of reactions that can ultimately remodel and shape our moving "parts", our sense of safety, stability, structure, positive emotions, optimism and achievements can remodel and shape our well-being parts (including brain, immune response and hormones).
3. We have more control than it may seem. Or, as they say in the report: "A wealth of evidence, based on various research approaches, supports the notion of well-being as changing and changeable – at the individual, group, and national levels". This is of course great news and brings us back to things we can do now for ourselves and our families. We can work to increase our physical activity levels (MOVE) - from mood lifting impacts to energy management, it is easy and our physiology responds quickly. We can eat foods that reduce whole-body inflammation and bolster immune function (FUEL). Fruits and veggies are at the top of the list (as fiber supports an anti-inflammatory gut biome) but not the only ways to get there. We can work really hard to build good sleep habits (RECOVER). One of the most consistent ways to improve key markers known to impact well-being such as serotonin and C-Reactive Protein is with good sleep and it doesn't end there. We can focus on the long term and cultivate our ability to be gritty and have resilience in the face of setbacks (ENDURE). After all, as genetically influenced traits that drive behavior like grit and ambition are "are positively correlated with positive life events, and negatively correlated with negative life events". And last but certainly not least, we can invest heavily into our relationships (CONNECT). One of the most interesting studies mentioned in the report compared twins (same genetics) who had different social-relationship circumstances (marriage vs. not). In both men and women, having a long-term social partner (married) related to both improved well-being scores and a 10+% offset in the role genetic risk played.
Happiness is complex. Who we are (genes) and what we do (behaviors) interact with where we live/work/learn/play (environment). It would be easy to dismiss it as something that happens "to us" and it would be wrong. We can't control all of the forces at play, but we can certainly control a meaningful portion. And Spring is an amazing time of year to do so. Reach out if you're ready to get started.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
the pursuit of happiness
March 11
"We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness."
It is one of three examples of unalienable Rights, so says the US Declaration of Independence. Initially written by Jefferson and then edited by a committee of 5 (of which he was one), this paragraph is one of the most widely recognized sections of one of the most prominent documents in our history as a nation. But what does it mean to actually "pursue happiness"? This is a much deeper question, something that is still to this day emerging and is most definitely not as self-evident as the truths the declaration spoke of.
Pursuing happiness starts with the idea of happiness itself - defining its features, component parts and actual definition. Like most complex human experiences, even though we know it when we feel it, the experience can be incredibly difficult to put into words. Try it sometime. Ask someone of almost any age “do you know what it means to be happy?" and they will likely answer "yes". Then follow up by asking them to put it into words and they may struggle.
Some research suggests that this is because we literally have more words to describe threats and negative emotions that we keep top of mind than we have to describe positives. This of course could be some deeply ingrained mechanism handed down from our most distant ancestors that keeps us vigilant enough to outrun the modern-day saber-tooth tigers in our life at a moment's notice. On the other hand, it’s equally possible that happiness is the combination of multiple positive threads at the same time and so putting a simple label on a complex experience just doesn’t do it justice.
In 2019 a group of authors tried to unpack this a little by reviewing the connection of happiness and health. It turns out happiness is the intersection of 3 unique components and not merely bliss or pleasure, which can only account for 1 of the 3 components. Yep, another 3 legged stool.
This first leg, which includes moments of joy & pleasure is called "Affective Well-being" is the sensation we get when we find ourselves in a moment of bliss. Eat a great meal with loved ones or friends? You get some of this (see the idea of “bliss point” mentioned in previous blogs). Watch your team win the big game? You get some of this. Have a young child hit an important milestone (e.g. baby's first steps)? You get some of this. And although not a bad thing, it can be relatively easy to find and so a little overemphasized in our pursuit. For example a high sugar drink can give us a quick hit of bliss without fulfillment just as a funny Instagram Reel or TikTok can leave us laughing out loud (clear bliss) without the satisfaction of being "content", another word used to describe happiness, which gets us to the next type.
Type 2 is called "evaluative happiness" and this is the kind which gives us a sense of satisfaction with the quality of our lives. Instead of answering the question of "are we experiencing bliss, pleasure or joy?", this type of happiness asks whether we are feeling content. Achieving this kind of happiness is like leveling up. Where getting a little bliss or joy can be found with the literal swipe on a smartphone, feeling content requires us to think about what really matters to us and probably let go of a lot. Many cultures, in one way or another, suggest that the pursuit of this kind of happiness requires a "less is more" mindset, walking away from the "keeping up with the Jones' (or Kardashians)" mentality and reflecting on all the positives in our lives until that's what we see first.
Type 3 happiness is called "Eudaimonic Well-being" and it relates to purpose, meaning-making, personal growth and mastery. This is the kind of happiness we get when we work really hard and achieve something, especially if we weren't sure we could. This is also the kind of happiness that puts the "love" in the "labor of love" projects we all have in life. Going to raise a veggie garden this year? It's hard and often dirty work. Yet, ask anyone who does it, and they will often feel a sense of happiness when they show-off and share the fruits (or veggies) of their labor.
So what's the call to action on this one?
Well, take a minute to think about the 3 types of happiness. Ask yourself which you have, which you're a little light on and how you might achieve a more balanced pursuit. You may find you over-pursue type 1 and under-pursue the others (or some other combo). The goal is not necessarily to achieve perfect balance, but a distribution that works for you. What we know is that it relates back to health and therefore injury/illness/disease prevention, something we can all benefit from.
It's our unalienable Right and it might be as simple as getting out those gardening tools and, quite literally, cultivating it.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Inside the Mind of the Happy Doers
March 18
Three weeks ago we started down this 5 week journey into aging well by way of the health/happiness connection. In week one we talked about how exercise can work to reinvigorate our muscles and fat cells to improve their efficiency with supplying plenty of energy as we work to accrue the financial and health assets needed to retire well. In week two we talked about the natural ebbs and flows of happiness as they relate to age, a phenomenon that has been seen around the world. In week three we touched on the three different types of happiness and the fact that pursuing overall happiness may require rebalancing our "portfolio" of enjoyment (affective/bliss), contentment (evaluative/quality of life) and purpose (eudaimonic/meaning-making). This week, the 4th of 5 on the subject, we're going to dig deeper into the mindset of those who are successful at using positive well-being to live longer and ward off everything from arthritis to the flu in the process. Dive in to get the rest of the story.
You know them when you see them. The pleasant doers. They are the "walk it like they talk it" types who seem to both have a certain confidence about them as they go through life, and seem to get "it" (whatever "it" is at the moment) done, smiling along the way. There is a person like this at one of the sites I visit now and again. I've spent more than a few trips out into "the field" with him. He's one of the more experienced members of the team and always has amazing insights he is willing to share. His story definitely doesn't end there. He's also an avid gardener, although that term seems a bit underpowered considering he tends to multiple acres and shares the output generously all summer. He's a laugher, always telling a funny story or cracking a joke and keeping the environment relaxed; and he's definitely a success story - someone who is not immune to the effects of aging or the risks of illness, but has achieved a level of contentment that I'd wish on anyone.
What is it about this gentleman or others like him? What exactly powers them, and how do more of us get more of it? These are the questions in front of us as we step into the fourth part of our 5 part series on subjective wellbeing (aka happiness)....and the answer seems simple, which of course is NOT the same as easy.
It starts with mindset.
According to Dr. Alia Crum, one of the foremost experts on how mindsets/beliefs/expectations can influence our health and physiology, mindsets are "core assumptions we make about the things and processes in the world that orient us to a particular set of expectations, explanations, and goals". In plain English, what we believe and expect in any given situation, or as some call it "the stories we tell ourselves", heavily influence how our bodies operate. This is something Dr. Crum has demonstrated in both exercise and nutritional studies, as well as in her extensive work on the placebo effect. Core assumptions drive our actions, which influence whether our experience of the world is generally positive or negative - which then has a significant impact on our health and happiness. Take infections for example.
Imagine being interviewed and asked how well, on a scale of 0 (not at all) to 4 (extremely accurate) the following adjectives describe how you felt in the last 24 hours: Vigor (lively, full of pep), well-being (happy, cheerful), and calm (at ease, calm) on the positive side, as well as depressed (sad, unhappy), anxious (on edge, tense) and hostile (hostile, angry) on the negative side. Now imagine repeating this 14 days in a row.
Could these scores predict how we approach our daily life? Could they tell us about our baseline happiness? Could they even predict our ability to fight infection?
As it turns out, the answer to all three questions is "yes". These six adjectives and how often we feel them have been shown to relate closely to whether a person sees the world in a generally positive (upbeat, happy) or negative (down, etc) light. Then, in the stuff that sounds like weird science perhaps, the researchers exposed the individuals to the influenza virus via a nasal spray. One group's immune system was more likely to fight off the virus and therefore NOT become ill - the more positive/upbeat group, by almost 3 times even after ruling out the effect of: age, race, sex, years of education, baseline antibody level, BMI, season, and virus type (among others).
What's even more wild is that this impact is not just on viruses or infectious diseases. In another study, those who had higher well-being scores had a significantly lower likelihood of developing arthritis - as many as 9 years later. In a final study, subjective well-being scores taken over time in an aging population predicted how long these folks would actually live.
This of course is not to say that health or even happiness are "all in our mind", but rather, to show that whatever IS regularly in our mind, DEFINITELY impacts the safety and health of the "mobile frame" we are walking around in everyday. If we are willing to learn from those who are already succeeding, the ones who often see the silver lining, the opportunity to learn, the fun that can be found in almost any moment, and the value in living each day with purpose, the stresses of life can be challenges that make us better and maybe even more fulfilled.
The world happiness report drops later today. With any luck, by next week we'll have some new insights that we can all leverage. Until then, we hope you'll describe this week as "full of pep", "cheerful" and "at ease"...or if not, find one of the pleasant doers you know and explore something they do that you can too.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
statistically speaking: When will u be happiest?
Mar 4
Non-linear. That's the official way to describe things that sometimes, but not always, go "hand in hand". Seem confusing? It can be, but we see it everyday - something that gets a little worse before it gets better. If we were to graph it out, it would look like a "U" and health often fits in this pattern. Let's say a "Standard American Dieter" (aka western diet heavy on meat and processed foods but light on fruits and veggies), after the topic is pounded on over and over and over in a weekly blog (let's say every Friday) decides they are ready to try more fruits and veggies to improve health (hypothetically of course). In the first few days, as his/her gut bacteria makeup changes and body begins to adapt, they might feel less than ideal. A little worse. But slowly and steadily they stick with it and after a week or two as their body is getting into the rhythm, they notice they feel less sluggish, less hungry for sweets and when they think about it their joints haven't hurt as much. A little better. This is often how it goes and the same is true for exercise. "DOMS" (Delayed Onset Muscle Soreness) is so common after someone starts a new exercise regimen (a little worse) that we could probably make Jan. 3rd an unofficial holiday (DOMS Day) for many people who started their New Year's resolution a bit aggressively. Yet, those who brave it out and stick with it for a few weeks will benefit greatly with greater strength, freedom of movement and lessened disease risk (a little better).
The list goes on. If you look closely enough, which is what a Dartmouth College researcher showed the world in 2021, even human happiness makes the list. You'd have to scroll down to the 33rd page of his fairly exhaustive report - but it's there and it's pretty clear - across hundreds of countries and billions of bits of data, humans get a little less happy in our early working years (15-40-ish) and then progressively more happy as we inch toward retirement (50-70-ish years old). Sadly, we don't really know "why" this happens. There are many possibilities.
Some suggest that the pace of life is more exhausting in the first half and that by the second half we are learning to pace ourselves better and might even have something to show for the hard work, which is satisfying. Others think that in those same years we are searching for and maybe settling into who are really "are" in the first half, deciding what our purpose really is while in the second half, we begin putting more resources (time, money, energy) into living out that purpose which is fulfilling. Still others argue (as we are not the only species that seems to experience the "U") that there may even be a genetic encoding that predisposes us to this pattern. Whew! Heavy stuff.
So what do we do about it?
Well, in the moment, a great first step is get good at recognizing and acknowledging how we're feeling. That is, to literally practice labeling how we are feeling in our mind ("I'm feeling _____"), which just like a workout, gets better the more we do it. This of course, is at the heart of "mindfulness", which not only is a meditative practice known to help us organize our thoughts, but also, if getting older is stressing us out, a very specific and impressively powerful technique which relies on the idea that there are only so many nervous-system resources to go around and has proven to reduce stress, even in the workplace. Thinking about very specific and accurate words forces our brain to turn down the emotional part of the brain, and therefore the stress center, by turning up the logical part of the brain (the language center). It's a bit like controlling our breathing to control our heart rate.
Next, find a few minutes to do the fun stuff of envisioning what 70 years old could be like or about. Will there be travel? Perhaps grandkids? Maybe it'll involve doing all those hobbies you haven't had time for. If you're less than 30 years old and this seems like an eternity - don't worry if it's blurry - it gets a whole lot more vivid as time speeds along.
Then, after feeling both relaxed and (hopefully) energized about what "could be", take a look at where things currently stand. Not at the global level like the World Happiness Report will in a few weeks, but at the personal risk assessment level. This could be as simple as rating on a scale of 1-10 where we're at when it comes to the 3 legs of the stool (energy & motivation, health, finance) or it could be going a bit deeper and taking the annual Pro-Activity survey. The concept is pretty simple overall - when we know where we're going and where we're at can we find the best path forward.
It's a great time of year to start thinking about and planning projects. We can almost see home-improvement ads that will be flooding our content feeds any day now. What could possibly be a better than a little "project investment" into ourselves toward a happier healthier future?
Here's to flattening the "U" by strengthening the "you".
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
functional fat and layers of fitness
Feb 25
Energy is life. This is not meant to be a bumper sticker quote or a personal consumption confession. It is a physiological truth. Our body's ability to efficiently convert the calories that we consume into usable fuel (chemical) and ultimately the impulses that power our brain and muscle (electricity) through the magic of "metabolism" is at the very center of life. As it turns out, our ability to "do" this conversion efficiently may be at the very root of living that life well into the future and some people do it surprisingly well.
Want to know how they do it? It's pretty simple, they just do (and do and do and do), almost every day. Maybe it's cycling or jogging or something else but those who do it well have built a lifelong habit and layers and layers of fitness "deposits" which they draw from as they age. This part is not super surprising. We've known for a very long time that habitual exercise is one of the closest things we have to a future-health guarantee.. The reason "why" however is getting more clear all the time and it seems highly functional fat cells are a key.
The finding comes from a group of researchers from the University of Copenhagen in Denmark who compared the metabolic efficiency of "highly trained" older individuals (men in this case) as compared to peers who had not built an exercise habit as well as to younger men. They uncovered 2 critical findings:
First, the habitual exercisers did not lose nearly as much efficiency in converting fuel to energy ("mitochondrial respiration") as those who didn't have the exercise habit. The author of the study is quoted as saying: "a high level of lifelong exercise exerts a powerful compensatory effect. In the group of well-trained older men, fat cells are able to respire more than twice as much as in untrained older men".
Next, the habitual exercisers were significantly better at clearing harmful waste products (Reactive Oxygen Species [ROS]) from their cells. This is important because ROS has been linked to cancer, diabetes, cardiovascular and Alzheimer's disease. On this point the study author had the following to say "The group of older people who train most form less ROS and maintain functionality to eliminate it. Indeed, their mitochondria are better at managing waste produced in fat cells, which results in less damage. Therefore, exercise has a large effect on maintaining the health of fat tissue, and thereby probably keeping certain diseases at bay as well,".
What does this mean for those who want to get the benefit but may not have the habit just yet? The best time to start is now.
Building a habit starts with frequency not intensity nor complexity - so try ANYTHING that gets you huffing and puffing a little on most days of the week and work from there. As you go and notice the bump in energy you get (which almost always happens BEFORE any change in the mirror), feel good about the fact that you're changing things at the cellular level and reinvest that new energy back into the process; go a little longer or start to challenge yourself a little bit (like 5-15%) more. When you've built a 6 week streak, use your new found fitness to do something you couldn't do before. Surprise yourself and (maybe even) those around you. Or if you're really stumped - call us any time, we have tons of ideas.
Fitness is built in layers. It's not always about finding muscles or losing fat. Sometimes it's about retraining both to do something they previously knew how.
Don't worry, you can thank us later - with any luck, much, much, much later :)
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
winning the long game and how they did it
Feb 18
The term "Body Mass Index" or "BMI" as it is often abbreviated, is one of the most universally understood health-markers today. The idea that having a body weight that is not proportional to our height (usually in kilograms per meter-squared) poses a health risk and that many Americans fall into this range has become widespread. It hasn't always been this way.
Although the very first "diet book", a pamphlet which describes the first ever low-carb diet, written by William Banting dates as far back as the 1860s, it really wasn't until much later that elevated body-mass became central to conversations on health risk. There are very few references to BMI in research prior to the 1980s, but in the fifteen years that followed the number of studies which discussed this height-to-weight ratio grew exponentially. By 1995 there were hundreds if not thousands of studies which tried to explain a wide variety of connections between excess body weight and poorer health. Dieting, as both a concept and an industry, exploded with growth. Since that time we've learned a ton about what to do and unfortunately what not to do.
We've learned that it's not just "overweight" that matters for health. Underweight can be just as (and sometimes MORE) risky.
We've learned that body-weight (and therefore BMI) is important but it is not the only and often NOT the most important predictor of future health.
We've learned that just as the topic is not about genetics alone, it's most definitely also NOT about willpower alone either.
And critically, we've learned that dieting - the hope that a temporary approach might give permanent results - is often not as effective as making longer-term changes even if they start small and seem insignificant at first.
But then this week something really cool happened. Someone published a study which explored the topic with first-hand experts; more than 6,000 individuals who have lost weight AND kept it off for an extended period. What they found, using a machine learning approach, was enlightening. Not because it was surprising, but because it paints a clearer picture about the mindset needed to not only make a change, but to help make it stick.
In their words, the three big take-aways were:
Long-game Focus - the "maintainers" (as they were referred to in the study) did not see setbacks as failures, but rather as "temporary interruptions", a part of the journey and a time to reset, which they did as quickly as the next meal or next day.
Good info helps consistency - the maintainers were consistent in trying to understand consumption patterns as fully as possible. They understood how easily extra calories or low quality foods could sneak in and erode success so they tracked their patterns, in one way or another.
Reflect Back and Go Forward - to stay motivated when it got tough, they often reflected on the past, comparing how they felt then to the improvements in energy, mobility and health risk they've experienced since.
None of this makes it easy. We live in a world where low quality foods can be both inexpensive (compared to more wholesome options) and a hyper-palatable sensory experience (see "bliss point"). Achieving and maintaining a healthy weight is, however, possible. With any luck we will continue learning exactly how those who pull it off are doing so. More to come for sure.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
the need for speed
Feb 11
Years ago I knew an older gentleman whose initials were "FF". With a wink he would tell me it stood for "fast and furious" a nickname he had picked up during his stint in the Navy to describe the pace he kept while walking around the base where he was stationed. At the time it seemed like an insignificant detail but looking back, it now seems like either a moment of marketing inspiration (since this was before the movie franchise of the same name) or a critical window into his future health because we now know that this very simple concept: "walking speed predicts health" has proven true in a variety of ways.
Whether predicting our risk of dying, the functional toll certain types of lower back pain will take, or our future brain health as we age, walking speed tells us a lot; but it doesn't end there.
It has also been related to how fast older men recover from injury (days in the hospital) and as recently as last month, the the risk and burden of heart failure in women. It is so powerful in fact that some researchers call it the functional vital sign, which has the power to cue us in on important risks far earlier than we might expect. It can even act as a "summary" statement of how well we are aging by the time we are 45.
Maybe the late-great Tom Petty was right when he said "well I don't know but I've been told, you never slow down you never grow old".
Getting and staying healthy is not easy, it takes effort. The good news is that sometimes it can be made simple. We don't need to be furious, but it sure seems like fast could help.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
move + recover = achieve more
Feb 4
Everyone has felt it. Maybe it was the energy drag after being called into work when we expected to be sleeping or that phase of parenthood when sleeping-through-the-night is the gold standard. Maybe it was that time we thought it'd be a good idea to pull an "all nighter" in college or the fog in functioning we felt after taking the "red eye" home on a trip. We all know the feeling of fatigue and, whether it be from news headlines or safety talks, personal close calls or tragic stories, we know what a destructive force it can be to our health and a frustrating force for our performance.
But do we ever think about the other side...the upside of rest and the performance enhancing power of a good night's sleep? New research says we probably should.
Here's the summary we feel everyone should know and how we got here:
Disrupted sleep impairs performance: Chronically shortened sleep is a well-documented health risk. 7-9 hours is generally considered adequate, with 7.5 to 8 the usual "sweetspot" for adults. Getting much below 6 hours per night will almost always come with negative health consequences. There are too many studies to list here, but this review is a reasonable starting point.
Exercise can help: Exercise seems to have some ability to counteract the negative effects of poor sleep. In this (non-human) study for example, exercise significantly blunted the negative impacts of sleep deprivation and in this (also non-human) study, memory and other cognitive functions were less impacted in the exercise group. Small human studies like this one have shown similar "protective effects" of exercise, even when subjects are over-tired.
Exercise + Sleep = Best: The latest research used measures of heart stress to determine the impact of hard physical exertion with and without disrupted sleep. In the small study, they subjected otherwise healthy individuals with no history of heart disease to high-intensity exercise after normal sleep conditions and again after disrupted sleep. Troponin, a heart muscle-protein measured in the blood to determine acute heart stress (including diagnosis of heart attack when levels are very high) was, as expected, somewhat elevated after high intensity exercise in both scenarios. However, in the group that got good sleep, it was nearly 40% LESS elevated than after disrupted sleep, a powerful combination.
In regards to this finding, the study's author had the following to say in a press release:
"Today there is no evidence to suggest that it would be harmful to the heart if you exercise regularly when you have slept too little. One can instead turn the argument around: by ensuring that one gets enough sleep, one may further increase the positive impact of physical exercise. While we know that high-intensity training generally has benefits in the long run, our results may be worth considering and exploring in specific groups of individuals. Examples include athletes and the military. These groups may be required to perform at extreme physical levels even under conditions of curtailed sleep. It may be good to further consider the importance of sleep in these contexts, especially as we also know that improving sleep can also improve one's performance, both cognitively and physically."
MOVE + RECOVER = Achieve More.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
foods that reverse age
Jan 28
When we think about "age-related changes", many envision things they'd prefer to avoid. Of course aging is not all bad - the idea of retiring, no matter how far off, is usually a fun daydream - but it doesn't take long when people start "doing the math" for a slight fear or anxiety to creep in. Instead of confidence in the idea that we will be strong and healthy enough to go out and do those things we've dreamed of, we might wonder or even worry about our future health.
If you too wonder (and maybe even worry a little) about this, you're not alone. In December of 2021 the Gallup Organization reported that as many as 50% of adults surveyed had specific worries about diseases where age is a risk factor, most specifically cancer and heart-disease. Similarly, the concept of "Dementia Worry", a worry of developing dementia in the future (first identified in 1996) is both common and can have significant impacts on present day function.
If only there were a way to slow or reverse the aging process right?
It's certainly not a new idea. Whether it be Herodotus in 5th century BC or Mark Twain who said "Life would be infinitely happier if we could only be born at the age of 80 and gradually approach 18" there's a long history of desiring to turn back the clock. Although we don't know of any fast or guaranteed method, two promising studies caught our eye this week.
Green-Med: It's like the mediterranean diet, only greener. In a study of the impact of diet on age-related brain change, a diet lower in red/processed meat and rich in "polyphenols" (compounds found in plant-based foods) significantly slowed brain atrophy in people over 50 years old on MRI.
Goji Berries: these small red berries from certain species of Lycium plant have been touted for their medicinal properties, with a long history of use to maintain eye health in Asia where the plants are native. Researchers based at University of California Davis confirmed this with a study that showed regular consumption (28g of dried berries, 5d/wk for 90 days) may offer a "protective effect" by significantly increasing Macular Pigment Optical Density (MPOD), a biomarker associated age-related macular degeneration (the 3rd most common cause of blindness in humans). In an interview, the researcher likened the compounds in Goji berries to "sunscreen for your eyes".
Aging is more than a number but it doesn't have to be nearly as worrisome as it can be. Although we probably can't fully rule out the existence of a "fountain of youth" or "river of paradise", FUELing well is a solid back up plan just in case.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Is Timing "Everything"?
Jan 21
We like to think of exercise as a pretty simple concept usually - just get moving, hard enough to break a sweat, frequently enough to make the habit stick and long enough to accumulate 150 minutes per week in order to send injury/illness/disease into retreat! The best part is, by and large, this is true. However, the part that doesn't usually make the headlines might be the most fascinating....that exercise instantly changes the state of our body, even deeper than the tissue level.....all the way to each and every one of our approximately 37 trillion individual cells.
With that in mind and since the "state" of our cells is constantly adapting and changing to keep us ready for whatever situation we might enter into, it stands to reason that we can get different responses (output) from the same exercise (input) depending on when we do the work. This is super important, because it opens the door to even greater refinement in exercise dosing and therefore precision use of it; which is exactly what a recent "Atlas of Exercise Metabolism" starts to decode.
A team of experts from around the globe studied how exercise had a differing influence on two of the most obvious "states": activation (e.g. early daytime for humans or the opposite for nocturnal critters), when we burn mostly sugar supplied by our food and used by our muscles to do work and the second "state", rest & recovery (typically night) when we tap into sugar storage (in our liver) and start to convert fat to fuel when our sleep storage runs out......essentially running the daytime process in reverse.
They uncovered two particularly key points worth knowing about:
First - exercise indeed has different impacts at different times: In the morning our bodies are typically getting ready for work and food. Since we rely more on fat metabolism for fuel until we eat, if the goal is to burn body fat, exercise at this time of day may be preferable as was shown in the study. Fat used from sources in/around the liver however, did better when the body was ramping down from activity (such as early evening). On the other hand, if the goal is to normalize the body's ability to efficiently burn blood sugar (such as in cases of pre-diabetes) exercising later in the day (or after a meal) when our muscles are more full can be effective as was shown in this earlier work. We can also catch the muscles on the upswing (early AM) as they are naturally ready for work and get great benefits. This list goes on and on but the take home message is - we can turn a good thing into a great thing if we match our input (exercise) with the natural day/night rhythms already at work.
Second - exercise also seemed to "realign" the circadian rhythm at the cellular level. Although not exactly a "clock", each and every cell has timed functions that follow a roughly 24 hour cycle. In certain diseases these cycles get thrown off. It turns out that exercise, similar to winding an analog wristwatch, helped the body realign these rhythms. This was especially true for exercise during the early active hours, which means exercise early in the day might have the greatest impact here for most people.
What does this mean for us?
Well, maybe nothing at all. The simple rule still holds - exercise is such powerful stuff that doing enough of it is a good thing in most cases no matter what time you do it - so first and foremost "just get it in". But for some, the 30-50% who have the habit already and may want to squeeze even better results from the effort, aligning goals with physiological clocks and rhythms may make it easier to achieve them.
Timing may not be "everything" but it is clearly "something". We hope you can make some time to wind up your cellular clocks!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Defining Cold
Jan 14
There's cold.....and then there's COLD. Thankfully, not all of our clients will experience the teeth-chattering "all caps" variety of temperatures touching the single-digits like those in/around the NJ/NY region this week, but many will experience temperatures cold enough to have an impact on aches, pains and health. This may seem surprising. We don't often think about how much an impact even moderately cold temperatures have on our health, but the risk is real. In the summer it's not uncommon for members of our team to remind people that "heat stress is heart stress".....but it's important to remember, especially for individuals who have high blood pressure or other forms of cardiovascular disease, cold stress can be heart stress too.
In 2015 for example, a team of researchers reviewed the impact of temperature across 13 different countries as it relates to health risk and premature death. They found that the risk carried by cold exposure was as much as 17 times higher than that of heat, providing more evidence that although we humans can do pretty well in the heat.....we are far less naturally equipped for the cold. Maybe even more surprising, the greatest risk in each of the countries studied was from the category of temperatures listed as "moderately cold" and not those listed as "extreme cold".
It doesn't end with major health risks. Cold appears to aggravate soft-tissue aches and pains (especially at the back and neck) too. The risk begins at surprisingly mild temperatures and continues to increase the further north a person works and lives. According to the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) in their 2008 document titled "Ergonomics of the Thermal Environment" for example, starting at 10 degrees Celsius (50 degrees F), soft tissues like muscles and tendons are more likely to become irritated underscoring how important priming the working tissues with dynamic movements (a literal "warm-up") can be at work and home.
There's never a bad time to put the odds in our favor......this time of year keeping the tissues flexible and warm should be near the top of the list.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
improved health in 4 minutes (resolution part 2)
Jan 7
The challenge, if you choose to accept it, is to follow these 3 steps to investing 4 minutes into yourself......and spend 10 seconds predicting your health when you get there. Here's how:
1. Meet the team whose research sparked a revolution in exercise and the researcher who became a household name in gyms everywhere:
It started in 1996 when a research team in Japan tested a training protocol being used by the national speed skating team to improve the team's fitness in a fast way. They would use 20 seconds "on" and 10 seconds "off", repeated 8 times (4 minutes in total) and they repeated it 5 days per week. The "on" was high-intensity bicycle pedaling and the "off" was rest. The improvements in fitness were so impressive 6 weeks later that the lead researcher, Izumi Tabata, became something of a celebrity. A google search or "tabata workout" for example, yields millions of results.
2. Understand one of the fastest and most reliable methods known to predict future health catastrophe.
A few years later (2002) on the other side of the globe, a team studying data from the National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute in the US determined that although what was happening "during" the exercise was critical for health improvement, what happened AFTER, specifically in the first minute immediately after stopping, could tell a lot about the trajectory and future health of the exerciser. It has become such an important predictor that many of the new fitness technologies we might wear on our wrists are equipped to calculate this "HRR" (heart rate recovery) value. More recently however (2018), the measure has been refined even further to show that the first 10 seconds of recovery after stopping exercise are likely the most important at predicting future health events like heart attack, stroke, etc. The "10" off portion of the Tabata is far more important than a few seconds to catch our breath.
3. Get started, MOVE.
So, if investing 4 minutes per day and building a 6 week streak can have such a substantial impact on our future health and even how much we spend to manage it, say in retirement, what's stopping us?
Probably not as much as it seems at times, but in fairness, getting started is always the hardest part. Here are a few bits of good news that lower the barriers between where we're at and where we want to be even further.
No stationary bike or a fancy recovery watch? No problem. Stairs and counting your pulse is enough to get an effect for most.
8 rounds (4 minutes) is surprisingly fatiguing and seems like too much at first? Dial it down to what you can do and build from there - as we've mentioned in other places, if adding even 1 minute of stair climbing a few times per day can have an impact - even some air squats, wall push-ups or marching in place will get the ball rolling - something (anything) is exponentially better than nothing.
There's more to come on this topic....it's too important for most people not to nudge it forward when we can.....it just so happens, now is a great time of year to get the ball rolling.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
resolve to move; let the risks fall where they may
Dec 30
Are you committing to a New Year's resolution this year?
If you're hesitant and even find yourself a bit cynical about the chances of sticking to it, you're probably not alone; many people do in fact fall short.....but if the trend from last year holds, most people will give change a shot over the next few days and weeks.....with health improvement at or near the top of the list.
From our vantage point "in the arena", where success never comes easy or without error and the only way to fail is to not try, the millions who do are a bright spot worth encouragement and respect.
All systems "GO".
If exercise and/or dietary changes are at the top of your list, you're not alone. These are some of the most common targets of New Year's Resolutions, which makes total sense since of the risks we face, either or both will make an impressive impact. For example, new research which once again makes it clear that exercising for an hour and eating a healthier diet can stop the progression of diabetes in its tracks might be strong motivation for the 1 in 3 Americans who are at risk. Of course that's not all - in 2021 we reported impacts on everything from mental health to knee pain and just about everything in between. So if you have found, like this sample of citizens, the last two years have taken a toll on your health habits, now is a great time to literally get up and go.
PLAY....the odds:
But what if the "what" or "why" is not the tallest barrier we face? What if we know all the reasons we "should" but we find it hard to get (or stay) "going"? Well, goal attainment is a funny beast. There is no single formula that works for everyone and when you ask the people who do succeed, they'll often tell you it really wasn't so bad anyway.
Dig a little deeper though and we find that certain approaches do increase the odds of success. For example, goals that focus on what we "will do" (approach-oriented, actions & behaviors) rather than what we will avoid are more commonly achieved and, especially for those that are competitive by nature, making things into a game or using a leaderboard can improve the odds of success. Other tactics like taking on the goal with a trusted friend to improve accountability and maybe even adding a financial consequence seem to be valuable in getting over the inertia.
No need to overthink or over-shoot it.
Pick a trigger (before I sit on the couch I will....), and an attainable action (....climb the stairs 4 times in a row). Track it (a check or tally-mark on the calendar?) and share it with a few friends who are on the same journey (e.g. texting a picture of your current "score").....see who gets furthest on the journey.
Change is not easy but it's certainly not impossible. People do it all the time....now just happens to be a great time to get going.
Have a healthy New Year's.....and a great weekend,
Mike E.
better than a sunny vacation!
Dec 17
Vitamin D is a critical component of human health. New research from Europe links it with heart disease and altered blood pressure. With the "strength of the sun" down a bit this time of year, we may need to find other ways to boost production. Dive into the rest of the story to hear about a few of the most effective ways.
______
You might have noticed people bulking up their clothing or a bit more "bite" when you feel Jack Frost nipping at your nose. By next week it will officially be winter which means in this part of the world, the power of the sun (UV index) will be at/near the lows for the year....levels which can be even too low for our bodies to produce the amount of vitamin D needed to keep us at our best.
Vitamin D is tied to several critical functions in our bodies. From stimulating calcium absorption and therefore bone health, to an important role in controlling inflammation and modulating immune function; so having enough circulating through our systems is important to our health. New research even suggests that due to its critical role in cardiovascular health and blood pressure regulation, as many as 4% of the world's cases of cardiovascular disease could be prevented entirely if adequate levels was the "norm". As one of the leading types of disease around the world (and the number 1 killer in the US), 4% of the world's cardiovascular disease is a very very big number (approximately 728,000 in the US alone).
So what can we "do" to get and stay on the right side of the "D-cline" during the winter months?
For starters, there may be some good news. Some research shows that we may have a storage mechanism in our muscles. So if you got a healthy amount of sun-exposure in the other seasons AND you've kept your muscles strong and healthy, you may have stores to draw from. On the other hand, if you're not absolutely sure, from getting some sun to eating particular foods, there are ways to get a boost in the winter months.
The following list comes from a 2007 study which looked at various activities and their relationship to Vitamin D levels over the winter. We've ranked them by their impact, least effective to most:
Dairy Products: People who supplemented 300g of D-fortified dairy products saw a minimal impact (6.2 nmol/L)
"D" supplement: People who took a D-vitamin regularly had a moderate increase, nearly twice that of dairy (11 nmol/L)
Vacation: This one sounds the best of course, and DID have a moderate impact (14.5 nmol/L) but was only slightly better than a supplement.
Fatty Fish*: 2-3 servings of fatty fish per week had the greatest increase (25.5 nmol/L) a 45% increase when this was the only approach being used.
*For those who don't eat much fish, other foods are known to have reasonable D concentrations, with mushrooms near the top of the plant-based list.
If someone asked us "what's better than a vacation to a sunny part of the world in the winter?", 2-3 servings of salmon, trout or herring probably wouldn't come to mind......but, if it keeps us on the right side of health risk and helps get us through the challenges of winter, it might be the right answer.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
the tea's knees
Dec 23
Maybe you've felt it before or have a loved one who struggles with it. In the early stages it might just feel like we need the Tin Man's magical oil can after we've been sedentary too long. As things progress, movement becomes more and more achy and doing "simple things" becomes harder and harder, it is known to negatively impact quality of life. But maybe the trickiest part about the progression of arthritis is that we used to think there wasn't much that could be done.....that it was "degenerative".....but that tide may be turning.
It started with some mythbusting of the old adage that loading the surfaces of the joints (usually running) was somehow "bad" for the knees. For example in 2016, contrary to conventional wisdom, this study showed that runners actually experienced a reduction in the inflammatory substances thought to be related to degenerative joint disease. Then, this past year, a review of more than 40 studies concluded that running has "more advantages than disadvantages to knee cartilage".....one of a few different conclusions which reiterated the point of a 2015 article which suggested inflammation might be at the root of the condition and not mechanical loading that comes with (even high) activity. There were cracks in the logic that to be healthy we had to soften-up on our bodies.
Around the same time, in the nutritional sciences, an unexpected phenomenon was emerging which seemed to support the idea even further. Eating healthy, especially diets rich in foods known to lower inflammation (greens, fiber, etc), was linked to improvements in arthritis pain......even without improvements in the underlying cartilage. For example, we've mentioned the very interesting link between blueberry consumption and improved knee health in people with arthritis and around 2010 there was growing interest in a particular compound (Gallic Acid) which is present in Green Tea for its potential. The shift in thinking was beginning it seemed.....even if we did not have all of the details worked out.
Then, a month or so ago, a research team from the University of Washington found something super interesting. When they combined the two - inflammation lowering food substances (again Gallic Acid which is common in a variety of fruits, nuts/seeds with green tea a particularly good source) AND mechanically stretching/loading of the tissues in a lab setting, they found healthy cartilage actually grew. This is another BIG step.....signifying a major potential to give hope and ultimately help the many many people who struggle with joint related pain, especially at the knee.
It's too early to count on anything but for those of us interested in staying active and healthy for as long as possible maybe the lead author of the study said it best: "This provides some evidence that a good diet and exercise actually work," said Abusharkh. "Even for people who have mild osteoarthritis, it's really good to exercise. It's very bad for our cartilage tissue to just lay down or sit the whole day; we have to have a little bit of activity."
So if you're looking to give your body a gift this weekend, cozy up to a cup of green tea and get out there for a walk......and then next week turn it into a resolution. :)
For those that celebrate, Merry Christmas.
For everyone, have a great weekend,
Mike E.
in a fog? take a jog.
Dec 10
When we hear the word "innovation" we might be drawn to think of things that drastically change our human experience. In the 15 years since the iPhone was introduced the massive ecosystem of products, services and information we now tote around in our pockets fits this bill. Of course, for those of us who have grown dependent (and possibly even more so for the generation coming along who never actually experienced a pre-"touch screen" world), it's hard to imagine not having "all this" just a few swipes away.
Of course, it's sometimes easy to forget that this massively impactful innovation started with resistance.....it wasn't an instant sensation. After all, as one argument went, we humans might be lost without the sound and feel of clickable buttons. Big time market research was done. All sorts of products were designed to bridge the divide and some big bets were made AGAINST the concept......but then a small group of early adopters raved about it......they told friends and bought into the sleek design and the wheels of progress started turning. Soon enough words like "app" were becoming common language and everyday life began to change.
What if there was a need for another life-altering innovation staring us in the face? Take for example the need to solve the "problem" of mental fatigue.....something many of us experience every single day (and may actually be made worse by the tech behind the touchscreen). It's a big deal relating to performance loss/errors in work tasks, poorer performance in athletes and even motor vehicle crashes. Some innovators are trying to find a way to predict (and ultimately prevent) it by wiring-up and measuring brain activity......which seems to have some potential.
But maybe it doesn't have to be new "tech" to be innovative.....maybe it doesn't have to be new at all. Maybe an old thing applied to a new problem can be just the innovation we're looking for. Maybe, if we buy-in to some new research, we'll know the time for this fundamentally human innovation is now.....and in 10 minutes we can have the result.
Go for a jog.
Yep, that's it.....a leisurely jog....when applied to the problem of mental fatigue, says the latest research, can have an effect in as little as 10 minutes. Brain activity improved and performance followed.....after 10 minutes of moderate intensity (50% max) jogging. Sure there's resistance to it becoming part of our everyday....we don't always have proper footwear handy, we're not always in an environment where it's easy to jog and it can leave us sore when we're getting started.
But if we could lower our risk of a vehicle crash, improve our physical AND mental performance and give ourselves a mood boost all in 10 minutes or less would we tell our friends and family about it? Maybe we should.....it might even catch on!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
get busy... livin'
Dec 3
If you're a fan of movies, this is one of the best. It pulls me in every time. I'm sure there is at least 1 reference to it deep in the archives of this blog. But among the many great quotes and scenes, there's one signature phrase that (at least according to one blog) stands above the rest and may add important details into questions about human aging and longevity - like "what is a long and healthy life?", "how can we achieve it?" and "why does it happen in the first place?".
____
Begin with "why"
One of the more unique features of human biology is our ability to live well past the "reproductive" and "child rearing" years. This is NOT common across species and is not easy to explain. It seems to go against common theories like evolution. Some experts like Robert Kegan, a psychologist (Harvard), have suggested that it's possible we need this "extra" time to make meaning of our lives and solve the bigger (sometimes self-imposed) problems our world faces.
"What" even is Healthy Aging?
Other experts, like Gene Cohen a psychiatrist who spent years studying mental health and aging have built models that might explain the "what" of healthy aging....not just maintaining our ability to function on our own but thrive in ever-developing ways, with a special focus on creativity as captured here.
"How can we get there"?
In many ways this is the question the team at Pro-Activity tries to answer day in and day out for as many people as possible. Each of the ELEMENTS (Move, Fuel, Recover, Endure, Connect) have been proven to ward-off injury/illness/disease and the combination of them all with varying concentrations (sometimes heavier on Recover, other times heavier on Fuel for example) is particularly potent. So it didn't surprise us that this recent contribution from another team at Harvard, was on a similar wavelength. The current paper places emphasis on physical activity (Move) as one of the major pillars of "how" to achieve health with aging, but goes a step further to explain the "why" it actually works so well, especially as we age.
In the simplest terms and similar to the "When you Rest you Rust" concept a few weeks back - when we stress the body through physical activity which is properly "dosed" for our abilities (challenging but not excessive), the body takes resources away from processes tied to aging/disease and directs them toward processes that promote health like tissue repair and strengthening.
Turns out Andy and Red from Shawshank Redemption summed it up nicely: "Get Busy Livin' or Get Busy Dyin".... with emphasis on (physically) "busy". Add some MOVE when you can....your future self will thank you.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
the 3rd side of the coin
Nov 26
For most people the anchor of this, the 47th week of the year, is on giving thanks.....an attitude of gratitude.....which made its annual "pilgrimage" to the front of our lives on Thursday. It may seem to fly by faster and faster these days, but tucked within its tradition is something to be REALLY thankful for; if we can keep that spirit alive long enough, we might just get a glimpse of the elusive "3rd side" of the wellness coin.
Sure a "three sided coin" seems impossible.....but in the strictest sense EVERY coin has three sides.....it's just incredibly rare to actually "land" on the third side, or the "edge" as we might think of it. But here's the great news - with just the right environment and controls, it can be done.
From a physiological standpoint, if one side of the coin is "fight/flight/freeze" (the somewhat negative stress side) and the second side is "rest/digest/relax" (the somewhat positive recover side) then the thin edge which makes up the third side of the wellness coin, rare as it may be to land on, can be thought of as the "flourish/thrive/excel" (the exceedingly positive, growth side).
See, there is this amazing feature we are all carrying around with us in our highly sophisticated, interconnected tissues - the physical response/reaction after the emotional "strings" are pulled:
Side 1: When we experience the emotions of stress or anger we physically tune up (heart rate, breathing rate, muscle tension) and our bodies get ready for action.
Side 2: When we emotionally slow down or let go (like the feeling of the couch after the big meal) our muscles relax and we send more resources to our digestive system.
Side 3: But when we land on the elusive 3rd side - such as when we practice gratitude - an entirely different phenomenon occurs. Not only do we get the benefits of slowing down: our stress melts away, our heart-rate slows, our blood pressure lowers and our sleep improves, but we also get actual improvements in our wellbeing (mental health) and even our cardiovascular risk.
Sometimes it's as simple as thinking, despite all of the challenges we face, about how much we have to be thankful for.
On behalf of the Pro-Activity team, please know that we are thankful for the small part we get to play in your health journey and we wish you many days that land on the 3rd side of the coin as we wrap up the year.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
what age is "old"? it depends on who you ask.
Nov 12
It may not always feel urgent, but at every age, healthy aging is an important topic. We dedicate a significant portion of this blog to picking out new and important research headlines which prove and reprove what we all inherently know - that when we use the right tactics to care for this "self-repairing machine" we're walking around in everyday, it can go a bit longer....a bit stronger.....and that can lead us closer to happiness; or as they call it in the research "subjective wellbeing".
In the US we think aging is so important that we dedicate around $3 billion per year to studying it. We learn (and sometimes relearn) a ton. But sometimes the real learning doesn't come in the lab. Sometimes it comes from the field or in this case....on the trail. The lesson this time is a simple one - it can be done......a whole lot longer than we sometimes imagine. In this case, it's the story of a recent feat by M.J. Eberhart.....or as he's known on the trail....Nimblewill Nomad......the 83 year old retired optometrist turned hiker who just last week broke the record for being the oldest person to complete the 2,000+ mile Appalachian Trail. It required him to "limit" himself to hiking 8 hours per day....everyday.....7 years older than the average life expectancy for men in the US.
He might look a little like Gandalf from Lord of the Rings, but there's less mystery or magic in his story than there is a joy being "out there", moving, and taking in the fresh air and the experience. If you read his bio it sort of sounds like he just decided to get moving (in a fairly grand way).....and after retirement had the time to make up for the many years of not doing so while working in a mostly sedentary job. Not a superhuman by any stretch he even mentions a bit about his health history which, like many, includes some heart disease risk.....and yet, he was still able to cover thousands of miles, millions of steps and write a few books about it along the way. Amazing.
Not everyone will agree with his statement "Put me in the great outdoors, preferably the mountains, and you’ve got a happy camper." or the philosophy that “There are no bad days in the mountains, some just a little better than others.”, but then again, not everyone needs to. There are infinite possibilities of how each of us can live stronger and happier through better health our own way.
83 may seem too old to be hiking 2,000 miles, and it's hardly the norm, but it's also clearly NOT impossible. The human system is amazingly strong and resilient. May we all get the chance to prove it.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
if you rest, you rust? sort of.
Nov 5
There you are, walking in the dark and you do the unthinkable.....you stub your toe. WOW! (and maybe other similar terms) you shout, grab your toe, sit down and laugh or cry or both, possibly wondering how such a small part of the body could bark so loudly when it's angry.
Then what happens?
If you're anything like most, you rub it a little and eventually get going on your way only to remember to use the flashlight on your phone next time.....or make some other small modification to be ready should you be in a similar situation.
But what if you went in a completely different direction? What if you sat down, put a splint on your toe, wrapped it thickly in gauze and didn't use it for the next six months - what would happen then?
Seems a bit extreme....and it is.....but in the case of a more serious injury, without overriding our instincts, it's surprisingly similar to what our body prepares to do. The mechanisms are a little different - swelling and pain instead of splints and gauze - but the message we get is basically the same: "leave me alone for a while". Which begs the question - 'how long is a "while"?' and 'is that really a good thing?'.
New research taken from situations involving more serious injuries, in this case ACL tears which are extensively studied, may help us answer the questions. The research group, which spanned multiple universities and states, found that after ACL surgery, the muscle fibers in the leg on the side of the surgery behaved differently. This is a new intriguing phenomenon and a pretty big deal because it goes way beyond the well-known atrophy effect after surgery. Said another way, the muscles in the limb that got surgery started acting as if they were shutting down early.....behaving like a much older person's muscles....which may help to explain why after surgery it often seems that leg "ages faster" (weakness, arthritis, etc).
There is almost definitely more to learn here.....but one thing seems to really stand out: the body has mechanisms, some of which we still don't understand, to shut injured areas down......something that is not great for those of us with many years of healthy functioning in how we envision our future selves.....even after injury.
Without properly stressing the healing tissues (through active efforts like exercise, mobility, coordination, etc), the tissues are happy to rest.....and sometimes that means "rust".....well before their time.
Demand a little more from your body. Stretch it a little further....make a move toward strength. It is an amazing "machine"......it can even repair itself.....but won't necessarily without the proper nudge.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
red light green light
Oct 29
I haven't watched 'Squid Game' (the Netflix phenomenon) yet, but if the hundreds of millions of fans are right, it's bound to be good. It is such a hit in fact that Reuters reported this week on the placement of a 13 foot statue commemorating a part of the show that involves a version of "Red Light Green Light" in South Korea where the show was produced.
If you think about it, Red light Green Light is a fascinating game. It's played all over the world in one way or another (although sometimes has different names) and is easily understood by even some of the youngest among us.
Why is that? Is there more to it than a simple & active way to entertain kids?
Well, so says the BBC, some scientists will tell you that the color Red works as a warning because it is more easily seen by the human eye while others will suggest that nature often uses red to warn us because it stands out well against a green background, while still others might suggest it's something we are passed down at an early age and have learned to understand.
Whatever the reason, it seems to work. The Red, Yellow, Green of the traffic light make it very easy to explain "unsafe, caution, safe". You've almost certainly heard our team refer to it when describing how to use our movement inventory - and when to reach out for a consultation.
As it turns out in a study published in early October the approach is effective at guiding food choices too. When foods come with a color-coded warning label, people tend to make healthier choices. When combined with other research that shows particular scoring systems are getting more dialed-in all the time, making sense of the risk associated with our food choices might be getting easier soon.
If "soon" is not "soon enough"......the punchline of the research is that "green" foods (fruits, veggies, legumes, nuts/seeds) tended to be green light......while snacks, sugary beverages, and desserts (high sugar & high process) tend toward red light.
It's never a bad time of year to steer clear of "red light" foods......but with Halloween here and various other holidays on the way, it gets more challenging as we round the final turn of the year. Let us know if we can help.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
he really is a fungi
Oct 15
Never have I seen someone so excited about mushrooms. Our team had just finished up some training and we were out in the fresh air trying to "walk it like we talk it" - literally. Dana, one of our physical therapists who you might know as someone often smiling & laughing, was in her element and intensely focused on the ground around the path (but still smiling and laughing).
Every few minutes we'd hear an "oooh" or an "aaah" followed by "this is a great one"....[pause for a picture]....."it's some kind of [put in species here]" as she pointed out the bright colors, strange textures and other features of these little hidden gems most of us had cruised right past without noticing. By the end of the hike many of us were scanning the ground.....tuned-in to the ecosystem at our feet....and laughing and smiling too.
Of course, since both social atmosphere/connectedness and being out in nature ("forest bathing") have been shown to have positive effects on mood and health, I had just assumed the generally light and relaxed atmosphere was due to the fact that we were together with people we enjoy being around which was bolstered by the fact that we doing so outside, in nature......but, maybe as the punchline of many-a-bad-joke goes, it was because we were surrounded by mushrooms.....which everyone knows are "fun-guys" [snare drum, cymbal!].
But seriously folks.....new research says there might actually be something here. Mushroom intake (which indeed are "fungi") has been strongly associated with lower risk of depression in a large study (24,000 participants) that lasted more than 10 years, adding more support for an effect that smaller studies have shown in the past. Although it's too early to tell which particular mushrooms seem to have the greatest impact, the research team is pointing to a potent antioxidant concentrated in mushrooms.
From the press release by Penn State where the research was conducted:
"Mushrooms are the highest dietary source of the amino acid ergothioneine -- an anti-inflammatory which cannot be synthesized by humans," said lead researcher Djibril Ba, who recently graduated from the epidemiology doctoral program at the College of Medicine. "Having high levels of this may lower the risk of oxidative stress, which could also reduce the symptoms of depression."
Although we can't recommend a "pick-your-own" strategy on this one (there are several lists of poisonous mushrooms which can look very similar to the edible varieties), as we move toward winter and the drain it can have on mood and energy, it might be a good time to work some more mushrooms into your diet. If you cross paths with Dana, ask for a recipe, I'm willing to bet she's got a few really good ones!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
two sides of the same sponge?
Oct 22
Remember back in 2017 when the humble kitchen sponge became the center of the conversation about "bacteria and germs"? In the author's words "Our study stresses and visualizes the role of kitchen sponges as microbiological hot spots in the built environment, with the capability to collect and spread bacteria with a probable pathogenic potential.".
Yikes! To think we were cleaning our dishes with a "microbiological hot spot". Not great.
Of course, this new information prompted a more serious look at something we had already known for almost 10 years - cleaning methods mattered, even when it comes to the humble kitchen sponge and some are much better than others.
But what about our sponges on the "inside"? That is, our sponge-like body tissues which can also be problematic if not kept "clean"......are there best techniques we should be aware of? The clear answer is "YES" - and like zapping the kitchen sponge with a microwave - we've known about them for a while but new research might make it clear the time is NOW.
1. Zap the negatives with "high octane" fuel - this week a new study that substituted normal "chow" for a diet of highly processed fats and sugars in rats showed a significant body and brain function impact in as little as 4 weeks. Interestingly, those given healthy fats, especially Omega 3's like those found in salmon and other fish (specifically, DHA), were able to "clean out" the inflammatory risks and other "sticky stuff" on the brain.
2. Wring the sponges, at least 5 hours per week - a huge study funded by the American Cancer Society reported that a large percentage of cancers in the US are directly attributable to lack of physical activity.....and that moving the muscles more (the body's version of wringing the sponges) can have a pretty major impact. As it turns out "data show when focusing on specific cancer sites, 16.9% of stomach cancers, 11.9% of endometrial cancers, 11.0% of kidney cancers, 9.3% of colon cancers, 8.1% of esophageal cancers, 6.5% of female breast cancers, and 3.9% of urinary bladder cancers were associated with lack of exercise."
The "environment" that we interface with REALLY matters. Sometimes it's the "built environment" and other times it's the "internal conditions".....either way, turning knowledge into action, there are ways to keep surfaces and the sponges clean.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
where it really hurts
Oct 8
There I was, chasing my youth on a beautiful fall day in Wappinger Falls, NY. For those that aren't familiar with the area, you'd just about land there if you took the Hudson river North from New York City for 80 miles. It was a sunny day on a soft grassy area near the bank of a stream and 30 or so of us were lining up to play what is (affectionately) known as "Old Boys" Rugby Football.......or for those of us not quite ready for that title....."Over 35".
Somewhere near the end of the first half I sprinted for the ball and with an outstretched arm dove to "ground" (touch down) the ball when something went wrong......the sudden stop of the ground....before I was ready. With a thud and an instant and intense "warning" (pain) from my left shoulder I unceremoniously jogged toward the sideline and told someone I needed a substitute so I could do what I've done hundreds if not thousands of times, evaluate a potentially injured shoulder.....this time my own. Thankfully, I knew for as much "hurt" as I was experiencing (easily a 7 or 8 on the 0-10 scale), I passed most of my own tests and knew that the "harm" was minimal.
In translation:
It was going to be a really bad night of sleep - it was.
It was going to be an achy week - it has been.
And it would require taking some of my own medicine (stretching and strengthening mostly) to get back to normal - yep.
But thankfully there was nothing severe to worry about.
This is only the first part of the story. The one that most of us who see someone (athlete, co-worker or other) go through from the outside in. And it may not even be the most important part.......because it doesn't address the cascade of other "pain points" felt all the way down to the essence of who we think we are.....including my question "am I getting too old for this?" - which is of course a RESOUNDING "no" :)
It's one of the most fascinating areas in the world of injury rehabilitation - whether the mechanism was sport related, work related or something entirely different......the questions we often ask ourselves on the way back and the mindset required to do it well, play an important role in the quality of the outcome. For example experts on the subject have shown that like many areas related to health there is a definite and strong connection between body and mind after injury and addressing doubts and confidence along with more mechanical factors like strength and range of motion can be an important factor in getting to full recovery.
So what works?
Not surprisingly, some of the same techniques that are known to help us stay focused on any project (well informed goal setting) have shown promise. However, maybe a bit less well-known, some of the same techniques shown to improve well-being overall (guided imagery, mindfulness, etc) by helping us to manage stress, remain focused on what we can control (and not what we cannot) and remain oriented toward progress and function more than pain can really make a difference.
Five days later the shoulder still has pain.......which, if I left it there, might paint a grim picture......but would be incomplete. Because, now the pain is at the very low end of the intensity spectrum, almost solely at the end range of motion......I can once again raise my arm over my head and put my shirt on without a significant jolt....."little big things" only a few days ago.
More importantly, I know that my body is doing exactly what a body does and the pattern is on track. I still have some work ahead of me and if we cross paths you might even see me rubbing my left shoulder now and again, but with the mystery of this particular pain mostly gone, I am confident I will bounce back fully......in time for the next big game with any luck :)
Remember the team is standing by - ready to unravel the mystery of aches & pains.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
winter prep for the pump & pipes
Oct 1
Happy October! The tenth month of the year (even though its name translates to 8), the sixth with 31 days and the month that often reminds us that daylight savings will be coming to an end soon, that "old man winter" is almost at the door and that it's time to revisit techniques to prevent high blood pressure.
OK, it's possible you don't associate October with that last one......it's not nearly as commonly discussed.....but maybe it should be. When we consider that nearly half of US adults suffer with high blood pressure, that it is considered the leading cause of more than 500,000 deaths each year and that this powerful but often "silent" (no symptoms) disease has a well documented seasonal component, it's worth our attention.
The prevailing theory which attempts to make sense of why blood pressure readings tend to be higher in the winter months is that cold weather causes constriction of the blood vessels requiring more force to push blood through the arterial "pipes". Others point out that deeper analysis links particular conditions ("air mass") and day to day weather volatility to these changes. Either way, since these changes often start in October when there is still PLENTY of time to do something about it.....means NOW is the time to get ahead of it.
Here's the good news - as published this week by the American Heart Association, even in the toughest cases, those who do not respond to as many as 3 different medications simultaneously, exercise and improved dietary habits seems to work. Specifically, when individuals exercised 3 times per week at 70-85% of their maximum (as measured by the Karvonen formula) and they ate healthier using the DASH diet as the model, they made significant improvements.
On average, after a few months, they lowered their systolic blood pressure (top number) by 12 points and their diastolic (bottom number) by 7, enough to take a person from high risk (e.g. 140 over 90) to nearly normal. Of course better sleep, stress management and even breathing exercises have also been shown to make an impact.....so there are a lot of ways to get started; let us know if you need a hand.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
mind your diet, mend your health
Sept 24
Last year we decided to raise honey bees. After meeting a few folks who were hobbyists and watching the fascinating process of "hive to jar", my son and I were intrigued enough to buy a "packet" (about the size of a shoebox) of approximately 10,000 bees, get them started in a set of hive boxes in the corner of the yard, and try our hand at honey production. It has been surprisingly engaging.
Watching the bees from Spring through Summer as they zoom in and out of the hive and battle the elements (weather, other pests, etc) to build a winter survival system that has worked for hundreds of thousands, if not millions, of years, makes it clear that these little bugs, even without the "advanced individual intelligence" of humans, can do amazing things.....something that some say our human brain even with its 85 billion neurons and trillions of connections can learn from.
As it turns out, much much smaller "bugs" and their hives ("colonies" for accuracy) living on the "inside" might be using a similar tactic....and are already impacting the way that we feel and think.
The "gut micro biome" and its trillions of bacteria living in our digestive systems, has an impressive impact on our health.....and, as research continues to point out, even the way that we think. Specifically, research in the last few weeks has shown that if we have plenty of health-promoting (generally speaking, inflammation resisting/reducing) bacteria calling the shots in our gut, our immune health, cognitive health from when we are infants all the way into older age and even our mental health (including risks of anxiety, depression and other significant disease) can be significantly impacted.
The take home message of all of this research, surprisingly similar to how the bees operate, is to create an environment that feeds the "good" (health promoting) bacteria so that it will get strong, link up, and work in coordination......which, as the authors of the latest paper showing the benefits of a "MIND" diet means:
"to eat at least three servings of whole grains, a green leafy vegetable and one other vegetable every day -- along with a glass of wine -- snack most days on nuts, have beans every other day or so, eat poultry and berries at least twice a week and fish at least once a week."
And to
"limit intake of the designated unhealthy foods, limiting butter to less than 1 1/2 teaspoons a day and eating less than a serving a week of sweets and pastries, whole fat cheese, and fried or fast food."
______________
Or in the spirit of Keep it Simple September - boil it down to "more or less": more fiber, less sugar, more natural, less processed.
If you haven't been apple picking yet this year, the Fall is officially here which means the window is closing......if they're especially good - thank the bees!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Rise Up for metabolic health
Sept 17
As we continue our September theme of finding little and/or simple things that can make a difference in health, new research related to metabolic efficiency, insulin sensitivity and risks associated with diabetes type 2 may deserve a standing ovation… Several times a day.
Could it be so simple as spending more time standing than a typical day to lower insulin sensitivity?
Well, additional research will be needed to confirm the findings, but this week at least one study on adults between the ages of 40 and 65 has shown a very clear link between time spent standing per day and insulin sensitivity, one of the major precursors four diabetes. ( https://www.jsams.org/article/S1440-2440(21)00204-8/fulltext )
The short and sweet of it is that after measuring fitness levels and body composition (body fat percentage) researchers had participants wear a device that measured physical activity, standing and sitting time for several days and compared the findings to regular blood sampling.
Although they expected to find a connection between Fitness as well as total physical activity (as measured by steps) they were surprised to find a significant correlation between standing time per day and insulin sensitivity as well. Perhaps even more intriguing, after statistically adjusting for other variables the link remained strong….. meaning the time spent on our feet each day seems to have a link to how well prepared our body is to process blood sugar.
Although engaging the muscles regularly through exercise is a far more well-established strategy, rising up and standing may be a simple and practical tactic that we can incorporate frequently throughout the day….. and improve a key component of our health in the process.
Simple is good. Consistently doable is great. Maybe it’s a good time to get up and stretch those legs.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
slow down to speed up?
Sept 10
Imagine you were the one. The person who had to step into the batter's box this time of year, say, when your team was a game (or less) back from a playoff spot, deep into the 8th inning, in a situation that could give your team the go-ahead run. There you are.....taking in countless streams of information.....deciding if, based on everything you know.....and everything your racing heart is telling you.....a hittable pitch is on its way. Then, somehow, in the midst of what could easily be over-stimulating chaos, with split second timing and near perfect coordination you decide.....and might just make history.
If that seems nerve-racking, well, as we learned this past week from new research, in the truest sense of the phrase, where the word "racking" comes from the Middle Dutch term "recken" (to stretch), it is. In the study, when physiology was manipulated to force a high heart rate (like setting the idle on a car much faster), decision making was consistently slower. Brain resources were pulled away from the task of decision-making and shifted toward the task of keeping an eye on the "system status" overall.....stretching the remaining brain resources (nerves) as we try to decide what to do in any given situation. This helps to explain why serious errors occur more frequently in high stress situations and training ourselves to better regulate these reactions could even be the difference between life or death depending on the context of the situation.
Most of us will never find ourselves in a situation quite like the baseball moment described (very few people pack stadiums full of fans who pay to see them work); but in jobs that are safety-sensitive or involve emergency responding or high-stakes decision making in highly stressful situations, from a physiological perspective, we've almost all "been there". Most of us can recall a big life-moment or decision that included a racing heart rate. If so, it was likely that at that moment our reaction time was a little "off", our words might not have been exactly "right" and we may have even felt a little uncoordinated or clumsy. These are all signs of hyper-arrousal, the physiological state when we are so amped up (whether excited or stressed or scared, etc) that we blast right past the performance sweet-spot (the "zone" or the "flow state" as it is sometimes called). In this situation we need to literally slow down (our bodies) so we can speed up (our minds).
As part of our September emphasis on simple (and quick when possible), evidence based tactics to achieve performance gains - this week we highlight the long exhale. As this study showed, better performance on business related tasks was achieved when 2 different intentional breathing patterns (slow even inhale/exhale and prolonged exhale) were used and another study, in law enforcement and military personnel, showed that under "active" conditions, prolonged exhale was correlated with better outcomes.
What does this mean for all of us?
In moments of stress or when you feel yourself revving up (but there isn't actually a need to fight/flee/freeze) - regulate your breathing to quickly reset your nervous system. If you need a particularly easy to remember tactic - try extending the exhale to help slow the engine and speed the brain.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
saving for the future: little big things
Sept 3
3 simple principles with the potential to change the trajectory of a person's life. Sounds sensational maybe.....but the exciting part is that they closely follow what we know to be intuitive AND what the research proves out. This week, as part of our September commitment to uncovering and sharing more of these "little big things" (simple and/or time-saving tactics that have shown a significant impact when studied), we will dive a little deeper.
1. For Sweet's Sake - you may have heard us explain the benefits of maintaining a "more or less" diet - which takes the bulk of modern nutritional research and condenses it into a principle which we can build on. It's a pretty simple concept - add "more" items that are known to have a positive impact (plants via fiber, polyphenols and flavonoids) and consume "less" of the foods known to harm us (highly processed foods, added sugars). Well, if this concept makes sense to you, the good news is, more research points to it as a viable approach. Prefer the "more" column? Well, we'd suggest a handful of walnuts per day (shown to lower "bad" [LDL] cholesterol) or adding in more whole-fruits which has a significant positive impact by feeding the healthy bacteria in our digestive tracts (this study showed 2 servings per day lowered blood pressure). If you prefer the "less" column and know it's time to take some sugar out or minimize the processed foods - THIS study lends some strong support. It showed that at the population level, if we were to reduce the sugar in our food by 20% we could save millions of lives (via heart disease and diabetes prevention) and billions of dollars in unnecessary healthcare costs. Of course, this is all inline with the article we flagged last week which got 5,800+ foods down to the minutes of life gained or lost.
2. MOVE is for more than muscles - this is an incredibly important concept, but easy to miss. When we think "movement" and the therapeutic effect it provides, it is natural to think about the muscular portion of the system. But there are so many more benefits to deliberately maintaining or incrementally improving movement. Techniques like Yoga, Tai Chi or even participating in a simple daily dynamic warm-up impacts the entire system. For example - this study from 2020 showed that the "warm-up" effect of daily stretching stimulated lasting blood flow changes in those that maintained the practice for 12 weeks. Specifically, blood flow to the extremities improved and blood pressure decreased. Interestingly, this very recent study showed that making the moving parts work even without "officially" moving them (isometric exercise), can have a blood pressure lowering effect.
3. No strain, no gain? We often think of "strain" as a negative term......the state when we've overworked our tissues to the point of delayed recovery......or even worse yet, true injury. However, in the truest sense strain is the physical/mechanical version of "stress" (or "load" if easier to keep straight) and depending on the duration and the intensity, it's often a good thing. The line between "stimulating" the body enough to stay strong but not so much to create harm can be a fine one. We often talk about the "sweet spot" of training loads and the "goldilocks phenomenon" (not too hot, not too cold, just right) which helps to explain the "nonlinear" threshold on how we respond to physical effort: some is good, more is better.....to a point. This week we saw more evidence that the principle continues to ring true. In the largest study of its kind, researchers showed any movement (e.g. walking) is beneficial to reduce the effects of sedentary time but it was the individuals who "pushed" themselves into moderate or vigorous efforts (exercise level loads) that maintained the critical level of fitness required to fight off injury and disease. If you're one of the many who find it hard to get started, here is some encouraging news - a new version of "muscle memory" has been discovered - so even if it's been a while, you may bounce back faster than you think......and for those who haven't ever had the habit.....some new research says that although you might've missed a little bit of the "compounding interest" that comes with long-term (health) investing.....it's NEVER actually too late to start.
Have a great "unofficial end of summer",
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Exertion Sprouts
August 20
Whether you're watching the well-known whiteboard YouTube video from Dr. Mike Evans or any number of Ted talks on subjects that hover near similar themes, there is one thing that almost everyone agrees on:
Physical Exertion (most commonly in the form of exercise), in the right dose (not too little, not too much), is good for our health and quality of life (aka thriving).
And although we often debate how much is the right amount, why consistently fitting it into daily life is a challenge and what strategy is best suited to take down the barriers, most everyone sees the value... or can EASILY find a good answer.
Buy why exactly is it so important? What exactly does it do to protect us from the negative effects of heart disease, high blood pressure, anxiety, depression, injury, infection and any other number of health concerns? These questions can be less clear.
Part of the reason why is because there seem to be so many beneficial effects. Exercise can impact hormones and gut bacteria which can lift our mood and tamp down inflammation. It can help us get more fuel-efficient by nudging the active tissues to soak up excess blood sugar and burn fat as fuel. It can improve our physical function by changing the resting tension and balance of our soft tissues and it can even tell our cells to make more energy while turning genes on and off. But one of the most important things exercise does is the one we can almost instantly feel when we start doing it... something we probably don't pay much attention to (although maybe we should) during normal activities, but becomes obvious under exercise conditions.....the Oxygen cascade.....which is a fancy way of explaining how we grab oxygen out of the air and efficiently bring it to the working tissues to help breakdown fuel and unleash energy.
This week we got a few new insights into how this process, when we activate it through exercise, can have beneficial effects. Although oversimplified - the gist of the new research led by a team from Switzerland is that exercise (due in part to an increased demand on the oxygen cascade) almost instantly kicks off a series of reactions in the blood vessels of dark-red (type 1) muscle fibers telling them to create even more vessel-cells and literally "sprout" new micro-pipes (capillaries) - a process known as angiogenesis.
More capillaries means more efficient blood flow to the working tissues.....which means easier delivery of nutrients, better energy production and more efficient removal of cellular waste... all critical components of thriving.
Need a motivator to get started? Go back and read THIS 2016 Article (one of our all time FAVORITES) which showed that, if you get started in the next couple weeks, even 1 minute of exertion per day, 3 times per week, may be enough to give you a 20% boost by Thanksgiving!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
new traditions or superstitions?
August 13
Last Sunday we saw athletes from all over the world put the proverbial "bow" on the long-awaited 2020 Summer Olympics. There were some great performances, some heartbreaking moments and up until the very last day, a question mark as to whether the delegation of athletes from the United States would once again claim the most gold medals, something it has done more than any other nation, 18 times (and now 3 times in a row) since 1896.
Although the preparation and commitment it takes even to qualify is amazing, for the geeks among us (namely, the Pro-Activity team), the real question becomes - when a split second is the difference between gold and silver (such as when Gable Steveson scored a buzzer beating takedown to win the 125 kg wrestling final) or when multiple people break the world record but only one can win, such as in the 400 meter hurdles where NJ's Sydney McLaughlin broke the WR for gold and so did NY's Dalilah Muhammad for silver.....which also happened in the men's 400 m hurdles, what is the difference-maker?
This question is at the very heart of performance.....and it's really complex, which is one of the things that makes it fun to discuss, debate and maybe (when effective) to experiment and learn from.
For example - questions like the following come front to mind:
What sorts of new approaches were coaches and professionals recommending to keep athletes cool in what seemed like unbearable heat? How did the mindset play in - was it harder to perform when there wasn't the roar of the crowd present? How come we didn't see nearly as much cupping and kinesio tape this time?
Some of the hacks & trends we saw on TV have a growing foundation in science (like finding ways to cool the body quickly and effectively), others are still emerging (like blood flow restriction training, something used in rehabilitation and seen a bit this Summer) and still others may have an effect that is hard to quantify/measure (aka "non-specific effect") - maybe something that seems more superstition than new tradition (today IS Friday the 13th after all).
And so the debate as to which of these tactics, tweaks and hacks might actually be worth the effort, rages on.
With that in mind we decided that in September, as part of our monthly content, the team would tackle some of the "biohacks" that we think might have particular benefit for the rest of us - the "working athletes" who may not ever get a medal or a podium to stand on, but rely heavily on our bodies and minds to design, make, study, distribute, maintain and refine to win the day everyday. More to come.
Have one you're interested in? Let us know.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
genetic tune up in 30 hours?
August 6
And just like that......it's over. The long awaited 2020 Summer Olympics from Tokyo, Japan is almost completely in the history books with closing ceremonies this coming Sunday.
As we've come to expect, along with reports of excessively hot weather, there were some triumphs and some heartbreaks, some world-record setting performances and a handful of new names to add to "Greatest of All Time" conversations across several sports. With any luck, along with renewed respect for exactly how much needs to go right to be at the top of a sport at any given moment, millions of viewers around the globe were inspired by the focus and athleticism on display, feeling an urge to get out and MOVE.....and now might just be the perfect time.
With the (historical) peak of heat in the rearview we are rounding the turn and starting the second half of the Summer 2021 season, leaving about 6 weeks until Fall. According to some new research, that's just the right amount of time to stimulate a health tune-up that can give us a boost all the way down to our genetic code before the next peak (Winter) comes into view.
1 hour per day
In order to test a potential link between exercise and how our genes function, subjects performed 60 minutes of moderate intensity exercise ("spinning" for 1 hour, 5 days per week at 70% of their capacity).....accumulating 30 total hours of exercise in the six week training period. Then, after a 2 week settling period, researchers tested a wide variety of their genes to see if there was any notable response; to determine which (if any) had been turned "up" and which had been turned "down".
What they found was that this "dose" of moderate endurance exercise was enough to kickstart remodeling in the genes of skeletal muscle, a clear link between exercise and the body's ability to fight disease and promote future health.
If we stack this new finding onto existing research which clearly shows that as fitness goes up, the risk of a severe reaction to the SARS-COV2 virus goes down now, as things appear to be ramping back up, may be the perfect time to get all the great benefits of improved movement fitness.
It's a fantastic time of year to invest an hour in your future self. As always, if you need support (or a plan), reach out!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Ebbs and flows - cultivating resilience
July 23
It's one of those questions that will get asked a lot as the Summer Olympics (scheduled for this morning at 7A ET ) takes over our attention these next few weeks - "are those at the top of the podium just "born with it"? Or did they scratch and claw their way - cultivating success by adapting and continuing to climb year by year?"
It may seem like a sports-related question, but it has important implications for anyone who is working toward a long term goal - athletic or not. Maybe it is paying off student loans or a mortgage. Maybe it's saving enough for retirement. Maybe it's getting through a full year or more without an injury. Maybe it's helping a child advance education or career. Maybe it's all of these and more - the question remains, can we really predict who will actually cross the finish line successfully and who might give up early and never quite get "there"?
The answer seems to be "yes AND no".
On the one hand, "grit", which is defined as "perseverance and passion for long-term goals" by psychologist Angela Duckworth and colleagues (who published works in 2007 and 2009 on the subject), is believed to be a personality trait, something that is generally considered a stable characteristic which predicts success, especially when effort and stamina to persevere amid setbacks is required. But an interesting new study from NC State may refine this understanding somewhat.
More like a muscle?
In a nutshell, the researchers determined that resilience is dynamic, not static. That is, it ebbs and flows, influenced by the context of a situation, sometimes stronger and other times not as strong......in a sense more like a battery which can run low or a muscle which can get tired depending on what it's trained for. Of course, this only gets more interesting when we consider those who run low on resilience (as defined by scoring low on THIS 6 question survey) also tend to have more negative health impacts from stress.
So how can we make sure our resilience muscles are all charged up and ready to perform at their best?
The short answer (another lesson from the pandemic), seems to be in the combination of "will power" (the ability to get started and stay the course) and "way power" (the ability to see a path forward in challenging situations). In psychology, this combination is called "hope"....and it can be measured (here).
People who are more hopeful tend to be more resilient....and people who are more resilient tend to be more successful and healthier longer.
Need something to spark some hope? Historically speaking, the hottest days are mostly in the rearview, the experts predict "our team" will win the most gold medals and more of us feel like we are "thriving" than any time in the last 13 years.
Have a great weekend.....and share some hope with your loved ones!
Mike E.
going the distance with immun-ercise?
July 9
She led a pretty remarkable life. Partially because of the experiences along the way, but to all of us looking from the outside in, mostly because of the fact that it was the longest on record. Jeanne Louise Calment was 122 years and 164 days old when she passed, the world record for lifespan. She lived 56% longer than the average in her country of France at the time (1997) and about the same percentage longer than the American average today.
It might seem hard to imagine what it would mean to have four decades of life beyond what is typical. It might seem hard to imagine more than 60 years of retirement (the average age is 61 years)... but if you are a longevity researcher, it's not as hard as it might seem. In fact, some recent work on the subject says we will almost definitely see Calment's record broken during this century and there's even a chance someone might live to be 130. Maybe you! Whoa.
But what are the factors that separate those who live such long and robust lives from the rest of us? Are they health freaks - doing everything perfectly? Do they hide-away from the rest of the world and the risks it brings? Well, if you believe some recent work being done at Stanford which used computer models to develop an "Inflammatory clock of aging" on a group of 1,001 individuals aged 8 to 96, it may be the immune system which holds the key.
The team found a small signaling agent called CXCL9, which is known to (at some level) regulate our cellular response to infection, was the strongest predictor of aging.....and....perhaps more importantly, that when it was blocked, stopped many of the changes associated with aging.
What does this mean for us? How can we use this information here today?
At the simplest level the connection between immune system health and inflammation is critical. Things that help our bodies dial-in the inflammation goldilocks (not too much, not too little, just right) are important. In addition, just like finding the sweet-spot which challenges our working tissues to stay strong and flexible without overdoing it can keep us near the top of our game, "exercising" our immune system both figuratively and literally, in a similar way, may be more important that we realize.
More to come.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
climbing july's peak
July 9
It can be a great time of the year to get things done. Daylight that starts early and ends late puts project season in full swing.....if only we could bypass the fatiguing heat, late-day thunderstorms and risk of injury. Since the good comes with the not-as-good, making sure we are staying on the right side of the injury/illness risks that we face is critical - here are 3 simple tactics that can help:
1. Cool things down - July is the hottest month of the year. Temperatures tend to peak around the third week, so controlling body temperature is critical for staying below the risk threshold. Although this is especially true for those working in the heat, almost everyone experiences an uptick in fatigue as the temperatures soar. This is why one of the most effective strategies this time of year is to keep cool - before, during and after any outdoor work. Cooling our systems before, during and after hard work can make a difference. For example, exercise performance in the heat improves by as much as 2-6% when temps are lowered prior to the event and muscle soreness is reduced if we apply ice/cold to bodies that have been worked hard immediately following activity.
2. Protect your sleep - since we are fatiguing faster (or more fully) in the heat, the more hours we have to recover via sleep can play a big role in whether we can safely climb July's "peak" or get bogged down along the way. Since extra sleep is a strong performance enhancer, going to bed early is high on the list of available tactics. Other tactics like naps or improving deep sleep by making sure the bedroom is dark, quiet, cool and free from other sensory cues (like strong scents) can help. Although (thankfully) there doesn't seem to be a compounding effect of reduced sleep quality and heat, we know that each has the potential to impair work capacity, and since some people find it more difficult to sleep in the summer, doing our best to make sure sleep is a priority is critically important this time of year.
3. Kidney Kindness - it probably goes without saying that hydration is our best cooling mechanism, which makes cool fluids a critical lever as we work through the heat. However, one detail that is easy to miss is that in addition to keeping us cool, staying hydrated is critically important for filtering organs like our kidneys. Unfortunately, in extremely hot environments the risk of kidney injury and kidney stones both increase. What does this mean for those who are working in the heat? Backpain from working hard and kidney pain from being dehydrated can easily mimic each other. Keep an eye on urine color and volume. Aim for pale yellow. If output seems low, consider increasing your volume to normalize it. If you are a healthy eater and are not on medications that interact with salt, consider adding a bit to your food if you are sweating profusely. If you are unsure, we are happy to troubleshoot with you over a consult.
What's the bottom line?
The risks are real but the human body can handle almost everything we throw at it, including hard work in hot environments. Simple tactics to stay cool, make sure we are hydrated and fully recovered as we step into it can help make sure.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
redline foods
July 2
I'm sure it sounded plausible but maybe a little crazy the first time I mentioned it to someone - our food choices have a direct impact on the number (and intensity) of aches and pains we experience. Specifically, everything we know about how food interacts with our physiology suggests that eating foods that are highly processed (additives, sugars, etc.) and/or what we now call a "high inflammatory index" (low in fiber, low in nutrient density, high in certain fats, high in refined carbohydrates) can "rev us up", causing our bodies to run in a more sensitive state, where foods that are on the opposite end of the spectrum (fruits/veggies, whole/high quality, lean, etc.) tend to give us what we need to slow down, repair and recover from the daily grind.
It seems obvious in some situations - no one ever questions the "rev up" effect we get from foods that contain known stimulants (caffeine for example) and anyone who has ever seen kids or grandkids spike and crash after eating too many sweets understands - but other connections are met with much more surprise. For example - the links that show consuming summer favorites like berries seems to lower the risk of knee pain (whether blueberry or strawberry) is almost always met with a little shock when we tell people. Similarly, no matter how many times we explain the second-order effects - that certain foods impact blood sugar and fats (first order) and both poorly controlled blood sugar AND poorly controlled blood fats (e.g. cholesterol and triglycerides) have been linked to soft-tissue injuries and pain (especially tendon conditions, here and here respectively) and might even slow the recovery process after injury (second order), people seem skeptical.
But now, with contributions from researchers from a variety of fields over a 5 year period, a study anchored at the University of Texas has shown conclusively that certain foods, particularly those high in the inflammatory fats that come from highly processed foods which are high in Omega 6 (examples here) can turn the sensitivity of the nervous system up to a level that increases pain incidence and, when removed, completely back it down again. Although the study was performed initially in mice (which means it still has to be replicated), it makes a very clear link between food and pain; something that will have a very big implication for those who experience inflammatory (e.g. joints/soft-tissues) or nerve-related (neuropathic, e.g. diabetes related) pain.
There is still a TON to learn in this area, and we expect it will get much more specific over time, but for now we can confidently say that how we FUEL not only impacts our cardiovascular (heart disease) and endocrine (diabetes) systems, but has a direct impact on how we MOVE (pain free vs. not) and therefore should be a consideration in any plan we put in place to maintain the highest quality life as long as we possibly can.
We are about 2 weeks into the 13 or so of summer. Stay cool and keep recovery at the top of your priority list - even if that means steering clear of foods that can redline our nervous systems.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
well-being and the work of grief
June 25
He was a fantastic person. A firm believer in our mission at Pro-Activity and one of the first people to invest money, time and energy.....he was always near the front of the pack whenever we needed someone to lend a hand, and he didn't care whether he was in a position of authority or the guy sweeping up after the day was done, he was just happy to be a part of it, to see the great work that could be done when people choose to invest in their health and community. Tom was both a biological father (to a few) and a father figure (for others) during our nearly 24 years as a team. He was a founding partner, our number one fan and someone we could never be quite ready to lose. So it was under the weight of deep sadness that, in person or in our hearts, the team said good-bye this week.
As one of the first sentences of M. Scott Peck's book The Road Less Traveled captures it so accurately, "Life is difficult." - it most certainly is... but since Tom was the ultimate teacher, finding the lesson or teachable moment in every situation, we figured a great way to honor him would be to learn what we can in this moment; one which we all must face at some point.
Although we all experience it differently, what doesn't get talked about much is the physical impact that grief has... the toll it can take... As the authors of THIS 2020 review showed, grief can impact a variety of our psychological and physiological processes. From temporary changes in our cardiac and nervous systems that go hand in hand with stress, to ramping up (at first) and eventual suppression of our immune responses (when prolonged), grief impacts our defenses including our ability to maintain healthy actions (eating well, sleeping, etc.).
It's not just the impact of grief but how we handle it that matters too. There is a predictive power in how we grieve, whether we accept the support of others as we process through the stages, can actually tell us a lot about how lasting the impact will be physiologically. Not the kind of thing that is easy or comfortable to think about, but something that absolutely impacts our well-being and therefore worth exploring. In this particular case, the exploration leads past the immediate sadness to many reasons to celebrate - because this member of our team had learned his unique answer to the ultimate human question ("why are we here?") long long ago... and he lived his life fully and struggled-well in line with his principles and according to that purpose, something we know sits at the very heart of happiness. It doesn't make it easy, but maybe easier.
Life IS difficult. Grief is difficult; but with faith in something bigger than ourselves, hope in the dawn of every new day and love in our work, for our friends, our family, our country and our world, never impossible.
___________
Whether your tradition is prayer or thoughts & energy or something entirely different - if the words in this blog or the actions of our team have ever made an impact on you or someone you love, send something positive in Tom E's name... we've never talked about it and he'd never take the credit, but many of the principles and concepts track back in one way or another to him.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
leveraging what we've learned
June 18
There are so many reasons to wish the COVID19 pandemic never happened. Whether it be the heart-wrenching 3.8+ million lives lost across the globe, the new stresses we collectively had to endure and adapt to, or the many "little big things" (graduations, gatherings, etc.) that had to be put on the shelf, it's probably safe to assume when we tell the story to the next generations it will be one that highlights how real the struggle was.
In the spirit of silver linings however, there is always something to be learned; something we can leverage in the future, whether it's in the face of this virus or another and whether it remains at the level of a global pandemic or downgrades to "endemic" (like a seasonal flu) as some experts expect it will.
Maybe going forward we will keep the importance of human-connection and close contact as it relates to overall well-being in focus. Or, with any luck, perhaps some of what we've learned about what drives our susceptibility and/or resistance to severe infection will be used for our benefit.
For example, this recent study added more evidence to the growing pile which demonstrates the connection between what we eat and our risk of severe illness. In this case, health-care workers (physicians and nurses primarily) across six countries who were heavily exposed to the SARS-COV2 virus were asked to report their dietary habits as well as their infection status & severity. The analysis revealed that who ate diets known to lower inflammation and improve immune responses (diets high in fresh fruit, veggies, nuts/seeds, legumes with or without fish) had lower likelihood to become infected and experience a severe reaction when compared to peers who ate diets that were more inflammatory (high protein/low carb or more highly processed) and worked in the same or similar conditions... and this is likely just the very beginning.
We hope over the next weeks & months the disheartening peaks and struggles of recent history continue to get smaller and smaller in the rearview. We look forward to a summer (officially kicking off on Sunday) which feels more normal and the chance to appreciate the little things that may have previously been easy to take for granted. We are confident that as we continue to find and apply the lessons learned we can increase our chances to thrive.
Happy Summer!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Building a Pyramid
June 11
"If we can predict it, we can prevent it." - When it comes to the world of prevention (accidents, incidents, injuries, etc.), this is one of our most tried and true principles. It sounds so simple.....and it is on paper......but in order to actually pull it off, we have to dive a little deeper, which, as the latest research tells us, is mostly about 3 critical things. Whether you call them bases of they pyramid or legs in a stool, these three concepts, when they come together, can keep us healthy and injury free.
First - consider "load": The idea of measuring the amount of total exertional stress we are under is a great concept. It's primarily used in elite sports, but is starting to be more common in specialized work settings and the military. Perhaps the best part is that it can be done using low-tech or high-tech methods to determine the total load and the rate at which it is changing which, with a little math, allows us to predict what a body can reasonably absorb before overdoing it. When load is well-managed, we have 1 strong leg of the stool in place.
Next - to really predict soft tissue discomfort, we have to consider any history and or symptoms a person is experiencing. As we've discussed in previous posts, there are almost too many components to consider here. The good news is there are efforts in the research community, such as in the development of this tool from England, which makes this prediction easier and more streamlined by understanding the nature and behavior of any discomfort, how it is impacting a person's ability to move and even their worries associated with it.
Last - and ALWAYS critical, we have to consider baseline health. There was a time when it was easier to separate these in our mind, that sprain/strain/pain was only a factor of the external forces placed on the body. Now we know the external conditions can never be fully separated from the internal conditions. Simply put, younger and/or healthier bodies (and minds) tend to absorb more before reaching a point of harm. This was reiterated in a very recent review of injuries within military personnel which showed that age, overweight, a history of injury and poorer fitness (running test) were the strongest injury risk factors.
Now is the time of year to lean on a strong foundation. If one of the sides of your pyramid is not as strong as it should be, let us know.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
reset the timer...
June 4
I started watching a movie last weekend. It was long, got a little dry and I decided I valued sleep more than knowing what happened. BUT... they made a very big (cinematic) point to show the flipping of an hourglass as a means to keep track of time. An early stopwatch I suppose. Although the movie wasn't super compelling, it did make me think about how much we rely on time to orient us... to keep us on track and on schedule... and how much power that little timer carries.
It can be the source of intense pressure (running late for an important meeting or appointment). It is often the subject of very human discussions (knowing it's ultimately limited, what might we do if we knew we were running out of it?) and in the really good moments, it might even be something we try to distance ourselves from (guideline for a great vacation - hide your watch!).
This time of year, the timer, or calendar-countdown really, plays an incredibly big role as day by day we check off the second (Winter being the first) of 2 peak risk seasons... the 100 days of summer. Sure it's unofficial... despite the tradition of marking summer as Memorial Day to Labor Day, we won't actually get to summer for two more weeks (June 20), but the 98 days between the two brings with it a very unique risk set that can push us to the physiological limit... but if we're savvy, not beyond it.
You'll hear more along these lines as we progress... but here are a 2 keys and 1 "truth is stranger than fiction" type hack to unlocking a healthy summer:
1. Respect the ramp - we've covered this in the past. We'll cover it in the future. It's just so important. Ramping up to meet the demands of heat is hard work. It takes 2 weeks of steady exposure to acclimate... and that means... expect to be tired. Want to "win the summer"? Go to bed early... it may even protect against major depressive disorders.
2. Eat low inflammatory - a few weeks ago we highlighted research that shows how eating ties back to mental health. Although it may seem intuitive that if it's good for the brain, it's good for the body... strawberries might be particularly potent this time of year... this study showed an impressive impact on knee pain related to osteoarthritis.
3. Try the pink drink - seems too strange to be true but in a recently published study, a pink colored beverage increased exercise performance approximately 5% more than the exact same solution without the coloring. Although we certainly can't endorse "pink drink" as anything particularly special... maybe this study reminds us that we are stronger than we think... and sometimes, little things allow us to unlock that strength.
We'll keep touching on this topic as we check off the remaining 95 days... but most importantly, the timer has flipped and we are entering a performance peak - it'll be challenging but goes fast - as always, the team is here if you need us.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
part 4 - change your thinking, change your brain
May 28
We've all got them. The days that go sideways. Maybe it's something at work. Maybe it's something at home. Maybe it's someone who just has an uncanny knack for rubbing us the wrong way. Maybe it's all of the above and more. Whatever "it" is.....the irritants in life exist and sometimes they find a way to occupy more space in our lives than they should, causing us stress, displeasure or, if it goes on for a while, unhappiness. These are the opposites of well-being...and they are the kind of thing that can take a toll on our health and quality of life. With that in mind, the questions become - what can we do about it? What are the tactics & personal "experiments" (structured attempts) that have proven to be effective.....because if we can determine what works for us....we can continue to progress.
Brain Physiology
One of the critical underlying concepts in this arena is neural plasticity - that is, the adaptability of the nervous system (including the brain) to changing stimuli. Said another way, the brain is not a muscle.....but in a sense it can be trained like one. where reps are practice... and practice builds habits; so whatever we ask the brain to do regularly, is what we ultimately get "good" (efficient) at.....and whatever we withhold from our routines, like any old habit, gets rusty and weaker. Take for example this AMAZING 2015 STUDY which showed that there were structural differences in the brain of optimists AND that these folks had some level of protection against anxiety... literally their brains were different.
Of course it might be tempting to conclude that they were just "born" that way....the lucky few. Although possible, other studies, like those conducted and described HERE by one of the experts in the field suggest otherwise....that optimism can be learned, practiced and therefore, made stronger.
Optimism Exercises? Replace PPP with TIE
One key to cultivating optimism is to reframe the situations we are in - that is, to listen to how we are explaining a given situation ("the story we tell ourselves") and explore alternatives replacing the "3 Ps" of pessimism: permanence, pervasiveness and personalization with something less harmful. Specifically, when something doesn't go our way, if we slip into the trap of thinking it is permanent (unfixable), pervasive (crosses into many/all aspects of our life) and personal (a part of who we are, something we "own"), we are much less likely to be happy. On the other hand if we conclude that it is temporary ("this too shall pass"), isolated (a bad experience at home doesn't HAVE to cross into work life and visa versa) and that with effort we can work out of it, we are much more likely to be resilient in the challenging times and notice and appreciate the good times more fully. This video breaks the concept down further.
Of course, these aren't the only ways to exercise these parts of the brain. Working on attention by focusing on neutral or otherwise non-emotional context in a given situation (Focused Attention) as well finding silver linings (Cognitive Reappraisal) showed promise to improve well-being AND brain structure.
Boiling it all down
So, after 4 weeks of information on well-being, what can we say we know?
(1) Well-being (happiness) can be both measured and impacted.
(2) The life stressors known to impact it (work, health, finance, relationships, community) are surprisingly universal and interconnected (therefore compoundable)
(3) Physical Health is an excellent starting point since it impacts nearly all domains and the entire system (brain & body) which controls stress. It is well proven in this regard.
(4) If prioritizing physical health is not possible at the moment or we are ready to level-up, mind-based exercises - that is, working on the internal conversations we have and the way we explain things to ourselves - can be very powerful in not only shaping our thoughts... but even our brain!
And with any luck, you've got a long weekend to give it a try!
Special gratitude for anyone who is remembering someone specific this Memorial Day.
Have a great long weekend,
Mike E.
part 3 - a foundation of physical health
May 21
Stronger, Happier People through Better Health. That's it. Our mission at Pro-Activity... our "why". It took us a while to land on that mission statement, but the day we got the words "just right" we knew it. We chose the words "stronger and happier" because they have depth. To some, stronger means the ability to generate force - i.e. the ability to physically (and safely) do work... which is of course central to our purpose; but under the surface, it also means robust or resilient against stress - the ability to handle what life throws... including the occasional "curveball".
We chose "happier" for both the obvious reason, that when we peel back the layers most people just want to be happy.....but also for a less obvious reasons, as an acknowledgement that in a world as complex as the one we're in, being happy is a moving target; it's often the pursuit and the progress-gained that matters most.....and so "happier" (than yesterday or last year, etc.) can be an achievement in itself.
Finally, by putting "stronger and happier" next to each other (since they have such an amazing compounding effect) and trying to be clear on the "who" (people) and the "how" (health as a lever), it resonated... and it just happens to fit perfectly when it comes to this, our third week in National Mental Health Awareness month because although a good & fulfilling job was the most powerful driver Gallup found, physical health, even if only a few minutes per day, is at the root especially when work is physically demanding or requires intense focus; it's the base we build on.
Does research agree? Yes.
MOVE: Not only is the achievement of fitness important to increase the odds of happiness, but the consistent practice of investing time and energy into it matters.
FUEL: There is a clear link between healthy eating and mental health. This 2017 review and this 2018 review both showed connections between the inflammatory index of a person's diet and their mental health. This review showed the effect is not limited to adults but extends to adolescents as well.
RECOVER: The link between sleep (both quantity and quality) and mental health is well established. In 2017 a randomized controlled trial (often considered the gold-standard of research) even showed that improved sleep was a driver of improved mental health. Although we don't know all of the ways in which they are linked, it appears that stress (as measured by increased heart rate while sleeping) may block our ability to get the full recovery we should while we are asleep, something that can be even more pronounced depending on a person's childhood experiences.
With all of this in mind - May is a great time to not only be aware of mental health, but to take some steps toward happiness and greater well-being. We'll wrap up this series next week with a handful of "personal experiments" that can get the ball rolling.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
start simple: where do you stand?
May 14
I don't know much about the sport of rowing....but it seems simple enough right? While keeping yourself perfectly balanced in a boat that is just barely big enough not to tip over, use a stroke technique that "grabs" the water without digging in too much (but remains as aerodynamic as possible), while keeping the boat on a straight line against wind & current, at a pace that is both fast enough to win but physically sustainable, all while ignoring the burning and pain associated with oxygen depleted muscles.....oh, and if you're in a boat with multiple people (a crew)....this all needs to be perfectly synchronized across 2 or 4 or even 8 people doing the exact same things.....
Fair enough, it's actually really complex.....which is why (along with the cost almost certainly) so few people are successful.....but if you've ever read the book "The Boys in the Boat", which tells the story of the US Crew that went to the 1936 Olympics in Berlin, at another time of stress and strife in the US, it's clear that even complexity can be overcome with simple strategies applied in a dedicated and caring way.....and that hurdle by hurdle (or perhaps in this case stroke by stroke), when we pull together, we can get through the challenges and emerge even stronger.
So where do we start? Could it be as simple as 2 questions?
Not unlike the C.A.T. (calm, assess, test) method to determine if an injury was present (described a few weeks back), one of the very best strategies for any scenario as complex as subjective well-being ("happiness") is to understand where we are currently and the driving forces that have put us there so we can decide if a course correction is needed.
The Gallup Organization who has surveyed millions of people across the globe to understand well-being uses a simple, 2 question survey to do this. Based on the Cantril Ladder we talked about last week (developed in 1965 by H. Cantril), they use the image of a ladder with the lowest rung as "0" (worst life) and the top as "10" (best life) they ask people to rank:
(1) Where they see themselves today
(2) Where they think they'll be in 5 years
Seems simple enough right? Sort of like - "just get in and row.....and try to pull together".....but just like there is hidden complexity on the crew, our past and the conditions we developed in, our present and the environments we spend the most time in (live/work/learn/play/pray) and our future opportunities all add up to our ultimate "satisfaction".
If after we rate ourselves we reflect on the scores given and why we can be holding the keys to climbing. For anyone who didn't rate themselves a "10" on both, asking ourselves what currently stands in our way and what sorts of things we can do to remove those barriers is a strong place to start. Gallup says there are 5 key areas (which they too call "elements" and have a lot of overlap with Pro-Activity's 5) that drive the overall score:
Career (work & purpose; ENDURE), Social (love & relationships; CONNECT), Financial (economic stability; ENDURE), Physical (health and energy; MOVE, FUEL, RECOVER) and Community (engagement where you live; CONNECT).
Anything that improves one without limiting another improves the overall score and drives happiness. Nearly 2 of every 3 people rank at least 1 of the five areas high. Sadly, only 7 of every hundred rank all 5 high.
Take a minute to ask yourself where you stand - it might be the first step toward an upward climb.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
thriving from the inside, out
May 7
Is it just me or are things looking a little brighter lately? Maybe not sunshine and rainbows just yet (is it ever?), but in general, as the sun literally shines brighter and longer in the sky it's a great time of year to take a moment, reflect on how much of a challenge the last year has been, find gratitude where it fits and ready ourselves for the next part of our journey.....which fits perfectly, since May is Mental Health Awareness Month.
With that in mind and throughout May we will be using the weekly blog to highlight some of the important information that relates to mental health, stress management, well-being and the connections to our physical health.
______________
Abrupt change is hard....all over the world
The World Happiness Report, which is a deep dive into subjective well-being (the more scientific term for happiness) across 95 countries and going on for nearly a decade, showed a very clear trend, in 2020 negative emotions were more common across more than 40% (including the US) of the countries studied while less than 10% had fewer negative emotions.
In fact, as the USC Understanding America Study showed, mental health concerns like anxiety and depression along with stress and distress all rose significantly in the early phase of the pandemic but have since leveled off considerably.
But the news is not all bad. In terms of overall well-being, so many have shown incredible resilience and resolve, ranking their life satisfaction (using a tool called the Cantril Ladder) near the threshold of "Thriving", the highest category, which factors into an overall ranking of well-being as 14 for the US which represents progress over the course of time.
_______________
3 Practices that can help
Perhaps one of the most important aspects of well-being is that it can be cultivated.....that is, we can work on it and improve it over time.....and as we do we enter into an upward draft....getting more resilient to the stresses we face. Here are a few practices that really jump out as effective from the literature:
(1) CONNECT - building relationships that you can rely on with people you can trust is critical to our sense of security and well-being. Although this can be family, it doesn't always have to be. The most important thing seems to be the effort made and the trust gained over time. Whether it be picking up the phone to check in with someone or sending a simple text letting someone know you care, staying connected even in a distanced world is KEY.
(2) Self-care - energy management through personal health practices (MOVE-FUEL-RECOVER) are a major pillar in nearly all evidence based well-being strategies. Small steps can go a surprisingly long way. Whether that's a walk, a healthy meal or just a good night's rest, physical health stimulates mental health. Try to build a streak!
(3) Letting Go of the Unchangeable - This can be incredibly difficult.....but also amazingly effective. Working to understand the line between what is under our control and what is not consistently enhances personal well-being. Working to accept the things we cannot change is a well known tactic.....step by step....day by day.
There are of course many many more tactics. We will explore more next week......but if you want to learn more before then, check out some of the Tools2Thrive developed by Mental Health America, one of the nation's leading non-profit organizations in this area of health.
Until then, have a great weekend,
Mike E.
put it to the test - part 3
Apr 30
Maybe you grew up hating tests - if so you're not alone. There's a reason why more than 35,000 academic articles carry the terms "test-taking anxiety" when we searched Google scholar....and that only included items published since 2020! But depending on the circumstances, most people would likely agree that tests are not a bad thing. They're how we measure progress and how we know something (or someone) is what it (they) claims. And in the situation when we are trying to differentiate between something that hurts and something that is harmed..."testing" is how we pinpoint.
In terms of aches/pains, there are a few tests that, when performed at the right time and with the right intensity, are particularly important... something we feel everyone should know about. They are the last bit of info in our Calm, Assess, Test (C.A.T.) method we've been covering these last weeks as we wrap up April and, if the area has already calmed a bit, and the self-check came up mostly clean, putting things to the test is all that's left to do. Here are 3 of my favorite:
(1) The body heat test - this test is exactly as it sounds... it's about generating a little body heat... that is, priming the body to MOVE and getting the blood pumping a little. The best part about this test is that it is indirect - we don't actively stress the achy area beyond "natural movement" but rather see what that area tells us after we stress some other area. For example, if the shoulder is the sore area we might say go out for a good walk, enough to get out of breath some or break a sweat....let your arms swing naturally as able, but nothing more specific than that. After 10-15 minutes, how does the achy area feel? If it has improved (or even stayed the same but didn't get irritated), you've passed the test - this is great news.
(2) The RECOVER Rate - after test 1, this is one of the most important tests as it tells us if the area is still sensitive. We go a bit more directly at it this time trying to "stress" the area a little (but not fully) and see how fast it returns to baseline. For example, if the back is the achy area and the self-check has come up clean, it's a great time to do something that will stress (but not strain the back), like perform a series of light exercise tests such as the first 45 seconds of this video where Ali describes the "90 90 hold" and the "deadbug" exercise. If you get through the activity and (even if it creates some discomfort initially) you return to your baseline within a few minutes (but definitely less than 10), you would have passed and know you are ready to "level up" to the 3rd and final test.
(3) Resistance Test - if we've gotten this far things are looking pretty positive.....which means it's time to put some final tests in place. For this test we are going right at the achy area and are going to make it work.....in our world we call this "loading" the area. Now, to be clear, the goal here is not to overload or even fully-load (after discomfort it's best to build up to that), but rather put some stress directly on the body area and see how it responds. This usually looks a lot like the exercise you might do in the gym, whether with weights or a medicine ball or something else, but the idea is to put some resistance on the area as a test. We might start with a light number of repetitions (3-5) at a low level of resistance and then add repetitions or additional resistance. The RECOVER rate is important after this test too, but typically it will be a day or two (similar to the soreness after going to the gym for the first time in a while).
If you pass all three tests - you are ready to proceed with confidence as there is a very low likelihood of injury. Of course, this doesn't mean that all's well and the ache can be ignored but rather more activity or training is probably needed to increase the resilience of that body area and lower the likelihood it will be irritated again in the future.
With any luck if you've been following along you've gotten past the "T" in C.A.T. Let us know if you need some additional support or something more specific.
Mike E.
easy as c.a.t. part 2
Apr 23
Sometimes when we try to explain "normal wear and tear" from a body perspective we use the analogy of "wrinkles....on the inside". It's surprisingly accurate because we can see them (sometimes called "wear and tear" on images like MRI) and, like the ones on the outside, whether we dislike the way they make us look or OK with being "refined" they are more a sign of time than damage, everyone gets them and if left up to nature they're more likely to multiply than go away... and so we don't worry all that much.
Last week we jumped into this a little and talked about how to know when an ache or pain is of more the "inside wrinkle" type than harm and we used a simple formula of C.A.T.; calm, assess, test. Although the "calming" phase is the first window and can last a few days (or even a week)… it's really the assessment and testing that helps us to get where we need to go... back to full ability and on the road to flourishing.
So how can we perform a proper self-assessment?
In fairness, we could never fully cover this topic in a blog post. But in the same way you don't have to be a trained mechanic to know a flat-tire when you see one, you don't have to have a health-professional license to know when it's time to get checked by one. So although we are not referring to performing an "evaluation" here, working through some of these key points can help to determine when the situation is "red light" (have a professional evaluation), "yellow light" (proceed with caution) or "green light" (nothing to worry about). Here are my top 4.
Signs of harm - injuries have tell tale signs. Things like significant changes in temperature (heat or cold), swelling, changes in color (usually redness) or bruising fall into this category as "red light" signs. An area that doesn't look or feel "right" is also worth paying attention to. Sometimes these are obvious, sometimes they take time to show up, so watching for a few days is wise.
Weakness or Persistent Sensations - although pain or even numbness/tingling does not necessarily mean harm (last week we mentioned the pain of stubbing a toe!), when these symptoms are constant or travels/radiates without changing either with rest or altered positions/postures, they are worth diving into more thoroughly. This is the case for persistent weakness as well. Although temporarily (like when an arm falls asleep and feels numb and weak) doesn't always usually mean much, if it lasts, it's best to consider it "red light".
Response to movement - if normal movement (even lower intensity) keeps the symptoms the same (or makes them better) it is usually a good (green or yellow light) sign. It's one of the reasons we encourage movement in many cases of pain....as stiffness reduces, things often feel better. On the other hand if most or all movement makes the symptoms considerably worse, or normal intensities seem to aggravate/irritate things, having a closer look to determine why makes sense.
Interrupted Rest - an achy body part can get in the way of good rest. This can be a bit of a downward loop because poor rest (in-turn) makes everything hurt more as well. This is not the kind of "merry-go-round" we want to get on. With that in mind, if something is keeping you from getting rest, it's best to classify it as a "red light" if for no other reason than to explore tips/tricks to get more comfortable.
One of the more important keys to remember is that the "A" portion of the C.A.T. approach is on-going. It's not a one-and-done kind of thing. The body often gives us patterned responses to look for which is one of the reasons we often recommend a few trial items and follow-up after a few days when we are consulting on a case. This of course is the bridge that gets us into "testing"... and the direction we will go next week.
As always, we recommend staying on the side of caution.....if you're not sure, that's why we're here....give us a call.
We'll finish up with "T" next week. Until then, have a great weekend,
Mike E.
body barking? it might be as easy as c.a.t.
Apr 16
A few months ago I had one of those moments. The kind where I only remember stepping a little "funny" when out for a run but, after waking up and putting my feet on the ground the next day, realized something wasn't right. My right knee was really stiff... painful even... and for the next several weeks (and a little now and again) it barked at me when I stressed it (especially squatting or kneeling for longer periods). For someone like me who tends to be "on the go" a lot, this was really tedious.....I had to slow down, think about, and even prepare for activities and movements I normally wouldn't give a second thought. I had to decide whether doing something a certain way was likely to irritate my knee and if so, explore options for a less stressful way to minimize my risk of setting things off. Ultimately I had to decide whether this "hurt" (pain) was going to resolve or whether these were the signs of "harm" (actual injury).
Not only is this limiting (and tedious), but it can even get worrisome. Somewhere in the back of our minds a little voice might ask "is this going to be a lasting problem?". We wonder if maybe we are just "getting old" and might even begin to worry that if we don't "do something" we could make the situation worse. Even for someone with a good, working understanding of the healing process, determining how best to proceed can get complicated really quickly.
All that glitters is gold?
The more we learn about the human body and how miraculous it is at healing, the more we realize how much more there is to learn. Even things that seem obvious like soft-tissue injury found on MRI isn't always what it seems. For example, in a 2017 study which evaluated episodes of knee pain like mine (as well as shoulder pain) using the gold-standard MRI, came up short in people over the age of 40. As it turned out, in more than half of cases studied (159 out of 294 people) even though the scan "found something", in side-by-side comparison, the MRI was worse on the non-painful (uninvolved) side than the painful side. Said another way.....the risk of a "false-positive" for knee and shoulder pain goes up dramatically after the age of 40. Another team arrived at a similar conclusion around the same time for lower back pain, replicating a common enough finding for groups like ChoosingWisely.org (which rates the effectiveness of health care services) to warn against MRI for lower back pain.
So how do we actually know what to do?
The short (and often best) answer to this question is: C.A.T. (Calm-it, Assess-it, Test-it) and so, with that in mind, we will dive into each of these components over the next couple weeks. Let's start with "C".
C, "Calm-it". Pain (alone) is not injury. It can go hand in hand with injury, but strictly speaking, they are not the same. Anyone who has ever stubbed their toe, hit their shin, or felt the burn in their muscles when they've done something really hard knows that pain can be incredibly intense, but after it subsides there's not much to worry about. On the other hand, pain IS a warning system....the brain's way of forcing us to press pause on whatever we are doing and direct us away from what appears to be a potentially harmful situation..... If it's unclear if something is harmful, pain acts as a strong motivator to fight, flight or freeze. With this in mind, step one at getting to the other side is calming that response down a bit, allowing the body to turn off the fight/flight/freeze instinct so we can get a good assessment of the situation.
Sometimes this involves first-aid tactics like rest/ice, sometimes it involves something to reduce the chemical irritation in the area (over the counter anti-inflammatory and adding in healthy foods and water for example) and although not exercise per se, it often it involves gentle movement to prevent stiffness and promote circulation. This usually takes a few days with age, health status, fear, fatigue and more all potentially speeding or slowing the timeline.
More to come. Next week we will dive into the "A" in C.A.T.; "assess it"..... of course, in the meantime if this hits close to home and you've got a 40+ year old knee (or shoulder or back, etc.) that's barking back.....don't hesitate to give us a call or schedule a consult with one of the professionals on our team who can provide more specific guidance.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
the focused mind? it matters.
Apr 9
In 2013, Daniel Goleman, a well known psychologist and author, published the book Focus: The Hidden Driver of Excellence, where he dove deep into the skill of "attending" (deciding what to pay attention to) and made the case that it was, or would, become one of the most important skills for the modern world. He could've never known then exactly how valuable our attention would become. In an age when we can be interrupted hundreds of times per day (and that's only our phone pick-ups), we know that staying aware of what is going on around us (situational awareness) and bringing our mind back to the moment we are in when our focus wavers (mindfulness) are two critical strategies we use to get through the risks we face each day and get home safe at the end of it.
But where does this come into play from an injury/illness/disease perspective?
The short answer to this question is: It's never as simple as "mind over matter"... but where we focus our mind, matters, a lot when it comes to healing.
Excess Stress Slows Healing: This review, first published in 2019, makes it very clear that individuals who are under heavier emotional stress (mind), heal more slowly (body). The authors reviewed 21 different studies and were able to piece together findings that support and build on work like this article from two years earlier which showed that stress, as measured by heart-sensors which can capture changes in heart rhythm associated with physiological stress (heart-rate variability), was related to delayed healing for individuals with diabetes after a wound.
Rebounding from Injury: The phenomenon also seems to hold true in the workplace. In a brand new study from a team in Canada, full recovery from a musculoskeletal disorder (injuries like sprains/strains) was slower for individuals who were recently diagnosed with conditions that more classically fall within the realm of mental health than physical health driving home the point that the separation between the two may not really exist.
So if healing is delayed after injury when all resources (mind AND body) are not focused, it stands to reason the same thing is happening even if we are below the "harm" threshold (wound on skin or muscular strain). This is one of the critical reasons why we recommend that everyone, not only the folks who feel stressed, work on the skills of resilience which we call ENDURE.
Getting Started
A surprisingly easy place to start is to foster a "conversation" between the mind and body... literally getting them better connected; helping the mind to become aware of what the body is feeling and help the body to concentrate its feedback. In more technical terms this is called a "body scan" and is often a part of mindfulness-based stress reduction practice. Check out this short (12 min) guided version.
We (humans) are complex systems made up of complex component "parts" trying to navigate an increasingly complex world. Unfortunately, staying safe and out of harm's way takes energy, effort and focus. The good news is, it can be done. The better news is, even a small investment of time can pay big health dividends.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
building strength: i yam what i yam?
Apr 2
Every once in a while I have to "go to the videotape" to give my kids a little view into history. Thankfully we have YouTube for occasions like this. Recently, in trying to explain the phrase "I yam what I yam", I searched some old clips of Popeye the Sailor because they didn't know who he was. After the disbelief (and grief for my youth) wore off, I explained the saying, the basic storyline and (of course) the role of spinach in Popeye's arsenal in fending off Brutus (or Bluto if you're REALLY a connoisseur). They were only marginally impressed.
This week however a couple of studies emerged which might prove that ol' Popeye who, unlike "Wimpy" of course, was never reaching for burgers to get strong, might have been more evidence-based than we ever knew.
Here's why:
(1) When a team from The University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign tested previously untrained 50-ish year old adults to see how strength training combined with high protein (1.6 grams of beef-based protein per kilogram body mass) compared with strength training combined with the average/recommended protein (1.1 grams per kilogram) they found that both groups increased their strength significantly.......at an almost identical level.....showing that the strength training worked but the bump in protein really didn't add much.
HOWEVER
(2) When a different team, this time from Australia, looked at the strength and functional balance of individuals at around the same age, those who regularly consumed high amounts of dietary nitrate (which was about 80% from plant sources like spinach [and other leafy greens], beets, veggies, etc) had significantly higher scores than those with the lowest consumption.
This is a fantastic time of year to increase your strength.....and even though the yams aren't typically ready for harvest until the end of summer, the Popeye FUEL starts early!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Much Ado About Something...
Mar 26
More than 400 years ago William Shakespeare wrote "Much Ado About Nothing", and shined a light on how easily something which seems (but maybe isn't?) important can emerge from "nothing" when people add energy, focus and time. On the one hand, maybe he was trying to explain the late-1500's version of a slow-news-day. Or, on the other hand, maybe he was providing an especially important warning to pay attention to what matters most, something that we can easily get wrong as we continue to work-through and adapt to the information age. I like to think he was talking to those of us who try to make sense of health-risk and research now :)
Making health research practical and usable is tricky at times. The incredibly specific nature of research which is required to find something "statistically significant" among all of the potentially confounding factors makes it very easy to get lost in the mostly-useless details (trees) while missing the important application (forest). Of course the opposite problem can be equally tricky; flying over the forest (over-generalizing) and never getting into the trees (study design) can lead to sensational sounding headlines only to find an "all sizzle, no steak" situation or something so specific it's only usable in the lab... which is why we like one of the very recent contributions made by an Oregon State University team.
The Headline? Everyday people, doing reasonable things, can get immediate results.
The details? 15 healthy (but not particularly fit) individuals in their late 20's were asked to ride a stationary bike for 60 minutes at an easy pace (easy enough to talk through the effort, but too hard to sing). Researchers took muscle cell samples before and after to determine whether this exercise volume (intensity x time) would change how their bodies burned sugar and/or fat.
The Findings? After an hour-long exercise session, participants were consistently burning +/-12% more fat and +/-15% more sugar (measured at the cellular level).
The Connected Dots? Last week we highlighted research that showed the benefits of being able to maintain our balance at mid-life, walk fast as we age, and battle back the 12 hour ramp up in fat-production by our liver after ingesting added sugar. This week's research makes it clear that investing even a small sliver of time (about 4% of our day) into light-to-moderate exercise can go a very long way at hitting the reset button on personal health.
The Take-away? When it comes to improving health risk through exercise, "something" is infinitely better than "nothing".
Whether you're shaking off the winter doldrums, ramping up to be ready for projects at work or at home, battling back health risks or trying to meet the needs of our bodies.....NOW is a fantastic time of year to do something on the MOVE.....anything hard enough to be slightly out of breath, building up to an hour or more can immediately change our physiology.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Healthy Headlines: Beware the Triple S
Mar 19
Over the last few weeks we've tried to consolidate a variety of themes: (1) movement matters across the lifespan, and relates to viral susceptibility. (2) Viral susceptibility can also be impacted by food choices, sleep, stress and social connections. (3) Common inflammatory conditions (especially high blood pressure, heart failure, diabetes and obesity) have been closely linked to severe COVID19 reactions and surprisingly simple things, like (4) eating 3 veggies and 2 fruit servings daily can help reverse the risks.
Again this week, the case got even tighter on the fronts of viral susceptibility and severity, using the way we move to predict health and longevity and how food choices today are driving health problems of tomorrow... and it comes down to a triple "S".
Speed: Want to know if you're at a higher risk of serious COVID19 reaction? Assess your walking speed.
With now a year of connecting dots related to resilience in the face of COVID19 under our belt....1 simple question rose to the surface this week: How would you describe your usual walking pace? (i) Slow pace, (ii) Steady/average pace, and (iii) Brisk pace’
This question, asked 10-15 years ago was found to predict health across hundreds of thousands of individuals in 2017. Now it has also been related to severe COVID19 reactions (including hospitalizations and mortality) in several of the same individuals. People whose self-rated walking speed was a "slow pace", had the highest risk of a severe reaction, more than triple the odds in some cases. If you have an iPhone you can find your average pace in the "mobility" portion of the Health App.
Stability: Want to improve your odds of a long/full life? Work on your balance.
Info this week confirmed again that movement today (or stabilizing to be precise), predicts health tomorrow. The ability to balance ourselves under varying conditions at or around the age of 40 predicted longevity more than a decade later in a study of nearly 6,000 people. It may seem surprising that something simple like brushing your teeth on one foot or standing heel-toe while washing your hands can make a difference in how long we will live... but they can.
Sugar: If changes in metabolism drive change in weight... what drives changes in metabolism? The answer is - sugary beverages and the effect lasts for a WHILE.
Maybe you've heard us recommend a "more or less" eating plan for health. That is, more fiber by adding fruits/veggies, less sugar by eliminating processed foods/beverages. Last week we focused on the "more" side of the equation, this week the case for "less" became even more clear. It started in Canada where a "which came first?" riddle about altered-metabolism and weight change came into better view. Metabolic changes drove weight gain.....not the other way around. But in order to answer the question of "what drives altered metabolism?" a team in Switzerland went to sugary beverages. They found that under tightly-controlled conditions the equivalent of 2 sodas per day for otherwise healthy folks was enough to spike the production of fat in the liver and keep that production spiked for as long as 12 hours even without changes in total calorie intake. Added sugar hits us hard....and lasts for a while.
We hope you can put these findings to use and share them with friends & loved ones to stay on the right side of risk. Be sure to send us health headlines you see and we'll try to dive in and see what the science behind them is telling us!
Have a good weekend,
Mike E.
The Long Lever of Spring- A COVID-19 Update
Mar 12
Last week I provided an update on physical activity and a variety of newly published studies which continue to make the case for MOVE across the healthy lifespan. One of the articles I mentioned was THIS ONE, which was essentially a recap (by the lead research) of decades long research which fairly conclusively demonstrated the factors that predict whether a person who is exposed to a virus would actually develop symptoms... that is, who, in terms of their physiological state, was a "viable host" for the virus to complete its sole mission of "replicate and spread".
What's particularly fascinating to me about Dr. Cohen's 30+ years of contributions in this area is that he has uncovered, using experimental designs that actually expose volunteers to viruses (mostly the common cold and/or flu) and quarantine in order to understand more, risk factors in EACH of the 5 ELEMENTS we so often touch on:
MOVE: Physical Activity - those who are physically active have less than 1/2 the risk than those who aren't
FUEL: Nutrition - those who consumed (via food not supplements) the vitamin C equivalent to 2 oranges per day cut their risk in 1/2.
RECOVER: Sleep - those who get enough (7 hours) and are at least 80% efficient (stay asleep most of the night) are 2.5 to 3 times LESS likely to become infected.
ENDURE: Stress Management - those who have strategies to manage (or even grow from) the stress in their life have about 1/2 the risk of those who are chronically exposed. Alcohol consumption lowered risk when kept moderate (1/2 risk) but increased it when it stressed the body via over-consumption and smoking tripled the risk.
CONNECT: Relationships & Social ties - matter... a lot. Those who had the highest number and variety of social connections (family, work, school, social, volunteer, church, etc.) 1/4 the risk of those who were the most socially isolated or had the least support.
And if that's not enough, here is where it gets REALLY interesting. In a study of nearly 1 million hospitalizations due to COVID19, more than 6 of every 10 were attributable to 4 (largely preventable) conditions - Diabetes type 2, Heart Failure, High Blood Pressure (Hypertension) and Obesity - all of which respond to healthy actions like those listed above.
So where should we start?
The simple answer is - wherever you can build a habit.
But if that sounds ambiguous, boring or like a heavy lift - or if the sun peeking out a bit and the feeling of Spring in the air is enough of a nudge, one of the best options might be to start planning a garden with an eye on consuming 5 servings (3 veggie + 2 fruit) per day all summer long. That's right, another MASSIVE study, this time comparing the health trajectory of 2 MILLION people, found that 5 servings per day of the fresh stuff had a significant impact on the same category of conditions at the root of severe viral reactions.
Whether it's the 35 years of expertise being distilled at Carnegie Mellon, the nearly 1 million COVID19 hospitalizations, or the 2 million lives studied over a generation, the message is clear - we are figuring this thing out... we just need to pull the right levers.
We are in the final week of Winter... bring on the vibrancy of Spring!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Choose to MOVE: A Solution at Every Age
Mar 5
Welcome to March, the journey-marker that says we are nearing the first official day of Spring. Maybe it was the cold weather or the apparent release of years worth of pent up snowfall that was our test. Or perhaps it was the unique challenge associated with the pandemic which came back strong during the colder months that pushed us the most. Either way, there is good news: with more than 80% of a Winter that clearly delivered on its promise to test us now in the rearview, the times, as one of the great poets once said, are a changin'.
Whether it's already a loud voice spurring you on or just a whisper in the back of your mind that still needs to be amplified a bit, there are many good reasons to use March as the time to start your MOVE toward thriving in 2021. The best news is that the benefits hold for every age across the lifespan. With that in mind, here are some of the headlines worth knowing about:
Early Life - starting with the little little ones in our life, HERE is a great reason to run, jump, climb and play - as published last month, preschoolers with greater fitness had better cognitive and academic scores.
In adolescents - it is clear from THIS STUDY that physical activity between 12 years and 18 years of age is linked with markers of health. It is also (unfortunately) clear that the COVID19 effect in this age group has been generally negative with a particular impact on mental health. Given that physical activity is associated with better well-being in this age group, it's a great lever if your teen is feeling the effects of a long winter. Specific to COVID19, this was also found to be the case for college students.
At midlife the theme continues. A very recent study shows that individuals who have a solid physical activity habit at midlife have better brain scans (MRI) in later life. This builds on important work from a couple years ago which showed that leisure time physical activity (i.e. not work-related) was directly correlated with better cognitive function and a lower likelihood for dementia as we age. Couple those with the many benefits for our cardiovascular, metabolic and other systems and a few minutes per day of MOVE can go a long way.
Still not convinced? How about taking the word of one of the world's top researchers on immune function and the likelihood to get infected with viruses that we are exposed to. Yep, after 35 years of work in the space (including running "The Common Cold Project"), the senior researcher wrote a paper which cautiously (but directly) suggests that physical activity among other things may lower risk of infection with viruses causing COVID19.
Late life - and what about our parents, grandparents and other most seasoned citizens? The story continues along the same line. Even at very low intensities regular movement in women aged 63 to 97 was significantly associated with better health outcomes including preserved mobility and function as we age.
Longer days with warmer sun are on the way. 84% of one of the more challenging winters in recent history is now history too. It's time to get moving. Let us know if you need some ideas.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E
Limiter or Lever? It's The Little Things.
Feb 26
A couple weeks ago I touched on the idea of performance longevity. I used stories of 3 different athletes who had been able to both attain AND maintain an incredibly high level of performance as examples of how, with a focus on the right variables and emphasis on deliberate practice, it is possible to hold off the physical effects of aging to allow for a maximum timeline of "productivity". What doesn't get talked about as much is when longevity actually IMPROVES performance.....which, in this case, brings us to a few stories about bricklayers.
Like many physically demanding jobs, the construction related fields are known for taking a toll on the people who do the work. Heavy equipment, environmental conditions that can accelerate fatigue and a variety of other demands that stress the working tissues can cut a career short. In some cases, such as professional masons, even 5 years can be a long time. Knowing this, as reported in 2017, a team of researchers studied bricklayers to see if there were any notable differences in the way work got done. What they found surprised them -- a "U" shaped phenomenon between safe technique and experience. Those with the least experience (less than 1 year) and those with the most (> 5 years) were at a lower risk of injury, but those in the middle of the experience spectrum (1-3 years) appeared to have a greater risk of injury. Why?
The answer probably shouldn't surprise us. It was about striking the balance between "ergonomically safe" work technique and "productivity". Those with the least experience were still learning so although they tended to practice the safe techniques they were taught in training they tended to be less productive. Those with the most experience had mastered the fine balance of BOTH getting a lot done AND doing it with safe technique. The risk of injury noted in the middle-experience group appeared to be related to handling heavier loads and possibly sacrificing safe technique in hopes to get more done, a common trap.
What made this research extra interesting however was a more recent and expanded study which added in even more experienced bricklayers. As it turns out the most experienced masons, those with more than 20 years of work experience, made subtle changes to their work technique as the job progressed; they adapted and adjusted their postures and positions as the conditions changed in order to maintain ergonomically safe technique.
The punchline of course is that not only did years on the job undoubtedly help the master-craftsman hone their skills, but doing so with a primary focus on safe technique helped supply them enough time to actually pull it off. Said another way, the case of bricklayers appears to supply proof that minimizing risk for injury/illness/disease isn't a limiter (for example of productivity) but a lever for longevity.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Ready for Reset? Start Priming.
Feb 19
I was talking with a friend from Northeastern Nebraska this week and the topic of winter weather came up. I shuddered as he told me of temperatures reaching 25 degrees BELOW zero without the wind. We agreed that even with snow falling, my 25 degrees ABOVE zero sounded nearly balmy by comparison and that we were both ready for the season to change. This, of course, is one of the funny things about change - as hard as it can be most of the time, when we are ready, we can go from resisting it to seeking it out and even celebrating it.
Late winter is one of the times of year we might really feel the urge, ready to shed the layers and feel the sun. This, of course, is not just a "pandemic life" sensation. As I've touched on in other places, the root of the word February (Februa) relates to a roman purification festival known to happen around this time of year suggesting that even a few thousand years ago people were ready for change right about now. Couple this with other widely celebrated events that have happened in the last week, whether the spring festival commonly referred to as Chinese New Year or the transition from the party mode of Mardi Gras to a period of intense self-reflection between "Fat Tuesday" and Ash Wednesday, and it seems history and tradition support the notion too.
So if the world is beginning a seasonal reset....what are the things we can do now (or at very least prepare for) to make sure we hit the Spring in stride 30-ish days from now when it arrives? After a little time poking around what's new in the health research and keeping in mind the ages old QQS success formula I reintroduced last week (the right quantity of high quality effort combined with a spirit of growth & development), there were 2 that seemed to jump off the page for me:
1. Ramp up the MOVE - most of us feel an urge to get out and do something when the sun starts shining.....start priming now! There are too many good reasons to list, but in the last 30 days alone research has concluded that shaking off the rust and working those skeletal muscles can turn on genes that control how we use and store fat, stimulate 12 times more production of hormones that directly impact the aging process and of course lead to fitness which has been linked with future inflammatory auto-immune conditions.
2. A Long Winter's Nap - it may seem counterintuitive, but if you really want to improve performance, a final bit of hibernation may do the trick. I came across this study earlier in the week. It's not brand-new (2011), but the results are so impressive it's worth knowing about. Stanford University researchers wondered how closely sleep was related to physical performance, so they recruited some basketball athletes and asked them to maximize sleep over a 5-7 week period. The change they saw was impressive - shooting accuracy improved by nearly 10 percent both from the free-throw line AND from 3 point range and the athletes reported greater physical and mental well-being. If you want to be ready to do more in Spring, get your sleep.
It may be hard to believe, but Spring will be here in about 30 days. If we start priming our systems now with the right inputs, our bodies can be ready to embrace the reset in seasons when it arrives.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Keep Growing - Performance Longevity
Feb 12
Being our best in the long term is really hard work. It takes a relentless drive to improve, a focus on the little things, and the ability to amass a vault of practice repetitions without extended setbacks from injury, burnout, or a variety of other obstacles. Maybe this is why there aren't many examples of people who've done it. Yet if we look back, even as far back as 8 decades, we might be surprised at how steady the fundamental formula has been.
Dive in to learn more.
________________________
The Rest of the Story
On the one hand, as a LONG suffering Miami Dolphins fan (last playoff win 20 yrs ago) who grew up spoiled watching Dan Marino do amazing things, it is VERY hard for me to type the next statement.....Tom Brady may actually be the greatest quarterback of all time. Winning a SEVENTH Superbowl at 43 years old, taking a team of mostly non-stars (1 pro bowl selection) who were on track for a good (but not great) season in terms of wins and losses at the midpoint and leading them to wins over multiple opponents who they had previously been beaten by and turning it into a Superbowl championship run is impressive work. Sure, he's only one person on a team of great athletes, coaches and staff, but on the other hand, as a person who is absolutely fascinated by top performing people who do it consistently over the long term, I find stories like Brady's, or Deena Kastor who set marathon records into her 40's, or Josh Waitzkin's who essentially did the same starting with chess (remember the movie?) and then in martial arts (really!), to be opportunities to learn from the few who seem to get better and better wherever they spend their time and effort.
So what does it take to defy the odds like Brady or Kastor or Waitzkin?
Well if you like history and you go back to one of the most well-known self improvement books of all time (originally published in 1937), you will very likely find some outdated ideas, word-choices and syntax. After all, the world has changed a bunch since then; but you might also find yourself intrigued by the staying power of some of the simple fundamentals like the "QQS" formula which boils down to: doing things right (Quality) as close to every time as possible (Quantity) which, when combined with a positive & growth oriented attitude (Spirit), yields amazing results.
Fast-forward 80 or so years and contemporary experts suggest some incredibly similar things:
1. Quantity - The idea of balancing "load" and "recovery" is not new; we talk about it a lot because it's the basic foundation of just about every growth activity for humans. When it comes to strength training, we overload the current capacity of our muscles to stimulate growth BUT THEN we back off and let a full recovery happen. If we don't overload a little? No growth. If we don't recover fully? Less growth. It's not just the hard push-forward, it's the pull back that lets us attain performance longevity. Just ask Kastor who is known for logging a massive number of miles in training - as many as 140 running miles PER WEEK! If that sounds intimidatingly huge, that's because it is. How'd she'd get there? She built up to it with ebbs and flows: "She describes this system, visually, as a “roller coaster.” Her weekly mileage might go: 70, 80, 75, 90, 80, 100." - any of those weeks are intense, but maybe the most impressive thing is that if we give the body a chance to pull back, it can do impressive things.
2. Quality - because quantity alone is never enough, doing the little things right matters. A few years ago (after winning the 2017 Superbowl), Brady said "When I was 25, I was hurting all the time, and I couldn't imagine playing as long as I did, just because, you know, if your arm hurts every day when you throw, how can you keep playing?". Maybe he has the perfect genetics for American Football... or maybe he's onto something in trying to put in a steady high quality effort at staying healthy. I'm admittedly skeptical about some of the specifics he adheres to, but the way he approaches it, deliberately with intense focus on improving, is almost definitely a big part of what's worked for him multiplying the effect of the volume of effort alone. After all, the often hyped 10,000 hour rule of mastery (if you read the some of the original work) was never only about the amount of time logged but the exacting nature of the practice itself....."how" it was being done, deliberately was the game changer.
3. Spirit - How does a child prodigy in a mental game like chess become a champion athlete/coach in an entirely different (physical) game in one lifetime? Well if you ask Waitzkin who achieved both of these things before midlife - the answer is that winning is a learning process first. In his 2008 book on the subject, Waitzkin makes it clear that learning for him is about getting outside of his comfort zone.....which often means doing the hard things that he knows will ultimately improve his results: “Growth comes at the point of resistance. We learn by pushing ourselves and finding what really lies at the outer reaches of our abilities.” Ask Carol Dweck, one of the world's experts on achievement through mindset, and you'll find a remarkably similar concept.
Of course, Brady, Kastor, and Waitzkin are not experts in what it takes to be safe or healthy in all domains. Throwing a football, running a marathon and dominating a chessboard are not the same as dodging strain risk, working long hours in sometimes harsh conditions, or strategically navigating through the complexities faced when working with industrial grade tasks and risks, but the principles are remarkably similar... at home, at work, and in life.
Performance longevity is not easy. It takes a focus on quality, a willingness to endure large volumes of effort, and a mindset that seeks out continuous improvement.. Some measure it in championships or records set... others measure it in healthy and safe days, everyday, season by season... culminating in the "wins" of more time doing the things that matter with the people we love.
We are +/- 60% through the Winter. Keep growing.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Digging Deep - Respect the Surge
Feb 5
Predicting the future is a tricky business but this time they got it right... inch after inch and in some places, foot after foot... the snow fell just like the meteorologists said it would. By 9P on Sunday, I was ready to make a first effort at keeping up with the task - it wasn't going to be my last. 10 hours later was round two.....and then every four to six hours until it was time for sleep on Monday night. Thankfully, my 14 year old son was willing to tag team the task. At 6A on Tuesday when I looked out the window, I wondered if it would ever stop... but thankfully by 11A and almost 2 feet of snow later, the Northwest corner of NJ was mostly through it.
Great for the skiers.....rough on the shovelers.
Shoveling is hard work. First, it's a repetitive loading activity concentrated at the upper body which makes it more demanding from a cardiovascular perspective than even the same amount of work when done with the lower body. Second, it relies heavily on the (relatively) small muscles of the arms which are better at positioning and mobility than lifting as compared to the legs. So, muscle fatigue is always a lingering risk. Last, the task is often completed in a "leveraged" position, which mechanically speaking, means the load (end of the shovel) is further away from the fulcrum (hips/back/elbow) than the working tissues (muscles). With all that in mind, it's no surprise that shoveling safely requires a solid base of fitness (roughly equivalent to jogging) AND good technique AND the ability to use exhaustion preventing controls like breaks... and that's on a moderately cool day in reasonably uniform soil.
Add in slippery surfaces, large shovels built for pushing (more than lifting), and air temperatures that tend to cause less than ideal changes in blood flow patterns (vasoconstriction), and the stats that tell us large snow storms bring substantially increased risk of heart-related hospitalization and even death across the lifespan (but especially in men) don't seem all that far-fetched. But the risks don't necessarily end when the storm does.
This massive (276 page) review uncovered a variety of risks worth knowing about. Here are a couple that really jumped out at me:
Soft-tissue (musculoskeletal) injuries during shoveling accounted for about 55% of all injuries, with lower back pain the most common at 1/3rd of the total. Injuries are more common in men, peaking between 35 and 55 years old, and unfortunately, the trend has gotten a bit worse over time.
Fractures were 2.5 times as likely when at least 70% of the sidewalks were covered with snow. Upper extremity fractures were an eye-popping 15 times more likely! And since melting ice is even more slippery (lowest friction) than hard ice, injuries from slips, trips, and falls were not necessarily most common on the day of the storm or even the day after but peaked between 2 and 7 days AFTER the storm.
What's the take-home message this week?
Simply put - a surge in physical demands adds risk, so does a drastic change in our routines and environment. Whether it's a weather related event like a snowstorm or an unplanned surge in work (outage, etc.), ramping up quickly toward our physiological limits is a demand that can bring risk in the moment AND for a surprisingly long time after the event ends (e.g. firefighters show similar responses). So if we can't steer clear of the risks, we should do our best to be prepared with strategies that work - here are a few when workload surges:
1. If it's not an emergency, there's no need to make it one - pace yourself, listen to your body, and look for signs of fatigue in yourself and your coworkers.
2. We humans are not machines, in some ways we're even better... because with rest, we self-repair - Respect your rest and get enough of it.
3. The mental milestone of a finish line is critical. It's best to envision the finish as 7-10 days AFTER the storm ends - the risks linger and so must our focus. Heightened risk requires heightened awareness all the way to through the finish.
Stay safe. Get some rest. Schedule a consult if we can help.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Zoomies for Humans: Resolution 5
Jan 29
Are you a dog lover? If not, do you know someone who is? If so, you may have heard of the term "zoomies", or even seen it in action. It's those times average Fido morphs into Super-dog, bursting at the seams with energy - running around uncontrollably or wildly chasing its tail. Of course, the AKC tells us there's a technical term, Frenetic Random Activity Period (FRAP), but it's not nearly as fun as "zoomies". Entertaining as it might be to watch (if youtube videos over 1 million views can be used as evidence), the reason why dogs click into this behavior, to release energy and work through stress, is something we can learn from... which, as we wrap up January 2021, gets us to our final micro-resolution, number 5.
The Power of Zoom
As a social species, we are made up of bonded individuals (families, tribes, organizations, communities, etc). We're not exactly the same as the family pooch, yet in some ways we are remarkably similar. One of those ways is how we achieve the right balanced/rested state we need to thrive. Just like a lack of energy (fatigue) is not ideal for our overall performance and risk, too much energy (or too much of the wrong kind), is also not ideal. Our bodies are built with a variety of control mechanisms, some involuntarily happening in the background while others are triggered by things in our experience. The state of the world and the continued need for distancing make it easy to feel a bit disconnected - physically (solitude), mentally (lonely) or even spiritually (seeking greater purpose in a challenging world) which can leave us feeling out of balance - but, just like the dog who finds a way to get all that pent up energy off the system - there are things we can do.....even without running around in a frenzy.
With that in mind, here are a couple "human zoomies"- ways to add or release energy as we work toward building longer term healthy habits:
First Zoom Out - CONNECT with the world around us. How we internalize the world around us (which is at the root of whether we are energized or disengaged) starts with how we receive and filter the information coming in. Each of our senses matters here. What we see, hear, smell, taste, and touch informs our reality as information passes through the filter of our personal experiences. Excessive inward (self) focus tends to inhibit our performance as shown in a classic 30+ year old paper on public speaking. Practicing an outward focus - putting our attention on what is happening around us in a highly objective but non-judgmental way (facts only, no interpretation) takes focus and energy. If recent studies on the brain activity of highly skilled meditators are accurate, it may even remap the default "idle" setting of our nervous system. If you've got the chance to do so "out there" and enjoy some nature in the process, even better. Combining the health and well-being benefits of physically being in nature (aka forest bathing), even in the winter with the outward sensory focus is a potent combination.
Then Zoom In - CONNECT with ourselves. If you tried the Positive Affect Journaling (PAJ) exercise I profiled last week you may have noticed it takes a real effort to look inward and dive into the details of the day and how it all played out. For many of us it feels easier to get stuck on the negatives and threats. Without diving too deep into why this type of thinking may have been an imprint handed down from our ancestors, what we now know is that having a structured approach to work through those thoughts, see them for what they are but not more than they need to be, a process called cognitive restructuring, can have an impact. Using a "What am I thinking?" exercise, as found outlined in this document can be a benefit. You might be surprised how the technique can help us tackle a variety of challenges - like building an exercise habit - which, with some emphasis on core strength for the abdomen and lower back (as discovered in this fantastic 2016 study) can have an extra large and direct impact on our stress response.....bringing us full circle to resolution 1 - short bursts of MOVE.
There's a lot there.....but if instead you just want to follow the dog's lead, to "let go" and spin around in circles, we'd suggest a dance party (because it works!) or at the very least, making sure the area is safe.....of course, we'd also like to see the video :)
We are nearly 45% through the winter, keep moving strong!
Mike E.
A Watched Pot Never Boils: Resolution 4
Jan 22
We're in the fourth week of January and so onto our fourth week of micro-resolutions. This week we build on last week's dive into chamomile with some enhancements that can add power to the time spent.
Did you try it? Did you run out to the local store and get some chamomile tea? Well, in case you missed it, last week I touched on some of the impressive medicinal effects of chamomile tea. Known mostly for its calming impact (with evidence that it helps generalized anxiety disorder), I was equally impressed with its impact on blood sugar in folks who struggle to control it.
But that's not all.
If you read closely you may have noticed that I alluded to this week's micro-resolution with a recommendation to carve 15 minutes out for the process of bringing the water to a boil, steeping the tea and enjoying it....but since everyone knows "a watched pot never boils" (as Ben Franklin's alter ego says) it's probably best to do something more valuable with the time. With that in mind, here are 3:
1. Put pen to paper - spending 15 minutes journaling using a technique known as Positive Affect Journaling (PAJ) has been shown to improve mental well-being, counteract distress and, if you can keep up the habit for 2 months, improve resilience (the ability to bounce back from adversity). Not bad for 15 minutes of time. Want to know how to do it? Try answering one these two prompts "What are you thankful for?", "What did someone else do for you?". The authors suggest there are 5 others although we've not been able to find them....yet :)
2. Breathe.....slow - did you ever count how many breaths per minute you average? It's a critical vital sign used all the time in health-practice and it can tell us quite a bit about our current state. Most experts agree that a normal range for most adults sits between 12 and 16. Most experts on breathing exercise agree that practicing a slower rate (like 6 breaths per minute for 6 weeks) can calm our physiology and change a variety of stress parameters. One of the tools we like to help pace yourself can be found here (the default is 4 in + 6 out = 6 breaths per min).
3. Breathe....part 2 - does the 6 breaths per minute seem a bit slow for you? Not to worry - some very interesting research from a team in Belgium showed that even at 12 breaths per minute (the lower end of the normal range), when individuals practiced an extended exhale (for example 3.5 sec exhale for a 1.5 sec inhale) they reported a greater relaxation even than the slower 6 breaths per minute group. There were also notable improvements in a variety of physiological parameters known to relate to stress.
Q: is a 15 minute investment of time worth the effort?
A: Maybe....but as Yerkes Dodson shows us (and this article highlights)....not always.
We wrap up the micro-resolution series next week when we will be marching toward the end of January (already!) and adding to our "Win the Winter" countdown clock (which has moved past 35%).
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Resolution 3: Make Time For Tea
Jan 15
We started off January as many do - with a focus on change.....not monumental change of the transformation variety, but little things, micro-resolutions, that have powerful evidence backing them up in hopes to march strongly through the winter and come out safe and healthy on the other side.
Week 1 we covered MOVE - and talked about how even 1 minute of stairs could make a difference.
Week 2 (last week) we dove into FUEL - and gave a hat-tip to "the most important meal of the day" with a special focus on the evidence related to oatmeal's ability to counteract cellular stress.
This of course gets us, right on track, to RECOVER and a micro-resolution that, with some boiling water and 10-15 minutes per day can have an impressive impact on several health markers. It starts with a flower that looks a lot like the common daisy. After a bit of drying and maybe some additions for flavor, it is steeped in hot water for up to 5 minutes to produce a pretty impressive (and widely available) cup of warmth known to all of us as "Chamomile Tea".
Maybe you've heard that Chamomile Tea has some medicinal properties - in fact, it does. There is some interesting evidence that it can be a help for those who may be struggling with type 2 diabetes when taken after meals. It also appears to have a calming effect when we are feeling stressed. In this study, which included multiple years of follow-up, using chamomile tea as a self-management strategy for generalized anxiety disorder made a difference. It's also been used for its antioxidant, anti-inflammatory and in some cases (topically) even pain control capacity.
Q: So how can we get the most from this humble little tea as a micro-resolution?
A: Consider carving out 15 minutes per day to boil the water, steep the tea and mentally process your day.
There's no wrong way to inject a few minutes of calm, it can be done anytime, the key is being intentional about it. Rather than just consuming it, take the time to slow down and have that be the full focus of your time. If you really want to go all in, consider putting this in the time slot that is 30-60 minutes before bed as a reminder to cut back the bright lights/electronics/etc. - a really powerful way to ready the physiology for rest.
Next week I'll touch on a way to double up the habit with some techniques that are particularly good for those who may have a hard time getting to sleep.....but for now, just enjoy the tea.
We're +/- 30% through the winter - stay strong!
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Micro-habit 2: The Oatmeal Resolution
Jan 8
If you've read along for a while or sat through one of the presentations we've given you've probably heard us talk about the goldilocks phenomenon....you know, the grading system for the perfect bowl of porridge.....not too hot, not too cold, just right. In mathematical terms this could be called "non-linear", that is a situation where more of a good thing doesn't necessarily produce better results (and less doesn't necessarily make things worse) which means there is a "just right" amount, a sweet-spot, which in the case of the Three Bears, was the temperature of baby-bear's morning hot-cereal.
There are so many aspects of life where this concept applies. Even things like water and Oxygen - definitely vital for us - can be problematic or even deadly in the wrong concentration. Certain kinds of Oxygen in fact ("reactive oxygen species") are markers of cellular stress which plays a role in aging and disease. This would generally be thought of as bad but, and this is where it can get really confusing, because even this too has a sweet-spot, short-term and resolving exposure can actually be good for our health such as in the case of exercise while constant or unresolving exposure such as in the case of regular e-cigarette use puts our nervous system on overdrive.
Q: So where does this leave us in terms of a New Year's micro-habit resolution?
A: Circling back to porridge......and oatmeal in particular.
Although oatmeal is not the ONLY type of hot cereal eaten for breakfast, the micro-habit resolution for this week centers on it because it is one of the most well studied. More than 100 years ago physicians started advocating for oatmeal as a way of reducing the impact of diabetes and there are countless other studies which have tested consumption of this whole grain and shown a positive impact on health. Of course it's important to remember that not all oatmeal is the healthy kind. Some pre packaged brands are very high in sugar and lower in fiber than the whole/cooked type, which may negate a lot of the benefit.
If you can make oatmeal for breakfast a 4 week habit you may be able to lower your inflammatory profile significantly as shown here.....but even if you don't get that far, this small study showed that a serving of oatmeal before even a single session of high-intensity exercise blunted the markers of cellular stress.....which means it likely has the same effect before a hard day's work.
We're 20 days into the Winter, which means we've got +/- 70 to go. Keep up the great start.
Have a great weekend,
Mike E.
Resolution Idea 1: Stair Snacks
Dec 31
Maybe it's a yearly tradition for you. Maybe you never do but somehow this year has been enough of wildcard that you're going to dust the old concept off. Maybe it'll be the start of something entirely new. Who knows where it could take you.
Yes, of course I'm talking about New Year's resolutions. Not whether they work for everyone (spoiler, even though change was 11 times more likely stick when a resolution was made, resolutions work less than 1/2 the time) but rather as a tip of the cap to those who are going to make an effort.....and to give a few ideas to those who are on the fence. After all, sometimes the hardest step is the first one.
Resolution 1: Take the stairs, 4 times in a row
In 2018 an interesting finding was reported by a cardiologist in Spain. In more than 12,000 individuals tested and followed, those who did not have the fitness capacity to walk up 3 flights of stairs "very fast" or 4 flights of stairs "fast without stopping" were approximately 3 times more likely to die of heart disease or cancer in the following 5 years when compared to those who could.
The elegance of this finding is in its simplicity. Stairs are not specialized fitness equipment. The whole thing can be done in a minute or so. The pay off, although not surprising since fitness capacity has been connected to MANY risks, is pretty huge.
The drawback (and some of the criticism at the time) however was in quantifying what "very fast" or "fast without stopping" meant. This left people wondering - was their version of fast, fast enough?
Well, now, almost exactly 2 years later, the findings have been refined in a smaller subset of patients. As it turns out, the ability to climb by walking (but not breaking into a run) four flights of stairs (approximately 60 stairs) in less than 1 minute was an important risk-lowering threshold for cardiac issues, with 45 seconds or less the lowest risk.
Health-geek-speak: I will achieve at least 8 METS of fitness capacity in 2021.
Resolution Translation: I will do at least 1 minute of stairs most days of the week, stopping for rest as needed, until I can do at least 60 stairs in under a minute without stopping.
_________
Need some additional help making it stick? Here are some good tips on how to make the process work for you.
We'll bring you another one next week!
Happy New Year, have a great weekend,
Mike E.
win the weekend
Oct 4
It wasn't that long ago that one of my kids explained to me that the little blue shadow extending from the "you are here" blue dot on my phone's mapping app was actually showing my orientation. "Whoa!" was about all I could say, as I turned around in circles to see it change direction. I had no idea this feature existed, something that definitely could've come in handy during more than a few previous uses. If only such a thing existed for our health. One of the trickiest parts about using healthy actions (aka lifestyle) to their fullest potential in an effort to thrive is finding our personal blue dot & directional shadow, our starting point and heading, wherever we are on the journey. Without this understanding it is very hard to know which routes will get us there in the first place and which might be the most desirable because there is no traffic, is free from tolls, or has great scenery along the way.
For example, if after years of commitment and consistency your blue dot is in the lofty elevations of a strong fitness foundation (training regularly, aspiring toward an athletic goal perhaps) your suggested routes would look very different than someone just getting started. For those who are just getting started or are having a hard time sticking with it once going, the message that "consistency beats intensity" and the advice to "try to develop a habit" is usually a feature. This can be tricky for those who feel too busy to log the 30 minutes per day required to achieve the critical dose of 150 or more moderate minutes per week. If this is you, we have good news.
While there is ALWAYS more to learn and probably not for everyone, especially those who use physical activity for immediate effects such as stress relief, mind fog relief or tight blood sugar control, etc, or are working toward very specific athletic goals, for those who want to improve or maintain health but are pressed for time, most of the benefit of regular physical activity can be gained by winning the weekend.
A data analysis of nearly 90,000 middle-aged individuals which looked for associations between physical activity patterns and the incidence of almost 700 different conditions across 16 different types of disease (including mental health, digestive health, neurological health, and others) found that Weekend Warriors did nearly as well as steady exercisers, lowering their risk for almost 200 different diseases compared to those who were inactive. Published by the American Heart Association late last month, this study showed that those who exhibited the "weekend warrior" physical activity pattern, that is fitting an entire week's worth of exercise into the weekend, got almost the same risk-lowering benefit for a variety of diseases as those who exercised more regularly to achieve the critical dose. The greatest impact was on high blood pressure and diabetes, a 23% and 43% lower risk respectively which was only slightly better in the regular exercisers (28% and 46%).
When health is the destination, consistency does appear to beat intensity...however when it comes to MOVE, "something" is so much better than "nothing" that taking the alternate route to avoid the weekday time tolls can still get us there.
Make it a great weekend...add some MOVE,
Mike E.